1985 RESIDENTIAL TRANSPORTATION 

ENERGY CONSUMPTION SURVEY

Prepared for:

UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

ENERGY INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION

OFFICE OF ENERGY MARKETS AND END USE

ENERGY END USE DIVISION

RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL BRANCH

WASHINGTON, DC 20585

Prepared by:

THE ORKAND CORPORATION

8484 GEORGIA AVENUE 

SILVER SPRING, MD 20910

October 1986

Contract Number DE-AC01-84EI19658

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FRONT MATTER

Index to Program Descriptions........................................... vi

List of Exhibits ....................................................... viii

Acronyms and Abbreviations ............................................. ix

SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................ 1-1

1.1. Summary ....................................................... 1-1

1.2. Environment ................................................... 1-2

1.3. References .................................................... 1-3

1.4. Documentation Standards ....................................... 1-4

SECTION 2: SURVEY OVERVIEW ............................................ 2-1

2.1. Overview of 1985 RTECS Purposes and Procedures................. 2-1

2.2. Overview of 1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures ........... 2-3

SECTION 3; CREATING AMD USING THE HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILES . 3-1

3.1. How the HVI Files Are Structured .............................. 3-2

3.2. Creating the HVI Files ........................................ 3-3

3.3. Performing Coding and Data Entry Procedures ................... 3-8

3.3.1. Performing Initial Data Entry Procedures ................. 3-8

3.3.2. l Performing Additional Data Entry Procedures .............. 3-11

3.4. Editingjthe HVI Files ......................................... 3-16

3.5. Using the HVI Files To Prepare Data Collection Materials ...... 3-17

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/September 1986/ii
SECTION 4: USING THE FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILES ....................... 4-1

4.1. Manually Coding and Editing the FPR Files ..................... 4-3

4.2. Performing Initial Range and Consistency Checks ............... 4-5

4.3. Transferring, Data from HVI Files and Standard Tank Capacity

 Table ......................................................... 4-8

4.4. Performing MPG and Related Calculations ....................... 4-12

4.5. Performing Manual Editorial Review Procedures .................. 4-17

SECTION 5: ANITOALIZATION PROCEDURES ................................... 5-1

5.1. Developing the Work File ...................................... 5-9

5.2. Adjusting for Missing and Incomplete Information .............. 5-14

5.2.1. Estimating Vehicle Acquisitions and Dispositions .......... 5-14

5.2.2. Imputing Fuel Type and Annualizing Cost-per-Gallon

 Figures ................................................... 5-22

5.2.3. Imputing Vehicle Characteristics .......................... 5-25

5.2.4. Imputing and Adjusting Annual Miles Driven ................ 5-28

5.2.5. Imputing Miles per Gallon ................................. 5-33

5.3. Performing Weighting and Estimating Procedures ................ 5-37

5.4. Developing the Annualized Final Files........................... 5-46

'IP

 IP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/September 1986/iii
APPENDIX A: FILE LAYOUTS .............................................. A-l

Sample File.............................................................. A-2

Household/Vehicle Record (HVI) File..................................... A-4

Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) File......................................... A-l6

RTECS Work File......................................................... A-28

Imputation Files........................................................ A-30

Annualized Final File................................................... A-32

APPENDIX B: CODING'AMD EDITING INSTRUCTIONS FOR RTEGS STAFF............ B-l

Household/Vehicle Information (HVI) File Coding Instructions

and Specimen Forms................................................... B-2

Coding Instructions for FORMINIT............................... B-9

Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms....................... B-20

Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output.......................... B-30

Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) File Coding and Data Entry Instructions...... B-53

Card 5H Coding Instructions.................................... B-57

Card 6V01 Coding Instructions.................................. B-59

Card 7P Editing Instructions................................... B-63

Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor.......................... B-69

Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Editing Procedures........................... B-73

Range and Relationship Checks.................................. B-73

MPG Editor Review Procedures................................... B-83

Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations.............................. B-103

APPENDIX C: 1985 RTECS Forms........................................... C-l

Initial Coding Form..................................................... c-3

Odometer Reading Call Form.............................................. C-4

Turnaround Coding Form OH01 (specimen copy)............................. C-14

Turnaround Coding Form 1V01 (specimen copy)............................. C-15

Turnaround Coding Form 1V02 (specimen copy)............................. C-16

Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire................... C-17

Vehicle-Disposed-of Card................................................ C-27

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/iv
Vehicle-Acquired Card................................................... C-28

Address Change or Correction Card....................................... C-29

1985 RTECS HVI Generation Log........................................... C-30

Transportation Study Purchase File: Card 5H Coding Form. ................ C-3.1

Transportation Study Purchase File: Card 6V01 Coding Form............... C-32

Telephone Data Collection Form (specimen, coded for Card 7P)............ C-33

1985 RTECS FPR Generation Log........................................... C-34

Additions to Tank Capacity File Form.................................... C-35

Modifications to Tank Capacity File Form................................ C-36

Editor Changes: Respondent Estimate Tank Capacity Form.................. C-37

Tank Capacity/HVI File Update Worksheet................................. C-38

APPENDIX D: FORMS PRODUCED BY RTECS PROGRAMS........................... D-l

Vehicle Labels.......................................................... D-3

Background Questionnaire Page........................................... D-4

Vehicle Stock Page...................................................... D-5

Odometer Reading Page................................................... D-6

APPENDIX E: VEHICLE MAKE AND MODEL CODES............................... E-l

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/v
INDEX TO PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS

Program name Page

A0DRECS..................................................... 5-48

ASGNYR...................................................... 5-30

CHECK....................................................... 4-6

CHECKUP...................................................... 3-13

CREATE...................................................... 3-3

FORMINIT.................................................... 3-9

FORMTURN.................................................... 3-12

GETVEH........................,............................. 5-19

HHVEH2...................................................... 5-33

HVILABEL.................................................... 3-17

HVIPAGES.................................................... 3-19

IMMILMPG.................................................... 5-35

IMPCHAR..................................................... 5-25

IMPCOST..................................................... 5-23

IMPSTOCK.................................................... 5-20

JIMHH....................................................... 5-31

JIMVEH...................................................... 5-32

MERGEDOE.................................................... 5-49

MERGERAC.................................................... 5-50

MERGEVI..................................................... 3-10

MISSPUR..................................................... 4-18

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/vi
MPG......................................................... 4-2.3

MPG (annualization version)................................. 5-10

PUT......................................................... 5-47

RECSHH...................................................... 5-9

SELECTVI.................................................... 4-8

STOCKBC..................................................... 5-19

STOCKLST.................................................... 5-18

SUMVEH...................................................... 5-46

TANKFIX..................................................... 4-19

TANKMTCH.................................................... 4-9

WEIGHT...................................................... 5-37

WEIGHTJ..................................................... 5-39

WORKADD..................................................... 5-48

WORKMRGE.................................................... 5-12

 m^

 IP^

'ilr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/vii
LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit

Number Page

3-1 Master File of Common Vehicle Make and Model Codes............. 3-5

4-1 MPG Program Alphabetic Vehicle Status Codes ................... 4-15

5-1 1985 RTECS Annualizations Procedures Flowcharts................ 5-2

5-2 Household Groups for 1985 ETECS Vehicle Stock Imputations...... 5-15

5-3 1985 ETECS Imputations for Vehicle Characteristics............. 5-26

5-4 1985 RTECS Vehicle Groups for Annual Miles Adjustments

And Imputations................................................ 5-29

5-5 1985 ETECS MPG Estimates and Imputations...................... 5-36

5-6 Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 ETECS:

Determination of 1985 Control Totals .......................... 5-41

5-7 Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 RTECS:

ETECS Weighting Census Estimates .............................. 5-42

5-8 Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 ETECS:

Determination of First Eatio Adjustment for Weight J .......... 5-43

5-9 Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 ETECS:

Determination of Second Ratio Adjustment for Weight J ......... 5-44

5-10 Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 RTECS:

Determination of Third Ratio Adjustment for Weight J .......... 5-45

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/September 1986/viii
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 

DOE — Department of Energy 

DSN — Data set name 

EIA — Energy Information Administration

FPR — Fuel Purchase Record

(files described in Section 4)

HVI — Household/Vehicle Information 

(files described in Section 3)

JCL — Job Control Language

MPG — Miles per gallon

PSU — Primary Sampling Unit

RECS4 — 1984 Residential Energy Consumption Survey

RTECS — Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey

SAS — Statistical Analysis System

SSU — Secondary Sampling Unit

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/September 1986/ix
SECTION 1: GENERAL IRFOEMATIOH

1.1. SUMMARY

The Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS), 

first conducted in 1983, provides information on how households 

use energy for personal transportation.

This manual is the second of three providing detailed information 

on how the 1985 RTECS was conducted. It covers manual and 

automated procedures used in data manipulation. The other two 

manuals cover the procedures used in sample design and data 

collection, and reports preparation.

Section 2 provides an overview of the 1985 RTECS and of data 

manipulation procedures. Sections 3, 4, and 5 present detailed 

information on data manipulation procedures.

'1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October"1986/1-1
1.2. ENVIRONMENTS

1.2.1. Project Sponsor

U.S. Department of Energy 

Energy Information Administration 

Office of Energy Markets and End Use 

Energy End Use Division 

Residential and Commercial Branch 

1000 Independence Avenue, S.W. 

Washington, DC 20585

1.2.2. Project Developer

U.S. Department of Energy 

Energy Information Administration 

Office of Energy Markets and End Use 

Energy End Use Division 

Residential and Commercial Branch 

1000 Independence Avenue, S.W. 

Washington, DC 20585

1.2.3. Survey Contractor

Response Analysis Corporation 

377 Wall Street 

P.O. Box 158 

Princeton, NJ 08542

1.2.4. Computer Center

U.S. Department of Energy

Energy Information Administration

Computer Center

1000 Independence Avenue, S.W.

Washington, DC 20585

m^

TMii^

^m&

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/1-2
1.3. REFERENCES

1.3.1. Project Authorization

Department"' of Energy Contract Number DE-AC01-84EI19658, Task 

As si-giisten t Number 231, authorizes the development of documentation 

for the 1985 Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey 

(RTECS).

1-3.2. 1985 RTECS Publications 

1.3.2.1. Statistical Report

* Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey. 

Consumption Patterns of Household Vehicles _1985. Energy 

Information Administration, Washington, DC, to be published in

1.3.2.2. Methodological Reports

* "Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS) 

Volume I: Sample Selection and Data Collection Procedures," 

photocopied, Response Analysis Corporation, Princeton, NJ; 

March 1986.

* "Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS) 

Volume II: Household/Vehicle Information Files," photocopied, 

Response Analysis Corporation, Princeton, NJ; July 1986.

« "Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS) 

Volume III: Fuel Purchase Record Files," photocopied, Response 

Analysis Corporation, Princeton, NJ ; July 1986.

* "Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS) 

Volume IV: Annualization Procedures," photocopied, Response 

Analysis Corporation, Princeton, NJ; August 1986.

* 1985 RTECS Sample Design and__Data Collection Procedures Manual , 

The Orkand Corporation, Silver Spring, MD; September 1986.

* 1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual. The Orkand 

Corporation, Silver Spring, MD; October 1986.

* 1985 RTECS Report Preparation Procedures Manual. The Orkand 

Corporation, Silver Spring, MD; to be published in December 

1986.

* 1985 RTECS Data User's Manual. The Orkand Corporation, Silver 

Spring, MD; to be published in December 1986.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/1-3
1.4. DOCUMENTATION STANDARDS

This manual was prepared in accordance with EIA Standards Manual. 

Energy Information Administration, Washington, DC, October 1, 

1983, and with Guidelines for Documentation of Computer Programs 

and Automated Data Systems, Federal Information Processing 

Standards (FIPS) Publication 38, National Bureau of Standards, 

Washington, DC, February 15, 1976.

w

198'5 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/1-4
SECTION 2: SURVEY OVERVIEW ^

2.1. OVERVIEW OF 1985 RTECS PURPOSES AND PROCEDURES

The;:3;985 Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey 

CRlTECS) was designed by the Energy Information Administration 

CEJA);: to; provide information about how energy is used by 

households for personal transportation. It is one of a series of 

EIA surveys that gather information on residential and 

nonresidential energy consumption.

This manual is the second of three that describe the manual 

procedures and computer software for the 1985 RTECS. The three 

manuals.explain the three principal groups of procedures used to 

condttet RTECS:

* Sample design and data collection procedures

v * ;D|t^a manipulation procedures (editing, imputation, and 

-^v aimualization)

• Procedures for the preparation of printed reports and a 

public-use tape

The 1985 RTECS sample of 4,020 households was drawn from a larger 

sainp!;e of 5,682 households — the sample households for the 1984 

Eesidential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS). RECS provided 

information about energy consumption within the residential sector

—about fuels and equipment used in the home, energy-related 

structural features of the housing unit, dimensions of the housing 

unit, energy-use habits, and demographic data on household members.

RECS also gathered data on the vehicles used by the household; 

that data served as the starting point for RTECS. The 1985 RTECS 

sample consisted of a core (self-weighting) national sample of 

households, plus an oversample of high-mileage (more than 12,500 

miles annually) households. The Annualized Final File included 

information on 8,491 vehicles.

The primary data collection period for the 1985 RTECS ran from 

December 1984 through January 1986. The survey contractor, 

-."•Response Analysis Corporation (RAC), gathered data from sample 

households by means of a series of telephone interviews (and, for 

households that could not be reached by telephone, by mailed 

forms). RAC tried to contact each household to obtain beginningand end-of-year (1985) odometer readings for each vehicle in use 

by the household, to obtain records of all vehicle fuel purchases 

for a specified month, and to maintain an up-to-date record of the 

household's vehicle inventory, including vehicles acquired or 

disposed of during the year. Information in the fuel-purchase 

records included, for each purchase, the date, odometer reading, 

estimate of how full the'fanJt was after the fuel purchase, number

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-1
of gallons purchased, total cost and price per gallon, and type of 

fuel purchased.

Using the data collected, RAC then performed imputation and 

annualization procedures in order to estimate the total miles, 

total gallons of fuel and miles per gallon, and total cost of fuel 

for each vehicle in use by an RTECS sample household during the 

calendar year 1985. A number of imputation procedures were used 

to deal with missing or incomplete information, which could result 

from a household's refusal to participate, non-participation for 

other reasons, or incomplete reporting. Because fuel purchase 

records were obtained for only one month for each vehicle, all 

fuel purchase records had to be adjusted from a monthly to an 

annual basis.

The Annualized Final File was used to produce statistics 

describing the vehicle stock of U.S. households in 1985 as well as 

estimates of vehicle miles, fuel consumption, and costs. The 

results of the survey will be published in printed form by EIA in 

the report Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey: 

Consumption Patterns of Household Vehicles 1985 and will also be 

available on a public-use data tape.

TMI^

"IBP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-2
2.2. OVERVIEW OF 1985 RTECS DATA MANIPULATION PROCEDURES

This manual describes three major groups of RTECS data 

manipulation procedures:

• Creation of the Household Vehicle Information (HVI) Files 

(includes data entry, updating, and editing procedures). The 

HVI Files contain the basic record of information on RTECS 

sample households and the vehicles used by household members.

• Creation and use of the Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Files 

(includes data entry and editing procedures and procedures for 

calculating miles-per-gallon figures for each vehicle). The 

FPR Files contain data on fuel purchases for each vehicle, 

which were collected from a different subset of the RTECS 

sample for each month in 1985.

• Imputation and annualization procedures used to adjust for 

missing or incomplete information and to adjust single-month 

fuel-purchase information to an annual basis, and weighting 

procedures used to produce meaningful estimates for all U.S. 

households.

The programs used to perform RTECS data manipulation procedures 

were written in SAS, PL/1, or Fortran.

2.2.1. Organization of RTECS Files

Three kinds of files were created and used for RTECS data 

manipulation procedures. Each of these files contained one record 

for each RTECS sample household.

• The Household/Vehicle Information (HVI) Files contained 

information about sample households and their vehicles. There 

were 12 HVI Files — one for each calendar month. Each 

single-month file contained one record for each household that 

was assigned to that month for fuel purchase data collection.

• The Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Files contained information 

about specific vehicle fuel purchases, vehicle tank capacities, 

vehicle odometer readings for the beginning and end of the 

assigned data-collection month, and other information related 

to fuel purchases. Like the HVI Files, the FPR Files were 

organized in 12 single-month generation data sets.

• The Annualized Final Files contained information about each 

household, each eligible vehicle, fuel purchases, and miles per 

gallon. These data were taken from the HVI and FPR Files 

following imputation and annualizatdon procedures.

In the HVI and FPR Files, each record (which contained data for 

one household) was subdivided into "cards." Each card contained 

up to 80 columns of data. The organization of these cards is 

described in Sections 2.2.1.1 and 2.2.1.2.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-3
2.2.1.1. Organization of cards in the HVI Files

For each RTECS sample household, the HVI Files contained one 

Household Information Card (Card OH01), plus a pair of cards (1V01 

and 1V02) for each vehicle owned or regularly used by the 

household. The contents of those three card types is shown below,

• Household Information Card (OH01)

— Data pertaining to sample selection and month assigned for 

fuel purchase data collection

— Current status of the household and number of vehicles in 

use by the household

— Results of contacts in each major RTECS data collection phase

• Vehicle Information Card 1 (1V01)

— Vehicle identification (type, make and model, and year)

— Vehicle characteristics (e.g., number of cylinders)

• Vehicle Information Card 2 (1V02)

— Beginning and ending odometer readings

— Acquisition and disposition dates for each vehicle

— Eligibility of vehicle for survey

2.2.1.2. Organization of cards in the FPR Files

For each RTECS sample household that had one or more vehicles 

eligible for the survey, the FPR Files contained one Household 

Information Card (Card 5H01).

For each eligible vehicle, there was one Vehicle Card 6V01. 

During the data manipulation procedures, one VKAME Card (Card 

6V02) and one VSTAT Card (Card 6V03) were also created for each 

eligible vehicle, but these cards were not a permanent part of the 

FPR Files.

For each eligible vehicle, there might also be a number of Fuel 

Purchase Cards (Cards 7P01 through 7PXX) — one card for each 

recorded fuel purchase.

The contents of each of the kinds of cards in the FPR Files is 

shown below.

• Household Information Card (5H01)

— The month assigned for fuel purchase data collection

— The actual month for which data were collected

— The data collection method

— The number of vehicles for which data were collected

• Data primarily from purchase record data collection (6V01)

— Beginning- end end-of-month odometer and fuel gauge readings

— Fuel tank capacity as reported by the respondent

— The reason (if applicable) for the vehicle's not having been 

driven during the month

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-4

^F
2.2.1.

of purchases recorded indicating which

vehicle ».** and 

Standard fuel tank capacity

I! e in.iic.tinj th« -quality record

rocedures Related t" te

January 1986. Each household In the 

during that period for the purpo.e the household 

Residential

Survey (REGS4)

- for end-of-year odometer readings 

. To -provide performance statistics on data collection contacts

household basis

12 HVI Files - on, for 

single-month file co»* 

asslBned to that nTM^ 

single-month organization _ collection and for data entry and editing.

d.t. collection. This 

flow of work for data

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-5
2.2.2. Procedures Related to the FPR Files

The Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Files contained data that were 

collected from a different subsample of 1985 ETECS households each 

month. The primary use of these files was to compute a 

miles-per-gallon figure based on actual recorded use of the 

vehicle for a given calendar month. Ultimately, data from the FPR 

Files and the HVI Files were used as the basis for imputation and 

annualization procedures and for the preparation of the final 

files used for RTECS estimates and reports.

Like the HVI Files, the FPR Files were organized in 12 

single-month generation data sets, and card-image formats were 

used in the files. The FPR Files consisted of one record for each 

household, containing data on each vehicle used by members of the 

household. The complete record for a household contained 

information on up to 12 vehicles and might contain information on 

a number of fuel purchases for each vehicle.

2.2.3. Imputation and Annualization Procedures

For each RTECS vehicle, fuel purchase data were collected for only 

one month between December 1984 and January 1986. In order to use 

RTZCS data to produce statistics describing the vehicle stock of 

U.S. households for all of 1985, the data had to be annualized.

In addition, some items of data were missing or incomplete because 

of a household's refusal to participate, non-participation for 

other reasons, or incomplete reporting. RAC used a number of 

imputation procedures to adjust for this missing information.

The principal objectives of the annualization procedures were to 

estimate the total mileage driven, total gallons of fuel consumed 

and miles per gallon, and the total cost of fuel, for each vehicle 

in use by an RTECS household during any part of calendar year 1985.

The resulting Annualized Data File contained these figures for 

vehicles and summaries for each sample household. That file was 

used to produce statistics describing the vehicle stock of U.S. 

households in 1985 and estimates of vehicle miles, fuel 

consumption, and fuel costs.

Three principal data sets were used in the annualization process:

• 1984 Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS4) data files

• 1985 RTECS Household/Vehicle Information (HVI) Files

• 1985 RTECS Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Files'

"IP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-6
Following are the key data items for which ~RAC performed 

imputation and annualization procedures:

• Vehicle acquisitions and dispositions

• Annual miles driven

• Miles per gallon

• Vehicle characteristics (Number of cylinders, presence of air 

conditioning, type of transmission, number of doors, business 

use of the vehicle, number of regular drivers)

• Fuel type

• Cost per gallon

To produce meaningful estimates of personal transportation energy 

consumption for all U.S. households, RAC first had to develop 

RTECS household weights. To do this, RAC first computed a 

preliminary weight appropriate for development of estimates for 

all U.S. households as of November 1984 (the center point of the 

RECS4 data collection). The time frame for RTECS data, however, 

was calendar year 1985.

The final weighting steps involved use of an independent estimate 

of households as of July 1985, based on Current Population Survey 

(CPS) data. The 1985 population controls were extrapolated from 

the March 1984 and March 1985 CPS data for each of the four Census 

regions and for three categories of household type and size. The 

preilBiinary November 1984 weights were then reweighted to the July 

1985 control totals through three ratio adjustments, carried out 

separately for original and revised sample SSUs.

The final weights, after the application of the three ratio 

adjustments, reflect estimates of total households as of July 1985.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/2-7
SECTION 3: CREATING ARD USING THE HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE IHFOEMATIOR FILES

To maintain a basic record of information about the ETECS sample 

households and the vehicles used by members of the households, RAC 

created the Household/Vehicle Information (HVT) Files. Data 

included in the files were collected primarily through the series 

of household contacts, which took place between December 1984 and 

January 1986. Each household in the survey was contacted once 

during that period for the purpose of collecting one month's fuel 

purchase information and updating information about the household 

and its vehicles. Additional data came from the 1984 Residential 

Energy Consumption Survey (RECS4) questionnaire. See Appendix A 

for a layout of the HV1 Files.

There are 12 HVI Files — one for each calendar, month. Each file 

contains records for households that were assigned to that month 

for fuel purchase data collection. This single-month organization 

facilitated the flow of work for data collection and for data 

entry and editing.

The HVI Files were used during 1985 RTECS data collection and data 

manipulation procedures in the following ways:

• To prepare vehicle labels, questionnaire pages, and listings 

for later stages of fuel purchase data collection and for 

end-of-year odometer readings *

• To provide performance statistics on RTECS data collection 

contacts

« In combination with fuel purchase data and additional data 

taken from the original RECS4 interview, to produce annualized 

estimates of number of vehicles, vehicle miles, fuel 

consumption,, and fuel costs on both an individual vehicle and a 

household basis

RAC's manual, Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey 

Volume II; Household/Vehicle Information Files, served as a 

training manual and basic reference for RTECS operating staff 

working on the HVI Files. All of the coding instructions and many 

of the forms referred to in this section originally appeared in 

that manual.

This section explains how the Household/Vehicle Information (HVI) 

Files were created, maintained, and used.

flPF

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-1
3.1. HOW THE HVI FILES WERE STRUCTURED

Eachsingle-month HVI File contained one record for each household 

assigned to that month. Each record contained data on a maximum 

of"12 vehicles.

The records were in card-image format, primarily because of the 

ease of working vitK~^BlT~ToriTat"~i~rr'"hierarchical files of varying 

length. Each record contained one household information card, 

plus two vehicle-information cards for each vehicle used by 

Members of the household. The cards contained the following 

principal items of information:

• Household Information Card (OH01)

—— Data pertaining to sample selection and month assigned for 

fuel purchase data collection

—— Current status of the household and number of vehicles in 

use by the household

—Results of contacts in each major RTECS data collection phasf

• .Vehicle Information Card 1 (1V01)

— Vehicle identification (type, make and model, and year)

— Vehicle characteristics (e.g., number of cylinders)

• Vehicle Information Card 2 (1V02)

; —Beginning and ending odometer readings

— Acquisition and disposition dates for each vehicle

—— Eligibility of vehicle for survey

19S5 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-2
3.2. CREATING THE HVI FILES

The program CREATE generated the HVI files from the 12 

single-month RTECS Sample Files that were used for sampling and 

initial data collection steps. This program reformatted the data 

files and added numeric make and model codes from a master file of 

143 common vehicle makes and models.

w

Appendix A contains file layouts of the Sample Files and the HVI 

Files. The HVI File layouts indicate the source of the items 

taken from the Sample Files. Appendix E consists of the list of 

vehicle make and model codes.

Program used 

• CREATE

Source: CN6212.HVI.SAS:CREATE

(JCL included in source code)

Language: SAS

System 

context:

User

interface:

Program 

flow:

CREATE was run 12 times to create each of the 12 

single-month HVI Files.

The user modified the JCL to contain the data set 

name (DSN) of the desired single-month Sample 

File.

After completion, the user checked the JCL log file 

for proper condition codes and printed the SAS log 

with program control counts messages.

CREATE read the specified single-month Sample File, 

containing a household card and up to 12 vehicle 

cards for each household, and transferred the 

needed fields to the HVI Files. See the layout of 

the Sample Files in Appendix A. The layout of the 

HVI Files created by CREATE also appears in 

Appendix A; it indicates the source of each field 

from the Sample Files.

For each household record, CREATE merged the date 

of the RECS interview from the RECS Household 

Questionnaire File. To add make and model codes, 

it then matched each vehicle against a master file 

of common make and model codes (shown in Exhibit 

3-1, which follows Section 3.2) by the combination 

of alphabetic make and model. If a match was 

found, CREATE added the corresponding numeric make

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-3
and model codes to the newly created record; if no 

match was found, the code was added to the HVI File 

in a later clerical step.

CREATE output the household information to the HVI 

File as one card (OH01) and split the vehicle 

information into two cards (1V01 and 1V02).

Inputs: — CN6212.PRO.R4TS.SAMPLE<MONTH>

(Sample File for specific month)

— CN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire File)

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.MODEL.CODES

(Master make and model code file)

Outputs: — CN6212.PRO.HVI.MQNTH<MONTH>(+1) 

(HVI File for the month)

— SAS log (counts and messages)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-4
Exhibit 3-1: Master File of Common Vehicle Make and Model Codes

AMC

AMC AMI:

AMC

AMC

AMC

AMC

AUDI

AUDI

BUICK

BU I O:

BUICK

BUICK

BUICK

BU 1 1". t

BUICK

BU I C>

BUICK.

BUICK BUICK-:

CADILLAC

CADILLAC

CADILLAC

CADILLAC

CADILLAC

CADILLAC

CADILLAC

C AD 1 L.LAC

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHEVROLET

CHR VILER

CHF.T"3LER

CHRfj-LER

CHRvlLER

DAT^IJN

IiATiUN

DAT -.UN

DATf.UN

EiATlUN

02CONCORD

02GREMLIN

02HORNET

02MATADOR

02PACER

02RAMBLER

02SPIRIT

54FOX

545000

OSCENTIJRY

OSELECTRA

O&LE SABRE

OSLE SABRE

OS-LIMITED

OSOPEL

OSREOAL

05RIVIERA

OSS-KYHAWK

OSSKYLARK

08WILDCAT

09CALAIS

0'r'C I MARRON

09DE VILLE

09DEVILLE

09£L DORADO

09ELDORADO

OvFLEETWOOD

<r-'i.EVlLLE

11BI£L AIR

1 l&IiCAYNE

1 1 C AMARO

11 CAPRICE

11 CAVALIER

11 CELEBRITY

1 1 CHEVELLE

1 \CHEVETTE

I 1CITATION

11 CORVETTE

1 1ELCAMINO

1 11 MR ALA

11LUV

11MALIBU

11 MONTE CARLO

11MON2A

1 1 NOVA

1 1VEOA

12CORDOBA

12LE BARON

12NEW YORKER

1 2NEWPORT

64B210

64MAXIMA

64200'-.' X

04210

642SOZ

07

OS

09

13

15

17

22

01

0&

03

05

09

09

21

1O

11

12

14

13

18

01

12

02

02

03

03

04

07

, 1 1

1 i.'-:

I/-.

!')7

7 2

74

0*

11

71

21

.h. 2

1 7

:!1

2> ^

•:A

-: cri

3'/

43

O^J

0 3

05

04

Ofr

24

o1:.

06.

O'v

'H|^

IIBP7

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-5
Exhibit 3-1: Master File of Common Vehicle Make and Model Codes (continued) " ._»

HAT SUN

DATSUN

DAT SUN

DODGE

DODGE

DODGE

DODGE

DODC'E

DODGE

DODC'E

DODGE

DODGE

DODGE

DODGE

DODGE

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD FORD FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

FORD

HONDA

HONDA

HONDA

JEEP

LINCOLN

L I NCOLN

MAZDA

MAZDA

MAZDA

MERCUR f

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

MERCURY

N I Si; AN

OLDSMO&ILE

OLD'iMOB 1 LE

OLDSMOBILE

OLDSMO&lLt

6423OZX

6431 OGX

64510

15ARIES

'15ASPEN

15CHALLENGER

iSCHARGEfi

15COLT.

1 5CORONET

15DART

15DIPLOMAT

15MAONUM

15MONACQ

150MNI

15POLARA

19COURIER

1-9ELITE

1*FAIRLANE

19FAIRMONT

19FALCON

1*FIESTA

1 9FUTURA

19GALAXIE

I «CiRANADA

19LTD

19MAVERJCK

1 9MUSTANG

19P-INTO

1 9 TEMPO

i -vTHUNDERB I RD

19TORINO

6SACCORD

6SCIVIC

68PRELUDE

26WAGONI££R

^CONTINENTAL

28TOWN CAR

75CLC

75RX7

75626

l"5 CtOBC<ar

29CAPRI

29COMET

29C-OUGAR

29LYNX

29MARQU I •:• I-^MONARCH

29MONTEGO

29 MONT ERE Y

292EF-HYR

52SENTRA

31 CUTLASS

31 DELTA SS:

•?1OMFGA

31Ti.iRONADO

09

10

15

20

01

03

04

05

07

12

44

16

19

21

25

05

14

15

17

IS

20

17

c^*»'

24

25

27

55

4%

' /

-^•C'

•2-V

06

11

07

07

01

11

«»c*

30

34

01

'"•I '*-'

07

10

35

13

15

17

lv

23

02

02

O6

B-! »'

1 7

1985 -RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-6
Exhibit 3-1: Master File of Common Vehicle Make and Model Codes (continued)

OLDSMGBILE OLDSMOBILE

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PLYMOUTH 

PONT I AC 

PONT I AC 

PONT I AC 

PONT IAC 

PONT I AC 

PONT I AC 

PONT IAC 

F'GNTIAC 

PONT I AC 

PONT I AC 

RENAULT SUBARU TOYOTA TOYOTA TOYOTA TOYOTA VOLKSWAGEN

VOLKSWAGEN 

VOLI- SWAGEN 

VOLKSWAGEN 

VOLKSWAGEN 

VOLKSWAGEN

3188 

3198 

33CHAMP

3SDUSTER 

33FURY 

33HORI20N 

33RELIANT 

33SATELLITE 

33VALIANT

I-:3VOLARE

34ASTRE

::4&ONNEVJLLE

34CATALINA

34FIREBIRD

34GRANEI PR IX

34LEMANS

34PHOEN [ X

34SUNBIRD

34TRANS AM

34VENTURA

83ALLIANCE

SSGL

90CELICA

90COROLLA

90CORONA

90TERCEL

93BEETLE'.

93.JETTA 

93RABBIT 

•-"'3:f C IROCCO

16

19

31

36 

06 '"i 8^

19

13

36

01

0 3

05

09

11

15

17

19

09

22

02

14

24

25

31

01

01

'.'9 

11

'IP

NISSAN make code changed to 64 in final stages of 1985 RTECS processing- SENTRA model code changed to 20.

II

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-7
3.3. PERFORMING CODING AND DATA ENTRY PROCEDURES

To prepare RTECS data for entry into the HVI File, RAC personnel 

transcribed the data from questionnaires onto coding forms. All 

personnel who coded or entered data attended a training session; 

those not already familiar with RTECS received additional training 

by working with more experienced staff members.

Supervision of coding and data entry personnel included checks of 

100 percent of both data transcription and data entry.

Instructions used (see Appendix B)

* HVI File Coding Instructions and Specimen Forms 

3.3.1. Performing Initial Data Entry

The FORMINIT program produced initial coding forms on which to 

enter data about each RTECS vehicle. Each line of the form listed 

one ETECS vehicle and the ID number of its household. Blank 

spaces in the line were used for entering information on vehicle 

characteristics (e.g., number of cylinders) and beginning odometer 

readings.

Paper records from each month's contacts with households and the 

KECS4 questionnaire contained the background information that was 

entered onto the initial coding forms. RAC personnel clerically 

coded the forms from RTECS records. A second coder checked 100% 

of the coded data. RAC personnel followed the coding instructions 

for FORMINIT to complete these initial coding forms. The forms 

were then keypunched, 100% verified, and output to magnetic tape.

The MERGEVI program then merged the contents of the tape with the 

current generation of the HVI Files, matching on household ID and 

vehicle number, to create a new generation of each single-month 

HVI File.

Forms, used (see Appendix C)

* RTECS Initial Coding Forms

* Coding Instructions for FORMINIT

* F4739-40: Odometer Reading Call form

* F4454-04: RECS4 Household Questionnaire (a copy of this long 

questionnaire is reproduced in the 1984 REGS Data Collection 

Procedures Manual, pages A-63 through A-110)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-8
Programs used 

• FORMINIT 

Source:

System 

context:

User 

interface:

Inputs:

Outputs:

Program 

flow:

w

CN6212.PRO.RTECS.PLI.SOURCErFORMINIT 

(JCL included in source code)

Language: PL/1

FORMINIT was run on all 12 single-month HVI Files 

during the initial data entry phase. It was one of 

a series of programs that handled the coding, data 

entry, and editing of the HVI Files. FORMINIT was 

run only after an HVI File had been determined to 

be "clean" — that is, that each record was sorted 

by household ID number, vehicle number, and card 

type, and that the correct number of vehicle cards 

was present.

Before submitting this job for batch execution, the 

user modified the JCL by changing the month 

designation of the input file name to the desired 

month.

After the job was completed, the user checked the 

JCL log file for proper condition codes and checked 

the control report for error messages and record 

counts.

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.TEMPLATE.FORM132(FORMINIT) 

(Template heading file for data entry form)

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH<MONTH>(0)

(Single-month HVI File — the current generation 

for a given month)

— Initial data entry coding forms

i

— Production control and error report

FORMINIT read a specific single-month HVI File, 

which contained, for each household, a household 

card (OH01) followed by up to 12 pairs of vehicle 

cards (1V01 arid 1V02). It placed the Household ID 

number and vehicle number on one line of the output 

document, followed by underscores for the remaining 

columns of the document.

A specimen.copy of the initial coding form appears 

in Appendix C.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-9
• MERGEVI 

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

User 

interface;

Inputs:

Outputs:

Program 

flow:

CN6212.PRO.HVI.SAS:MERGEVI

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

MERGEVI was run once for each single-month HVI 

File, after the coding and keypunching of that 

month's initial data entry forms was complete.

The user modified the JCL to contain the data set 

name of the desired files. He checked the JCL log 

file for proper condition codes and printed the SAS 

log with program control counts and messages.

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH<XX>(0)

(HVI File for month — current generation)

— CN6615.DCE.NEWDATA.<XXXXXXXX>

(Keypunched initial coding forms for month)

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH<XX>(+1)

(HVI File for month — +1 generation)

— FT11F001 SAS log (counts and error messages)

MERGEVI read the HVI File containing, for each 

household, a household card (OH01) and up to 12 

pairs of vehicle cards (1V01 and 1V02). It 

separated the three card types.

MERGEVI also read the file of keypunched initial 

coding forms, containing one record 'for each 

vehicle. It separated the background vehicle 

characteristics, which went on the 1V01 card, from 

the odometer iinformation, which went on the 1V02 

card.

MERGEVI merged the keypunched data into the 1V01 

and 1V02 cards for each vehicle, matching by ID and 

vehicle number. The vehicles in both files had to 

match exactly; all nonmatches were output for 

checking.

If no nonmatches were found, the three card types 

were combined and written to the next generation of 

the HVI File.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-10
3.3.2. Performing Additional Data Entry

Three additional coding forms were created for use after the 

initial data entry phase — one form for each of the card types in 

the HVI Files. These were called "turnaround coding forms".

The FORMTURN program produced the forms from the current 

generation of a specified single-month RVI File. The forms 

contained blanks for information not yet in the file.

Before the end of 1985, the forms were updated at least once. 

Updating included coding, data entry, and checking of as much 

information as possible before the end of data collection in early 

1986. A number of types of information were added during the 

first updating cycle — usually from data collection forms 

completed at the time of fuel purchase data collection or as a 

result of other mid-year contacts with the household,

^

Data added at the time of updating included information on 

vehicles acquired or disposed of during the year, make and model 

codes for vehicles not on the master file of common make and model 

codes, contact status codes, and, if appropriate, a code 

indicating the reason why a household was dropped from the study.

Editors used the SUPERWYLBUR line editor to add newly coded 

information to the HVI Files interactively.

,-**•

The CHECKUP program performed range and consistency checks on all 

new data in the file. The legal ranges for which the program 

checked are the ranges shown in the HVI File layouts in Appendix 

A. The range checks included a check to see that all unused columns were blank. —————————————————~

Following are examples of the items checked for consistency by the 

CHECKUP program. For a complete list of consistency checks 

performed by CHECKUP, see Appendix B.

See Section 3.4 for a description of how corrections were made 

when needed, following a run of the CHECKUP program.

FORMTURN would then run a new generation of turnaround coding 

forms in preparation for the next updating cycle, which normally 

would take place after the completion of RTECS data collection and 

would incorporate end-of-year odometer readings and related 

information.

To add information about vehicles acquired after the HVI Files 

were created, coders used blank versions of the two vehicle 

turnaround forms,

'iffF

Hir

'HP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-11
information used (see Appendix B)

• Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms

• 19,85 RTECS Validity of Blanks in HVI Files (checked by CHECKUP

program) 

. HVI Consistency Checks and Error Messages (from CHECKUP program)

Forais used (see Appendix C)

• Turnaround Coding Form OH01

• Turnaround Coding Form 1V01

• Turnaround Coding Form 1V02

• F4739-31: Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone 

' Questionnaire

• F4739-63: Vehicle-Disposed-of card

• F4739-64: Vehicle-Acquired card

• F4739-65: Address Change or Correction Card 

Used

CN6212.PRO.HVI.RUNJCL:FORMTURN 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.PLI.SOURCE:FORMTURN 

PL/1

FORMTURR was run at various stages during the entry 

and editing phase, whenever new information was to 

be added to the HVI files. It is one of a series 

of programs that handled the coding, data entry, 

and editing of RTECS HVI Files.

User interface: Before submitting this job for batch execution, the

user changed the month designation of the input

file name as required.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log file 

for proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record counts.

FORMTDRK 

:JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-12
Inputs:

Outputs:

Program 

flow:

• CHECKUP 

JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.TEMPLATE.FORM132(HHLINE)

(Template heading file for Household Card OH01)

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.TEMPLATE.FORM132(V1LINE)

(Template heading file for Vehicle Card 1V01)

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.TEMPLATE.FORM132(V2LINE)

(Template heading file for Vehicle Card 1V02)

— Turnaround document listing for Household cards 

OH01

— Turnaround document listing for Vehicle Cards 

1V01

— Turnaround document listing for Vehicle Cards 

1V02

— Production control and error report

FORMTURN read the HVI File containing, for each 

household, a Household Card (OH01) and up to 12 

pairs of Vehicle Cards (1V01 and 1V02). It listed 

data from each card on a separate turnaround 

document (output print file). FORMTURN read into 

storage a template file for each output document. 

The template files contained heading lines as they 

were to appear on each page of the output 

turnaround forms. The program then looped to read 

an input HVI File record and branched to a 

procedure specific to the card type read.

Specimen copies of the three Turnaround Coding 

Forms appear in Appendix C.

CN6 212. HVI .RUN JCL'.CHECKUP 

CN6212.HVI.PLI.SOURCE:CHECKUP 

PL/1

CHECKUP was run whenever a significant amount of 

editing had been done to the HVI File. It is one 

of a series of programs used in the coding, data 

entry, and editing of the HVI Files.

TMf'fflP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-13
User 

interface:

Inputs:

Before submitting this job for batch execution, the 

user changed the month designation of the input 

file name in the JCL as required. Before 

execution, the user could change entries in an 

"error exception" file, which suspended the 

checking of data fields not yet present in the file.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log for 

proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record count.

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTHQQ(0) 

(Single-month HVI File — 

a given month)

current generation for

CN6212.PRO.HVI.TEMPLATE.FORM80(NEWRNGCK) 

(Range error exception file)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MAKMOD.MATRIX

(Listing of vehicles with status changes)

Outputs:

Program 

flow:

— Listing of range and relationship errors

— Production control and error report

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTHQQ(+1)

(Updated single-month HVI File — output as a 

temporary dataset until there were no errors, 

after which it became a new generation)

This program began by reading a file of "error 

exceptions" into storage.

Next, it read the HVI FILE, containing one 

Household Card (1V01) and from 0 to 12 pairs of 

Vehicle Cards (1V01 and 1V02) for each household. 

It branched to a specific procedure, based on the 

card type of the card read. Each procedure checked 

the card type of the current card against that of 

the previous card to verify that the file was in 

proper hierarchical order. Invalid card types were 

trapped in the main READ loop. Vehicle Cards were 

stored in arrays as they were read.

That procedure continued until the household ID of 

the card read differed from that of the previous 

card. Then another procedure was invoked to 

perform range checks on all cards read for the 

household. That procedure wrote error messages 

when necessary and set a flag indicating whether

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-14
range errors were found. CHECKUP checked the 

ranges specified in the HVI File layouts shown in 

Appendix A. The range checks also included a check 

that all unused columns were blank. The validity 

of blanks in fields that are used is shown in 

Appendix B.

Then control returned to the main loop, which 

checked the range-error flag. If no range errors 

had been found, & procedure was invoked to perform 

relation checks between various fields in the 

record for the current household. These checks, 

and the error messages resulting from various 

relationship errors, appear in Appendix B.

If no consistency errors were found, a procedure 

was invoked to examine the vehicle disposition code 

and update the vehicle status and active-vehicle 

count fields, and list the vehicles whose status 

was changed. Then the main loop continued until 

the end of the input file was reached.

Since CHECKUP was run on files at various stages of 

completeness, there was a facility to suspend 

checking ranges and relationships involving data 

not yet in the files.

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-15
EDITING THE HVI FILES

flagged an entry as inconsistent or out of «*8e ' or 

^ respondent corrected information already on file, the HVi 

Files had to be edited. The editing steps were similar to those 

•am [for data entry, but involved changing information that had 

already been entered. The forms vere the same as those used for 

data Gentry (see Sections 3.3.1 and 3.3.2) and the tasks vere 

performed by the same personnel.

Editors used the SUPERWYLBUR line editor to make additions and 

changes to the HVI File interactively. After a batch of updates 

was completed, the CHECKUP program would be run again. If no 

efr'orrwere found, the program created a new generation of the HVI 

File, . :

A generation Log was used to record information on each run of 

iffiiiP and each batch of updates to the HVI Files. It listed the 

source of each group of changes and the run date of the coding 

films on which the changes were noted. The turnaround coding 

Fcilm^served as paper records of additions to the file as well as 

for editing transactions.

Every' two weeks, all generations of the HVI Files (except the 

current and one previous generation) were user-initiated archived 

for a retention period of seven years.

Information used (see Appendix B)

• 1985 RTECS Validity of Blanks in HVI Files (checked by CHECKUP 

program)

• HVI Consistency Checks and Error Messages (from CHECKUP program) 

Form used (see Appendix C)

• RTECS Generation Log

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-16
3.5. USING THE HVI FILES TO PREPARE DATA COLLECTION MATERIALS

The single-month HVI Files were used to automate the preparation 

of materials needed for data collection contacts with RTECS 

households. The HVILABEL program produced three identical labels 

for each vehicle, to be used on three types of data collection 

forms:

• Logs mailed to households for fuel purchase record-keeping

• Fuel purchase data collection forms for households contacted by 

telephone

• Odometer-reading cards mailed to households at the end of the 

calendar year

The HVIPAGES program produced pages for data collection 

questionnaires. Three different versions of a questionnaire page, 

tailored to specific data collection instruments, were produced:

• A background questionnaire page, used to verify and update the 

description of the household vehicle stock

• A log page, used by telephone interviewers for quick reference 

to the household vehicle stock when contacting the household to 

check on receipt of fuel purchase logs

• An odometer reading page, used by telephone interviewers when 

end-of-year odometer readings were collected

Forms produced by HVIPAGES and HVILABELS (see Appendix D)

• Vehicle labels

• Background Questionnaire Page

• Current Vehicle Stock Page

• Odometer Reading Page 

Programs used

• HVILABEL

JCL: CN6212.PRO.HVI.RUNJCL:HVILABEL 

Source: CN6212.PRO.HVI.PLI.SOURCE:HVILABEL 

Language: PL/1

'HP

IP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-17
System 

context:

User

interface;

Input:

Outputs:

Program 

flow:

HVILABEL was run on each single-month HVI File just 

before the data collection month, so that the 

labels reflected the current vehicle information. 

It is one of a series of programs used in 

preparation of RTECS data collection materials froir. 

the HVI Files.

Before submitting this job for batch execution, the 

user modified the JCL by changing the month 

designation of the input file name and indicating 

how many labels (from 1 to 6} to produce for each 

vehicle.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log file 

for proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record counts.

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.<MONTHXX>(0)

(Single-month HVI File — current generation for 

a given month)

— Label print file for active, qualified vehicles

— Production control and error report

HVILABEL read a file containing, for each 

household, a Household Card (OH01) and up to 12 

pairs of Vehicle Cards (1V01 and 1V02). The status 

code field of the Household Card and the status 

code field of the 1V02 Vehicle Card had to be 

checked before deciding to produce labels for a 

given vehicle. The program executed a nested loop 

to produce alignment lines for the label forms — 

five lines of asterisks covering every print 

position on the form, followed by a blank line for 

the space between label rows.

Next, HVILABEL read an input Household Card and 

entered the main processing loop. The status field 

was checked for specified values; if the household 

qualified, a procedure to format and produce the 

labels was invoked. If the status field was not 

among the specified values, a procedure to bypass 

all Vehicle Cards for the household was invoked. 

If the card read was not of the OH01 type, an error 

message was written and execution halted.

HVILABEL then read the next two cards, checking to 

see that they were 1V01 and 1V02. If they were not 

the correct type, an error massage was written and

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-18
• HVIPAGES 

JCL:

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

User

interface:

Inputs:

Outputs:

execution stopped. Next, the Vehicle Card status 

code was checked and a decision was made to either 

produce the label or read the next card. This 

procedure continued until the card read had a 

different household ID number, when control 

returned to the main loop.

CN6212.PRO.HVI.RUNJCL:LOGPAGES 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.RUNJCL:ODOPAGES 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.RUNJCL:QSTPAGES

CN6212.PRO.HVI.PLI.SOURCE:HVIPAGES 

PL/1

HVIPAGES was run on the desired single-month HVI 

File at various times, using different template 

files, to produce pages that were used in telephone 

contacts with households — background 

questionnaire pages, current vehicle stock pages, 

and odometer reading pages. It is one of a series 

of programs used to prepare RTECS data collection 

materials from the HVI Files.

A separate JCL file was used for each of the three 

templates. Before submitting this job for batch 

execution, the user changed the month designation 

of the input file name in the appropriate JCL.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log file 

for proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record counts.

TMBP^

CN6212.PRO.HVI 

CN6212.PRO.HVI 

CN6212.PRO.HVI 

CN6212.PRO.HVI

.TEMPLATE.FORMS 0(LOG1) 

.TEMPLATE.FORMS0(LOGS) 

.TEMPLATE.FORM80(OD01) 

.TEMPLATE.FORMS0<OD02) 

.TEMPLATE.FORMS 0(PAGE 2A) 

.TEMPLATE.FORMS0(PAGE2B) 

(Template file for the desired page format)

CN6212.PRO.HVI 

CN6212.PRO.HVI

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH<MONTH>(0)

(Single-month HVI File — current generation fo3

a given month)

Pages print file for active, qualified vehicles 

Production control and error report

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-19
Program

flow: HVIPAGES read the appropriate template file into 

storage. Next, it read the HVT File containing, 

for each household, a Household Card (OH01) and up 

to 12 pairs of Vehicle Cards (1V01 and 1V02) and 

branched to a specific procedure based on the card 

type that had been read. Each procedure checked 

the card type of the current card against that of 

the last card to verify that the field was in 

proper order. Vehicle cards were stored in arrays 

as they were read until the household ID number of 

the card read differed from that of the previous 

card.

Then another procedure was invoked to test 

household and vehicle status codes and to merge 

vehicle data with the template file and print the 

output pages. HVIPAGES checked the household 

status code to decide whether pages were to be 

printed for a household. For qualifying households 

with at least one active vehicle, the template was 

filled in with a column of data for each active 

vehicle. Households with more than four active 

vehicles required a second output page.

Next, the main loop resumed, processing households 

until the end of the input file was reached.

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/3-20
SECTION 4: DSING THE FUEL PURCHASE EECOED FILES

The Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Files contained dat? that were 

collected from a different subsample of 1985 RTECS households each 

month. The primary use of these files was to compute a 

miles-per-galion (MPG) figure based on actual recorded use of the 

vehicle for a given calendar month. Ultimately, data from the FPK 

Files and the HVI Files were used as the basis for imputation and 

annualization procedures and for the preparation of the final 

files used for RTECS estimates and reports.

Like the HVI Files described in Section 3, the FPR Files were 

organized in 12 single-month generation data sets, and card-image 

formats were used in the files. The FPR Files consisted of one 

record for each household, containing data on each vehicle used by 

members of the household. The complete record for a household 

contained information on up to 12 vehicles and might contain 

information on a number of fuel purchases for each vehicle. See 

Appendix A for the layout of the FPR Files.

In the FPR Files, the record for each household contained the 

following kinds of cards:

• Household information (5H01)

— The month assigned for fuel purchase data collection

— The actual month for which data were collected

— The data collection method

— The number of vehicles for which data were collected

• Data primarily from fuel purchase data collection (6V01)

— Beginning- and end-of-month odometer and fuel gauge readings

— Fuel tank capacity as reported by the respondent

— The reason (if applicable) for the vehicle's not having been 

driven during the month

— Number of purchases recorded

— Optional codes (entered by an editor) indicating which 

purchases were to be used for calculating MPG

• VKAME Card (6V02) (created from the HVI and Tank Capacity Files 

for each run of the MPG program; not stored permanently)

— Information on vehicle make and model from Card 1V01 of the 

HVI Files

— Standard fuel tank capacity

• VSTAT Card (6V03) (statistics generated by the MPG program)

— Summary of types of missing information

— Summary information on cost and type of fuel

— Total vehicle miles, gallons of fuel, a.nd MPG

— Flags for very high vehicle miles or MPG

— A code indicating the "quality" of the record

. • 7P01-7Pxx — Details of specific fuel purchases (a separate 

card for each purchase)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-1

'TM(P'
RAC VsY manua1, Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey 

III: Fuel Purchase Record Files, served as a training 

land basic reference for RTECS operating staff working on 

the FPR Files. The editing instructions and many of the forms 

referred to in this section originally appeared in that manual.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-2
4.1, MANUALLY CODING AND EDITING THE FPR FILES

RAC prepared materials for editing and coding in a separate batch 

for each record month (the month for which purchase records were 

obtained). Three types of cards were coded:

• A card for each household (5H01)

• A card for each vehicle for which data were obtained for the 

record month (6V01)

• A card for each fuel purchase (7PXX)

Codes for Cards 5H and 6V were transcribed to coding forms. 

Entries for 7P were edited directly on the telephone data 

collection forms for purchase records; purchase record data 

collected by mail were first transcribed to those forms. The 

primary tasks at this stage were to clarify entries as necessary 

and to round off entries when more digits were recorded than were 

wanted in the final record.

All data for Cards 5H, 6V, and 7P were batched by purchase record 

month. Coding forms for Cards 5H and 6V and the purchase record 

pages for Card 7P were keypunched and the data were 100% verified 

and output to magnetic tape. Contents of these tapes became the 

first generation of the single-month FPR Files.

Instructions used (see Appendix B)

* F4739-131;

• F4739-132:

F4739-133:

• F4739-134:

• F4739-138:

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data Entry 

(general coding and data entry instructions)

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data 

Entry: Card 5H Coding Instructions

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data 

Entry: Card 6V01 Coding Instructions

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data 

Entry: Card 7P Editing Instructions

Transportation Study Purchase File: Instructions 

for Key Entry Supervisor

'11^^

Forms used (see Appendix C)

« F4739-137: Transportation Study Purchase File: Card 5H Coding 

Form

• F4739-135: Transportation Study Purchase File: Card 6V01 

Coding Form

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures; Manual/October 1986/4-3
* F4739-31: Transportation Study Purchase File: Telephone Data 

Collection Form (Appendix C includes a sample data 

collection page from this multi-page form, on which 

entries for Card 7P were coded directly)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-4
4,2. PERFORMING INITIAL RANGE AND CONSISTENCY CHECKS

After initial data entry of the FPR File, the CHECK program 

performed range and consistency checks on each single-month file 

separately. The program checked the ranges listed in the FPE File 

layouts in Appendix A. For complete details on the automated 

consistency checks performed by CHECKUP and on the manual followup 

to the range and relationship errors found by the program, see 

Appendix B. An overview of the kinds of relationship checks 

performed by CHECKUP follows:

• Dates should be internally consistent. For instance, Fuel 

Purchase Cards should be in chronological order, the beginning 

date for data collection should agree with the assigned month, 

and all fuel-purchase dates should be in the assigned month.

• Skip patterns should be correct. That is, when the answer to 

one question should result in skipping one or more of the 

following questions, the skipped questions should be coded with 

9s for "not applicable."

• Odometer readings should be internally consistent. For 

instance, on the 7P cards, each odometer reading should be 

equal to or higher than the previous reading.

• The number of purchases recorded on Card 6V01 should equal the 

number of 7P cards read.

• On 7P cards, price per gallon of fuel should not be greater

than the total cost of the purchase and the number of gallons

purchased should not be greater than the tank capacity.

Appendix B includes instructions for editors who reviewed the 

output of the CHECK program. The instructions include a list of 

valid ranges, plus instructions for what to do about each of the 

possible error messages produced by the program.

Editors made additions and changes to the FPE Files interactively, 

using the SUPERWYLBUR line editor. After a batch of updates was 

made, the CHECK program was run again to create a new generation 

of the FPR Files. A logbook recorded information on the source of 

updates to the files.

Every two weeks, all generations of the FPR Files except the 

current and one previous generation were user-initiated archived 

for a retention period of seven years.

Instructions used (see Appendix B)

• Editing Procedures: Range and Relationship Checks (performed on 

the output of the CHECKUP program)

'IP

"I§P

'Ifi^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-5
Form used (see Appendix C)

• 1985 RTECS FPR Generation Log

Program used

• CHECK 

JCL: 

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

User 

interface;

Inputs:

Outputs;

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.JCL:CHECK 

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.SOURCE:CHECK 

PL/1

CHECK was run whenever changes were made in the FPE 

Files, during both the entry/editing phase and the 

MPG evaluation phase. It is one of a series of 

programs that handled the creation, editing, and 

evaluation of the FPR Files.

Before submitting this job for batch execution, the 

user changed the month designation of the input 

file name. He could also change entries in an 

"error exception" file, which suspended the 

checking of data fields not yet present in the file.

Upon completion of the job, the user checked the 

JCL log file for proper condition codes and checked 

the control report for error messages and record 

counts.

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHQQ(0) 

(Monthly FPR Files)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.RNGEXCP(MONTHQQ) 

(Monthly range exceptions file)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.RELEXCP(MONTHQQ) 

(Monthly relation exceptions file)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.SOURCE(RANGES)

(Table of range edit specifications)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHQQ(+1)

(Monthly FPR Files — +1 generation)

— Range error listing

— Relation error listing

— Range exceptions found

— Relation exceptions found

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-6
Program

flow: CHECK read and stored a table of raiy^. check

specifications, and separate files containing range 

and consistency error "exceptions." It then 

entered a loop to read the FPE File.

CHECK read the specified single-month FPR File, 

which contained, for each household, a Household 

Card (5H01), up to 12 Vehicle Cards (6V01), and up 

to 31 Fuel Purchase Cards (7PXX) for each vehicle. 

After reading a card, CHECK branched to a specific 

procedure, based on the type of card read, which 

checked to see that the file contained no invalid 

cards and that all cards were in the appropriate 

order. Invalid card types were trapped in the main 

READ loop. Vehicle and Fuel Purchase Cards were 

stored in arrays as they were read.

That process continued until the household ID of 

the card read differed from that of the previous 

card. Next, CHECK invoked another procedure to 

perform range checks on all fields of each card 

read for the current household, including a check 

that all unused columns were blank. The procedure 

wrote error messages when necessary and set a flag 

indicating whether range errors were found.

Control then returned to the main loop. If no 

range errors were found, another procedure 

performed relation checks between various fields 

for the current household. This procedure checked 

key relationships among various fields within a 

single card as well as across different card 

types. Since CHECK was run on files at various 

stages of completeness, there was a facility to 

suspend checking of certain ranges and 

relationships involving data not yet collected.

Finally, CHECK wrote a line to a summary listing 

describing the household's status and it reset 

fields in preparation for the next household. The 

main loop continued until the end of the file.

Hfr

"WP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-7
4.3. TRANSFERRING DATA FROM HVI FILES AND STANDARD TANK CAPACITY TABLE

To perform miles-per-gallon (MPG) calculations using fuel purchase 

data, two other pieces of data also had to be available: make and 

model information (from the 1V01 Card) and the tank capacity of 

each vehicle. RAC added this information to the FPR Files in two 

steps.

First, all HVI Monthly Files were merged together and the SELECTVI 

program created a new file of 1V01 Cards, containing one record 

for each vehicle in the survey. The result was the preliminary 

File.

Next, the TAHKflTCH program matched the preliminary VEAME File by 

make and model to a keyed table of standard tank capacities. RAC 

compiled this table from detailed automobile statistics published 

in Au t QBI o.t. i v e N e w s , Consumer Reports , and various new-car 

brochures. A standard tank capacity for each vehicle was needed 

so that editors could judge the credibility of the tank capacity 

reported by the respondents.

The resulting file, (the VNAME File in final format, which would 

be used in MPG calculations), still consisted of cards labeled 

1V01; they would later be relabeled 6V02 by the program MPG. 

These cards were produced only when MPG calculations were being 

performed; they were not included in the FPR Data Files.

Vehicles not matched to the standard tank capacity table were 

coded "998" for the standard tank capacity figure, and those with 

only a partial match were coded "886." Those cases were printed 

out, and editors tried to correct or update the table; then the 

TARKMTCH program was rerun.

Programs used 

• SELECTVI

JCL: CN62 12. PRO. FPR8 5. JCL: SELECTVI

Source: CN62 12. PRO. FPR8 5. SOURCE: SELECTVI

Language: PL /I

System

context: SELECTVI was run once to create a preliminary 

version of the VNAME File, The program was run 

only after an HVI File was determined to be "clean" 

and complete; thus, no checking of card types was 

required. It may have been necessary to rerun the 

program if changes were made to the HVI Files after 

the initial run.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-8
User

interface:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

TANKMTCH 

JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

SELECTVI is one of a series of programs that 

handled the creation, editing, and evaluation of 

the FPR Files. It was run by the same JCL Stream 

that ran the programs TANKKTCH and MPG; the 

temporary file output by SELECTVI was sorted and 

passed to TANKMTCH.

Since SELECTVI read all HVI single-month files on 

each run, there were no parameters or dataset names 

for the user to modify. It was executed in the 

same jobstream as the MPG program.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log file 

for proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record counts.

— CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH01(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH02(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH03(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH04(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH05(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH06(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH07CO) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH08(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH09(0) 

CR6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH10CO) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH11(0) 

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH12(0)

(Current generation of all 12 Monthly HVI Files, 

concatenated)

— &&T1V01

(Preliminary VNAME File)

— Production control report

SELECTVI read an HVI File containing a Household 

Card (OH01) and up to 12 pairs of Vehicle Cards 

(1V01 and 1V02) for each household. SELECTVI 

bypassed cards OH01 and 1V02. When it encountered 

a 1V01 card, it output the card, thus creating the 

preliminary VNAME File. When end-of-file was 

reached, the counters were written to the 

production control report and the program ended.

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.JCL:TANKMTCH 

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.SOURCE:TANKMTCH 

PL/1

Ulr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-9
System 

context:

User 

interface:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

TANKMTCH was run repeatedly, until users were 

satisfied that no more additions could be made to 

the standard tank capacity table and that no more 

updates would be made to the vehicle data in the 

HVI Files. TANKMTCH could be run separately, but 

it was most often run in the same jobstream as the 

MPG program. It is one of a series of programs 

that handled the creation, editing, and evaluation 

of the FPR Files.

Since the program read and wrote the same files on 

each run, there were no parameters or dataset names 

for the user to modify.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log file 

for proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record counts.

— &&SRT1V

(Preliminary VNAME File output by SELECTVI and 

sorted by the utility SORTD)

— CN6212.PRO.FPE85.TANKCAP

(Standard tank capacity table)

— &&MTCH1V

(VNAME File in final format — to be sorted and 

passed to the program MPG)

The jobstream that ran TARKMTCH sorted the VNAME 

File and the standard tank table by make, model, 

type code, and year. However, since the table used 

a value of "86" for type code when it applied to a 

variety of models, and the years to which an entry 

applied were stored as a range, it was not possible 

to perform a file match. Thus, the program began 

by reading the entire standard tank table into core 

memory.

The program next looped to read the VKAME File, 

which contained a single VNAME (6V02) card for each 

vehicle in the survey. It matched VNAME cards to 

the table by several variables. If a make-model 

match match was found, the type code was compared 

to each table entry within that make-model range. 

If a match was found or if the table code was "86," 

the year was examined. If the VNAME card year was 

within the range of the table entry, the number of 

cylinders and doors was then considered. If values 

were present in the table for both of these 

variables and the VNAME values were not both

1985 KTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-10
matched, the VNAME card was considered a partial 

match and coded as "886" for the standard tank 

value. If either cylinder or door values were not 

present in the table, or if both were present and 

matched, the VNAME card was considered a match and 

the table tank capacity was placed in the output 

record.

For any of the matching steps, if no match was 

found, the record was output and execution 

continued with the next interaction of the loop.

When the end of file was reached, the counters were 

written to the production control report and the 

program terminated.

*mP

^a&

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-11
4.4. PERFORMING MPG AND RELATED CALCULATIONS

Because the primary purpose of the FPR Files was to calculate MPG 

.T&aseJfl on actual vehicle use, much emphasis was placed on 

evaluating the completeness and accuracy of fuel purchase data 

collected for each vehicle.

Computer procedures were used for a preliminary screening of fuel 

purchase data to evaluate the record for completeness and to 

compute MPG for the vehicle (to the extent that the record 

permitted). Computer procedures were also used to create a 

formatted hard-copy printout for inspection by an editor, 

highlighting missing information and variations from normal 

patterns of fuel consumption.

The MPG program performed MPG and related calculations, processing 

one month of purchase data per run. It used the VNAME File 

produced by the program TANKMTCR, first changing the card type in 

colupins. 10-13 from 1V01 to 6V02. MPG matched vehicle data from 

the'-VNAME File to Fuel Purchase Card data. In the manual review 

of the MPG output, an editor would decide whether to use the 

standard tank capacity value (from the 6V02 Card) or the capacity 

reported by the respondent (from the 6V01 Card).

MPG attempted to calculate three sets of MPG figures:

• MPG for each purchase

• Cumulative MPGs for sets of purchases

• Overall MPG for the vehicle's entire purchase record

If critical data were missing, MPG abandoned the calculation.

If beginning and ending odometer readings were present, the 

program adjusted for fuel gauge readings as follows:

adj = (startgauge - endgauge) * tankcapaeity 

MPG = miles/(gallons purchased + adj)

When a vehicle had driven only a few miles between purchases, 

extreme variations in individual purchase record MPG figures were 

likely. To take this into account, the MPG program calculated MPG 

figures for cumulated purchase records as well as for individual 

purchases. It did that by beginning with a Fuel Purchase Card and 

cumulating information on miles and gallons for successive 

purchases until it reached a minimum of 150 miles. An MPG figure 

was calculated for that cumulation and reported alongside the 

individual records. Thus, while each purchase was always assigned 

an individual MPG, a purchase might also appear in combination 

with others.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-12
The final step in the MPG procedure was to compare MPG figures 

obtained for each cumulated entry to the overall MPG figure 

derived for the vehicle. In that way, the consistency of the 

vehicle's Fuel Purchase Cards could be determined.

To help editors inspect and evaluate MPG figures and the record in 

general for each vehicle, a system of computer flags or "grades" 

was used to highlight the internal consistency or inconsistency of 

the overall vehicle data for the month (see Exhibit 4-1). Grades 

were printed along with the full set of vehicle data at the end of 

each MPG run.

In addition to MPG figures, the MPG program counted and flagged 

all types of missing data as well as certain dubious cases, such 

as very high vehicle miles or very high MPG for a specific 

purchase or for all the purchases for one vehicle. All 

calculations and flags were added to the new generation of the FPR 

File produced by a successful run of the MPG program.

Program used 

• MPG

JCL:

Source:

Language;

System 

context:

User 

interface:

Inputs:

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.JCL:MPG 

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.SOURCE :MPG

PL/1

MPG was run repeatedly until editors were satisfied 

that no more missing data could be supplied and 

that no more restrictions could be placed on 

vehicle purchase records to improve their 

reliability. It is one of a series of programs 

that handled the creation, editing, and evaluation 

of the FPR Files.

Before submitting this job for batch execution, the 

user changed the month designation of the input 

file name in lines 91 and 93 of the JCL. There 

were no other changes to be made from run to run.

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHQQ(0)

(FPR File for the designated month)

— &&TAB1V

(Composite VNAME File, produced by the program 

TANKMTCH and then sorted)

Ulr

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-13
Outputs;

Program 

flow;

Formatted MPG listings

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHQQ(+1)

(FPR File for the designated month — +1

generation)

Production control and error report

MPG read and stored cards from the FPR File until 

the household ID changed. For each household, the 

file contained a Household Card (5H01) and up to 12 

Vehicle Cards (6V01) with up to 31 Fuel Purchase 

Cards (7P) for each vehicle. The cards were stored 

in an array and pointers were set to indicate 

vehicle and purchase cards within the array.

Next, a loop for all vehicles in the household was 

initiated. The household and vehicle were matched 

to the VNAME File and the respondent's tank 

capacity estimate from Card 6V01 was compared to 

standard tank capacity from the VNAME card. If the 

respondent's estimate was within 50 percent of the 

standard VKAME value, the standard value was used; 

otherwise, the respondent's value was used.

Then MPG checked for and flagged critical missing 

variables and built a table of fuel purchase data, 

with missing items calculated where possible. This 

table was used to calculate MPG values for each 

purchase, flagging those with miles traveled or MPG 

above certain thresholds. Then the program 

calculated MPG; in cases where less than 150 miles 

had been traveled between purchases, purchases were 

cumulated to represent 150 miles or more before 

calculating the MPG. Finally, the program 

calculated MPG values for each unbroken string of 

purchases in the record and saved the longest 

string as total MPG for the vehicle. In each of 

the MPG calculations, the program adjusted for 

start and end fuel-gauge readings, where 

available. Total MPG calculations might be limited 

to a certain set of purchases by start and end 

codes placed in the 6V01 card by an editor.

Next, MPG calculated cost per gallon for each fuel 

type used by the vehicle. If a single type and 

grade represented at least half the gallons 

purchased, average cost data were placed in the 

output record.

Once all computations had been made, each cumulated 

MPG figure was compared to the overall MPG for the 

vehicle. If all cumulations were within 25 percent 

of the overall MPG, the record was given a status

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-14
Exhibit 4-1: MPG Program Alphabetic Vehicle Status Codes

Alphabetic

Summary Code Status 

(Card 6V01, (Card 6V03, 

Col. 80) Col. 803

4 Vehicle was driven 150 or more miles during purchase 

record period, and:

All cumulative MPGs* are within 25 percent of

the overall MPG for this vehicle in this month .... A

All cumulative MPGs are within 50 percent of

the overall MPG for this vehicle .................. B

All cumulative MPGs are within 25 percent of

the overall MPG for this month after an

adjustment of 25 percent of the tank capacity

is made in the appropriate direction............... C

All cumulative MPGs are within 50 percent of

the overall MPG after an adjustment of

25 percent of the tank capacity is made in

the appropriate direction.......................... D

One or more cumulative MPGs are outside

+50 percent of the overall MPG after an

adjustment of 25 percent of tank capacity

is made in the appropriate direction............... F

4 Vehicle was driven less than 150 miles during

purchase record period................................... Q

4 Information in Fuel Purchase Card is incomplete; MPG 

cannot be computed because of missing odometer or 

gauge readings .......................................... R

1 Vehicle was not driven during month (or not driven

during purchase record period) .......................... Z

2 Vehicle was driven during month; information in the

record indicates that no purchases were made ............ Y

3 Vehicle was driven during month; information in the 

record indicates that some purchases were made, but 

there is no significant information about purchases...... I

5 Unknown whether vehicle was driven during month; 

some other type of information about vehicle has 

been coded as part of record ............................ X

TMB^

*Cumulative MPGs refers to calculations for combinations of purchases, as 

necessary, to equal 150 or more miles traveled as the basis for the MPG.

1985 RTECS Date Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-15
code of "A". If not, a 50 percent range was 

checked. If the cumulation still failed, a 25 

percent adjustment was made for the fuel gauge and 

the comparisons were repeated, with a status code 

finally assigned to the vehicle. See Exhibit 4-1 

for the specific criteria for assigning status 

codes A-F.

MPG then output the completed record, including a 

new 6V03 card generated entirely within the 

program, and then considered the next vehicle. 

When it had processed all vehicles for & household, 

the program formatted all data for that household 

on an output listing and read the cards for a new 

household.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-16
4.5. PERFORMING MANUAL EDITORIAL REVIEW PROCEDURES ON MFC PROGRAM OUTPUT

Editors reviewing the MPG program output (generally the same RAG 

staff members who performed earlier range and consistency edit 

checks) performed the following specific tasks:

• Added missing information to the basic record when possible, 

usually by referring to the original purchase records

• Corrected obvious errors, particularly when inconsistencies in 

the record are identified by relationship checks

• Determined, when appropriate, that only part of the month's 

record of purchases should be included in the MPG calculations

Before the editors began the MPG review, a supervisor reviewed a 

list of vehicles for which there was no match in the tank capacity 

table. The supervisor examined the data for each vehicle and 

could took one of the following five steps:

• Leave the record as is; the respondent, estimate of tank 

capacity will be used.

• Modify the model code or vehicle type in the HVI Files.

• Modify the existing entry in the Standard Tank Capacity Table,

• Add a new entry to the Standard Tank Capacity Table.

• Insert the correct tank capacity into the FPR Files in the 

field for the respondent estimate.

In addition to the output from MPG, the editors also had the 

output from the program MISSPUE (a list of vehicles for which 

there were data for at least one fuel purchase and missing data 

for at least one purchase), and a list of range and relationship 

errors not resolved earlier.

A missing purchase or an error that could not be corrected in some 

part of the record were the usual reasons for restricting the MPG 

calculation to part of the set of records obtained for the month. 

The likelihood of a missing purchase could be judged from the 

presence of extreme variations in the MPG calculations for 

cumulated purchases and/or from reports by the respondent at the 

time of the original data collection. Materials available to the 

editors included the formatted display of the FPR Files (including 

the summary statistics and flags created by MPG) and the original 

data collection and coding documents.

If an editor determined that the MPG calculations should be 

restricted to a reduced list of purchases, codes were added to 

Card 6V01 to indicate the first and the last purchase record to be 

used. These codes were added as follows:

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-17

HIP^

IfB^

"IP
• Columns 74-75: Purchase number of first purchase to be used in 

calculations (00 if beginning-of-month record should be used 

for odometer and gauge readings)

• Columns 77-78: Purchase number of final purchase to be used in 

calculations (95 if end-^of-aonth odometer and gauge readings 

should be used)

See Appendix B for detailed guidelines for the MPG review tasks.

Editors made additions and changes to the files interactively, 

using the SUPERWYLBUR line editor. Once all the corrections were 

input, the MPG program was run again and a new generation of the 

FPR File was created. The logbook used for range and consistency 

updates (as explained in Section 4.2) was also used to record 

MFC-related updates.

Every two weeks, all generations except the current and one 

previous generation were user-initiated archived for a retention 

period of seven years.

Instructions used (see Appendix B)

• MPG Editor Review Procedures 

Forms used (see Appendix C)

• Additions to Tank Capacity File form

• Modifications to Tank Capacity File form

• Editor Changes: Respondent Estimated Tank Capacity, FPR File 

form

• Tank Capacity/HVI File Update Worksheet 

Programs used

• MISSPUR

JCL

and Source: CN6212.FPR85.PRO.JCL:MISSPUR

Language: SAS

System

context: MISSPUR was run before the first edit of each

single-month FPR File to help editors identify Fuel 

Purchase Cards that might contain inconsistent or 

erroneous data. It is one of a series of programs 

that handled the creation, editing, and evaluation 

of the FPR Files.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-18
User 

interface:

Input:

Outputs;

Program 

flow:

In the JCL, the user globally changed "QQ" :u> a 

two-digit number corresponding to the FPR File 

month for which MISSPUR was to be run. The job was 

submitted for batch execution.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log and 

SAB log for proper condition codes and for error 

messages.

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHQQ(0)

(One of the 12 single-month Fuel Purchase Record 

Files — most current generation)

— Listing of vehicles that had data for at least 

one fuel purchase and that had at least one 

purchase not recorded by the respondent

— JCL and SAS log counts and control information

From a single-month FPR File, MISSPUR read cards 

until it encountered a 6V01 card or an end of 

file. It read a household ID, vehicle number, card 

type, and codes for presence of missing purchases, 

number of missing purchases, and record summary. 

When it encountered a 6V01 card, MISSPUR checked 

for the presence of a missing purchase code not 

equal to "99" (indicating the number of missing 

purchase records) and a summary code of "4" 

(indicating that the vehicle was driven during the 

month and that information was available for one or 

more fuel purchases). If those conditions were 

satisfied, MISSPUR flagged the record and continued 

looking for an end of file or another 6V01 card. 

When it reached an end of file, MISSPUR output a 

list of flagged records and terminated.

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.JCL:TANKFIX 

CN6212.PRO.FPR85.SOURCE:TANKFIX 

PL/1

TANKFIX was run after the Fuel Purchase Record 

Files had been edited and examined for errors. It 

was used to replace erroneous vehicle tank 

capacities with the manufacturer's tank capacity, 

using a transaction file compiled during an editor 

review of the invalid values. The program output a 

new generation of each single-month Fuel Purchase

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-19

TANKFIX 

JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

'TMB^
User 

interface:

Inputs:

Outputs;

Program 

flow:

Record File with the correct tank capacity values 

in place.

Since the program read all the single-month Fuel 

Purchase Record Files, there were no parameters or 

dataset names for the user to modify.

Upon completion, the user checked the JCL log for 

proper condition codes and checked the control 

report for error messages and record counts. To 

determine whether there were any unmatched 

transactions, the user compared the list of matched 

vehicles to the input transaction file.

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH01(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH02(0)

—- CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH03(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH04(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH05(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH06(0)

—- CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH07(0)

—- CN6212.PRO,FPR85.MONTH08(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH09(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH10(0)

— CR6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH11(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH12(0)

(The 12 single-month Fuel Purchase Record Files

— most current generation)

—- CR6212.PRO.RESP.RPLCMENT.TANKS

(Transaction file containing correct tank 

capacity values)

—- CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH01(4l)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH02(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH03(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH04(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH05(-fl)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH06(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH07(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH08(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH09(+1)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH10(+1)

— CH6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHll(-i-l)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH12(4l)

(The 12 single-month Fuel Purchase Record Files

— +1 generation)

— JCL log and control information

TANKFIX sorted the Fuel Purchase Record File and 

the transaction file of tank capacities by 

household ID and vehicle number, then read both

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-20
files. When a record matched on both household ID 

and vehicle number, TANKF1X replaced the 

respondent-estimated tank capacity field in the 

6V01 card with the amended tank capacity value from 

the transaction file. It then output the corrected 

fuel purchase cards and unmatched transaction file 

records.

"HiF

IHHF

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/4-21
SECTION 5: IMPUTATION AKD AKNUALIZATIOK PROCEDURES AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE 

1KRUALIZED FIRAL FILE

For each ETECS vehicle, fuel purchase data were collected for only 

one month between December 1984 and January 1986. In order to use 

RTECS data to produce statistics describing the vehicle stock of 

U.S. households for all of 1985, the data had to be annualized. 

This section describes the 1985 RTECS annualization procedures.

The principal objectives of the annualization procedures were to 

estimate the total mileage driven, total gallons of fuel consumed 

and miles per gallon, and the total cost of fuel, for each vehicle 

in use by an ETECS household during any part of calendar year 1985.

The resulting Annualized Data File contained these figures for 

vehicles and summaries for each sample household. That file was 

used to produce statistics describing the vehicle stock of U.S. 

households in 1985 and estimates of vehicle miles, fuel 

consumption, and fuel costs.

Three principal data sets were used in the annualization process:

• 1984 Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS4) Household 

Questionnaire File

• 1985 RTECS Household/Vehicle Information (HVI) Files

• 1985 RXECS Fuel Purchase Record (FFR) Files

The flowcharts on the following pages (Exhibit 5-1) outline the 

steps used to produce the RTECS Annualized Final File. Sections 

5.1-5.4 present further details on imputation, annualization, 

weighting, and development of the Annualized Final File.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-1
Exhibit 5-1: 1985 RTECS Annualization Procedures Flowcharts

STANDARD

TANK 

CAPACITY TABLE HVI FILES 

HV1.MONTHB1-12

QUESTIONNAIRE

DATA 

DISTILLED

HH

SORT by 

& Card Type

\

/

WORKMRGE 

JCL

TEMP

ERROR LIST 

Incomplete

HHs

L_

\ /

WORKMRGE 

Merge i Reformat

^/

WORK FILE

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-2
Exhibit 5-1: 1985 RTECS Annualization Procedures Flowcharts (continued)

WORK flU

RECS-4 

QUESTIONNAIRE

\

V

STOCKIST 

Vehicle Stock 

imputation lists 

for Groups A*0

\/

STOCK ec

Vehicle Stock 

imputation lists 

for Groups 8+C

\L

LIST FOR 

GROUPS A+D

V

LIST FOR GROUPS 

B+C

Note: All datssets labeled 

RTECS.xxxxxxxx are 

SAS DATASETS in SAS 

DATABASE ANN85.SASOE

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-3
Exhibit 5-1: 1985 RTECS Annualization Procedures Flowcharts (continued)

^

IWPCHAR 

lirpute vehicle 

characteristics

1 '

RUCS.ftLLVtm

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-4
Exhibit 5-1; 1985 RTECS Annualisation Procedures Flowcharts (continued)

RECS4 SAS 

WEIGHTING FILE]

RECS.WTAB

/RECS4 HOUSEHOLD/ 

[ QUESTIONNAIRE J

FILE 

\PRO.ASK4QUES \

\/

WEIGHT 

Calculate weights 

K of Nov. 1984

RTECS.WEIGHT

HVI FILES

iPRO.HVI.MONTHXXl

\/L

WEIGHTJ 

Calculate weights 

as of July 1985

RTECS.WEIGHTJ

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-5
Exhibit 5-1: 1985 RTECS Annualization Procedures Flowcharts (continued)

RTICS.ICIBnj WORK F1U

.HMMttf.MIA

RTECS.IU.LYEH2

\. /

J1KHH

CoBCinc houstholc

on*

RTECS.J1MHK

JJKVEH

mbine *ftd reco<l 

vefticlc ttti

RTECS. J1WEM

TM1P^

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-6
Exhibit 5-1: 1985 RTECS Annualization Procedures Flowcharts (continued)

RTECS.ALtH RTECS. ALIVEH4 RTECS.WEIGHTJ RTECS. WPGMIL

\ /

. ,„... _ ^ SUWVEH 

Compute totals

RTECS.F1NALVEH RTECS.FINALHH

PUT

Output OS file

WW8S.F1N1V03 ANN85.FINOH03

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-7
Exhibit 5-1: 1985 ETECS Annualization Procedures Flowcharts (continued)

'm^

RECS-< [QUESTIONNAIRE JjWWS.FIKim.MT* MlltS.nMM03.CMU

\/

MJDRECS

Reformat I Md

ion (.ejf

TMiffl^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-8
5.1. DEVELOPING THE WORK FILE

Tb develop a Work File for the imputation and annualization 

froc,!^ MC extracted data from the HVI and FPE files and from 

?he Is4,HBCS Household Questionnaire File. The three programs 

described "below developed the Work File.

the Work File, like the HVI and FPR Files, consisted of one 

nmitgle-card record for each household. The following cards made 

up the Work File:

• OH01 — Household Card 1 (identical to Card OH01 in the HVI 

; Files)

• OHM — Household Card 2 (distillation of data from the RECSA 

Household Questionnaire File)

• 1V01 --; Vehicle Card 1 (identical to Card 1V01 in the HVI 

/ ; Files)

• 1VG2 — Vehicle Card 2 (identical to Card 1V02 in the HVI 

;' Files)

'•.. 6V01 — Vehicle Information Card (like Card 6V01 in the FPR 

Files, but produced by the annualization version of 

the MPG program)

• 6V03 — VSTAT Card (like Card 6V03 in the FPR Files, but 

produced by the annualization version of the MPG 

program)

the file layout of the Work File (CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA) 

appears in Appendix A.

Programs used:

• REGSHH

JCL: CN6212.PRO.ANN85.JCL-.RECSHH

Source: CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:RECSHH 

Language: Fortran

context: RECSHH was one of three programs used to set up the 

Work File for 1985 RTECS imputation and 

annualization procedures.

Input: -- VN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECSA Household Questionnaire File)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-9
Output:

Program 

flow:

— CN6212.KBG.ANN85.RECSHH.DATA

(Card OH02 — distilled RECSA 

Questionnaire File data)

Household

iflP^

RECSHH created an intermediate extract file of data 

from the RECS4 Household Questionnaire File, to be 

used in creating the preliminary Work File.

The program moved various fields from the 

Questionnaire File to an output area. In column 66 

of the extract file, it receded the 12 employment 

status fields from the Questionnaire File to a 

single value of 0, 1, or 2. It checked vehicle 

mileage fields for values greater than 99995 and 

blanked them out.

The first 15 characters of the output area were 

filled with identification information, including 

household ID, sequence number (00), and card type 

(OH02), so that the extract file generated would 

merge with other files in forming the final Work 

File.

MPG (annualization version)

JCL: CN6212.PRO.ANN85.JCL:MPG

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:MPG 

PL/1

MPG was one of three programs used to set up the 

Work File for 1985 RTECS imputation and 

annualization procedures.

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTHOKO)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH02(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH03CO)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH04(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH05(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH06(0)

—- CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH07(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH08(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH09(0)

—- CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH10(0)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH1KO)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.MONTH12(0)

(The 12 single-month Fuel Purchase Record Files 

— most current generation)

— CN6212.PRO.FPR85.TAKKTAB

(Standard tank capacity table)

"*W

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-10
Output:

Program 

flow:

— CN6212.KB€.ANN85.VSTAT.DATA 

(6V01 and 6V03 Cards)

MPG read and stored cards from the FPR File until 

the household ID changed. For each household, the 

file contained a Household Card (5H01) and up to 12 

Vehicle Cards (6V01) with up to 31 Fuel Purchase 

Cards (7P) for each vehicle. The cards were stored 

in an array and pointers were set to indicate 

vehicle and purchase cards within the array.

Next, a loop for all vehicles in the household was 

initiated. The household and vehicle were matched 

to the VNAME File and the respondent's tank 

capacity estimate from Card 6V01 was compared to 

standard tank capacity from the VNAME card. If the 

respondent's estimate was within 50 percent of the 

standard VNAME value, the standard value was used; 

otherwise, the respondent's value was used.

Then MPG checked for and flagged critical missing 

variables and built a table of fuel purchase data, 

with missing items calculated where possible. This 

table was used to calculate MPG values for each 

purchase, flagging those with miles traveled or MPG 

above certain thresholds. Then the program 

calculated MPG; in cases where less than 150 miles 

had been traveled between purchases, purchases were 

cumulated to represent 150 miles or more before 

calculating the MPG. Finally, the program 

calculated MPG values for each unbroken string of 

purchases in the record and saved the longest 

string as total MPG for the vehicle. In each of 

the MPG calculations, the program adjusted for 

start and end fuel-gauge readings, where 

available. Total MPG calculations might be limited 

to a certain set of purchases by start and end 

codes placed in the 6V01 card by an editor.

Next, MPG calculated cost per gallon for each fuel 

type used by the vehicle. If a single type and 

grade represented at least half the gallons 

purchased, .average cost data were placed in the 

output record.

Once all computations had been made, each cumulated 

MPG figure was compared to the overall MPG for the 

vehicle. If all cumulations were within 25 percent 

of the overall MPG, the record was given a status 

code of "-A }'. If not, a 50 percent range was 

checked. If the cumulation still failed, a 25

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-11
• WORKMRGE 

JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

percent adjustment was made for the fuel gauge and 

the comparisons were repeated, with a status code 

finally assigned to the vehicle. See Exhibit 4-1 

for the specific criteria for status codes A-F.

Unlike the run of the MPG program used to calculate 

miles per gallon for each vehicle in the FPE Files 

(explained in Section 4.4), this run of MPG output 

only Cards 6V01 and 6V03. When the standard tank 

capacity was used instead of the respondent's 

estimate, the value from the respondent (in Card 

6V01) was replaced with the standard value. When 

the program had processed all vehicles for a 

household, it formatted all data for that household 

on an output listing and read the cards for a new 

household.

CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.JCL:WORKMRGE 

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:WORKMRGE 

Fortran

WORKMRGE used the output from the programs RECSHH 

and MPG (annualization version), plus the 12 

single-month HVI Files, to create the Work File 

used for RTECS imputation and annualization 

procedures.

^Hr

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

CN6212.PRO 

(12 single 

made up of

.HVI.MONTHOl(O) 

.HVI.MONTH02(0) 

.HVI.MONTHOS(O) 

,HVI.MONTH04(0) 

.HVI.MONTHOS(O) 

.HVI.MONTH06CO) 

.HVI.MONTH07CO) 

.HVI.MOKTH08CO) 

.HVI.MOKTH09(0) 

.HVI.MOKTHIO(O) 

.HVI.MONTHll(O) 

.HVI.MONTH12CO) 

-month HVI Files, current generation;

Cards OH01, 1V01, and 1V02)

— CN6212.KBG.ANN85.RECSHH.DATA

(Card OH02 — distilled RECS4 Household 

Questionnaire File data)

— CN6212.KBG.ANN85.VSTAT.DATA

(6V01 and 6V03 Cards output by the annualization 

version of the MPG program)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-12
Output: -- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(Work File)

Program flow: WORKMRGE combined preliminary annualization files 

to create a Work File used for imputations. It 

read data extracted from the RECS4 Household 

Questionnaire File (Card OH02), vehicle data from 

the VSTAT File (Cards 6V01 and 6V03), and data from 

. the single-month HVI Files (Cards OH01, 1V01, and 

1V02).

WORKMRGE checked that required cards were present 

for each household and vehicle, writing error 

messages or creating dummy cards for missing data. 

The program changed cases of blank 

DATE-OF-LAST-CONTACT to 999995. It replaced cases 

of blank BEGINNING-ODOM-DATE or END-ODOM-DATE in 

the 1V02 Card with values from the 6V01 Card for 

the vehicle, provided the 6V01 values were valid. 

The input cards and any dummy cards created by the 

program were written 'to the output file.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-13
5.2. ADJUSTING FOR MISSING AND INCOMPLETE INFORMATION

To adjust for missing and incomplete information, RAC used a 

number of weighting and imputation procedures. Key data items to 

be adjusted for included:

• Vehicle acquisitions and dispositions

• Fuel type

• Fuel cost per gallon

• Vehicle characteristics

• Miles driven

• Miles per gallon

The following sections explain how these adjustments were made. 

5.2.1. Estimating Vehicle Acquisitions and Dispositions

When EAC did not have vehicle acquisition and disposition data 

from a household for the full 1985 calendar year, hot-deck 

imputation procedures were used to borrow data from households 

whose vehicle stock data were complete. A series of automated and 

manual procedures was used to perform these imputations.

First, all the households with incomplete vehicle stock data were 

assigned to imputation groups as shown in Exhibit 5-8. All donor 

households were assigned to donor group D.

RAC chose donor households by matching them on several variables 

to households needing imputation. First, all households were 

assigned to one of three income-level groups; imputation 

households were matched to donor households within the same income 

group. Within matching income groups, imputation and donor 

households were matched on number of vehicles at the time of the 

RECS4 interview and on the age of the newest vehicle. And, in 

general, donor households were matched with imputation households 

whose acquisition/disposition patterns (for whatever period was 

available) matched most closely.

5,2.1.1. Reasons for missing vehicle stock data

Each time RAC contacted the household — to get beginning- and 

end-of-year odometer readings and to collect fuel purchase data 

following the household's assigned month — they also asked 

whether the household had acquired or disposed of any vehicles 

during the year. In addition, RAC sent a special mid-year mailing 

to each sample household to ask about changes in the household's 

vehicle inventory. However, in cases where households were not 

successfully followed for the entire year, there may have been 

vehicle acquisitions and dispositions that were not reported.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-14

w

TMTM^
Exhibit 5-2: Household Groups for 1985 RTECS Vehicle Stock 

Imputations_________________________________________________

Households 

Group Description Murober Percent

Al Attrition: REGS interview 12/84 or earlier; 

Last RTECS vehicle update before 12/31/85; 

No Vehicle stock update after RTECS interview

A2 Attrition: RECS interview 12/84 or earlier; 

Last RTECS vehicle update before 12/31/85; 

Vehicle stock updated after RTECS interview

B Late entry: RECS interview 1/85 or later;

Last RTECS vehicle update 12/31/85 or earlier

Cl Late entry & attrition: RECS interview 1/85 

or later;

Last RTECS vehicle update before 12/31/85; 

Ho vehicle stock update after RTECS interview

C2 Late entry & attrition; RECS interview 1/85 

or later;

Last RTECS vehicle update before 12/31/85; 

Vehicle stock updated after RTECS interview

D Donorst RECS interview 12/84 or earlier;

Last RTECS vehicle update 12/31/85 or later

Total Households

175

620

561

105

193

2366

4020

4.4

15.'

14.0

2.6

4.8

58.9 

100.C

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-15
In the 1985 RTECS, two sets of circumstances — late entry and " 

attrition — shortened the period for which changes in vehicle 

stock were reported. Late entry of a household occurred when the 

RECS4 interview or Mailed Questionnaire was completed after 

December 31, 1984. In that case, the beginning inventory was as 

of the date of the RECS4 interview. Attrition of a household 

occurred when the date of the last RTECS contact occurred before 

January 1, 1986, either because the household refused to continue 

participation or because RAC was unable to contact the household 

to obtain an update of their vehicle inventory. In some cases, 

both late entry and attrition occurred, attenuating the desired 

annual record at both ends of the calendar year.

5.2.1.2. Rules for matching imputation households to donor households

To deal with the wide variety of circumstances encountered in the 

RECS4 and RTECS contacts, hot-deck imputation procedures were 

used. Households requiring vehicle stock imputations were grouped 

as shown in Exhibit 5-2. Donor households — Group D — were 

those followed for the full calendar year.

RAC grouped households into three broad categories based on 1985 

income:

• Group 1: Under $17,500

• Group 2: $17,500-$34,999

• Group 3: $35,000 or more

Households requiring imputations were matched to donor households 

from the same income category. Within the matching income group f 

donor and donee households were further matched on number of 

vehicles at the time of the RECS4 interview and on the age of the 

newest vehicle:

• Number of vehicles: 0

• Number of vehicles: 1

1 — Vehicle year = 1978 or earlier

2 — Vehicle year = 1979-1982.

3 — Vehicle year = 1983-1985

• Number of vehicles: 2 or more

1 — Year of newest vehicle = 1978 or earlier

2 — Year of newest vehicle = 1979-1982

3 — Year of newest vehicle = 1983-1985

Additional rules for matching an imputation group household to a 

specific donor group household are given in "Instructions for 

Vehicle Stock Imputations" in Appendix B. The general principle 

followed was that, within the span of time for which vehicle stock 

was updated in RTECS contacts, the acquisition and/or disposition

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-16

Ulr
pattern of the imputation group household was matched to the 

acquisition/disposition pattern of a donor group household for the 

same time period.

5.2.1.3. Performing vehicle stock imputations

The acquisition/disposition record of the donee household 

subsequent to the date of the last successful contact was borrowed 

from the Group D household with which it was matched. Computer 

and manual procedures were used in combination to carry out the 

imputations.

Households included in the vehicle stock imputations could 

"acquire" entire vehicles by imputation. These imputed acquired 

vehicles were numbered starting at 21. These vehicles borrowed a 

date of acquisition, type, make, model, year, number of cylinders, 

type of transmission, number of doors, respondent estimate of MPG, 

type of fuel, MPG, MPG quality flag, and MPG month from the donor 

vehicle. None of those variables were separately flagged as 

imputed since a vehicle number of 21 or higher indicated that all 

the variables were imputed. Other household-related vehicle 

characteristics (such as number of drivers, use of vehicle ont he 

job, air-conditioning, miles traveled, and cost of fuel) were 

imputed for all other vehicles and individual imputation flags 

were set for the variables. By definition, an imputed acquired 

vehicle had an imputed acquisition date and number of days in use 

by the household. An imputed acquired vehicle might also have an 

imputed disposition date if the donor vehicle was disposed of 

during the RTECS year. Imputed number of days was indicated by 

the IMDAYSXX flag.

For households in Groups A, B, and C, where acquisition and/or 

disposition could be imputed, the IMDAYSXX flag was set only if 

the RTECS contact with a Group A2 household was in March 1985 and 

the donor household had no acquisitions or dispositions between 

March 1985 and December 31, 1985, no acquisitions or dispositions 

were imputed for the household, and the IMDAYSXX flags for all 

household vehicles were set at'O. However, the IMPSTOK flag for 

the household was set to indicate that the household was in Group 

A2 and could have had imputations for acquisitions and/or 

dispositions.

Group B households that completed Mailed Questionnaires for RECS4 

could have an acquisition date imputed for vehicles that were not 

imputed acquired vehicles. These vehicles might have an IMDAYSXX 

flag of 1 or 3, but the vehicle number was less than 20.

5.2.1.4. Results of the 1985 vehicle stock imputation procedures

About 93 percent of the RTECS sample households were contacted one 

or more times for updates on their vehicle stock. Only 7 percent 

(groups Al and Cl in Exhibit 5-2) were not successfully contacted 

for this purpose at least once. Altogether, 41 percent of RTECS

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-17
sample households were included in the vehicle stock imputation 

procedure for at least a portion of the RTECS year, because of 

either late entry or attrition or some combination of the two.

Of 8,491 vehicles in the RTECS Annualized Final File, 375 (4.4 

percent) were imputed as acquired and 300 (3.5 percent) were 

imputed as disposed of during the year.

For all RTECS households, the information on household vehicle 

stock that was reported during the RECS4 interview was present in 

the RTECS data files. These RECS vehicles were numbered from 

01-04 in the RTECS files, since a maximum of four vehicles could 

be described in the RECS interview. A RECS vehicle disposed of 

before January 1, 1985, was not included in the RTECS Final File. 

RTECS vehicles numbered 05-20 were vehicles reported during RTECS 

contacts. Some of those vehicles were actually acquired prior to 

the beginning of the RTECS year and therefore had a month acquired 

(MOACQXX) of "95" in the Annualized Final File.

Instructions used (see Appendix B)

• Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations

(These instructions originally appeared in RAC's manual, 

Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey Volume IV: 

Annualization Procedures, which served as a training manual and 

basic reference for RTECS operating staff working on the 

annualization procedures.)

Programs used

• STOCKLST

'HP

Source:

Language;

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE: STOCKLST 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

This is one of two programs that produced listings 

used for vehicle stock imputations, which were then 

done manually. STOCKLST produced the listings for 

household groups Al and A2.

-- CN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire File)

-- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(Work File)

Printouts for vehicle stock imputation groups Al, 

A2, and D

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-18
Program 

flow:

STOCKBC 

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

GETVEH 

Source:

Language:

STOCKIST extracted needed variables from the RECS4 

Household Questionnaire File and RTECS Work File. 

It also created the following new variables: 

RTECSYR, based on household ID and sample month; 

INCOME (three income groups); and YRNEW (three 

groups for age of newest vehicle).

Where acquisition or disposition dates were given 

as a range of dates, the acquisition or disposition 

date was set as the midpoint of the two dates.

STOCKIST output formatted listings for imputation 

groups Al and A2, and for donor group D.

CN6212.PRO.ANH85.SOURCE: STOCKBC 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

This is one of two programs that produced listings 

used for vehicle stock imputations, which were then 

done manually. STOCKBC produced the listings for 

household groups B, Cl, and C2.

— CN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire File)

— CN6 212.PRO.ANNS 5.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(Work File)

Printouts for vehicle stock imputation groups B, 

Cl, C2, and D

STOCKBC is virtually identical to the previous 

program, STOCKLST, except that it picked up dates 

of acquisition for RECS4 vehicles acquired after 

the beginning of 1985 from the RECS4 Household 

Questionnaire File and included them in the 

listings. As a result, it output a new list for 

donor group D along with the listings for 

imputation groups B, Cl, and C2.

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:GETVEH 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-19
System 

context:

Input: 

Outputs:

Program 

flow:

Using the RTECS Work File as input, GETVEH produced 

two SAS datasets to be used by the program 

IMPSTOCK, the last of the programs used for vehicle 

stock imputation.

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(RTECS Work File)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLHH 

(Household-level SAS dataset)

— CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH1 

(Vehicle-level SAS dataset)

GETVEH read household- and vehicle-level variables 

from the RTECS Work File. It constructed several 

new variables, including SAS dates of acquisition 

and disposition based on the dates on the 1V02 

Card. If the acquisition or disposition code was 1 

or 2 (on or before date given), the date was set as 

the date given. If the code was 3 (between two 

dates), the date was set as the midpoint of the two 

dates.

Groups for vehicle stock imputations (Al, A2, B, 

Cl, C2, and D) were set based on the date of the 

RECS4 interview and the date of last contact. 

Acquisition dates that were equal to the RECS 

interview date were set to missing, since that 

indicated a vehicle in use by the household prior 

to RTECS. For households with the RECS interview 

occurring after 12/31/84, the acquisition date was 

set to the 15th of the month and year indicated in 

the RECS interview if the month and year were 

between October 1984 and June 1985.

GETVEH output two SAS datasets — one at the 

household level and one at the vehicle level.

: "(ilF

IMPSTOCK 

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:IMPSTOCK 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

IMPSTOCK was run after runs of the programs 

STOCKLST, STOCKBC, and GETVEH,, and after the manual 

imputation procedures, as the final step in vehicle 

stock imputation.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-20
Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

CN6212.PRO.ANK85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH1 

(Vehicle-level SAS dataset output by GETVEH)

CN6212.PRO.ANR85.IMPACQ 

CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.IMPDIS 

CN6212.PRO.ANH85.IMPACQDT 

(Three datasets keyed in. 

imputation procedures)

following manual

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH2 

(Vehicle-level SAS dataset)

This program merged in acquisition and disposition 

dates that were determined during the vehicle stock 

imputation process and keyed into three new files. 

Matching by household ID and vehicle number, these 

acquisition and disposition dates were added to the 

vehicle record. For imputed acquired vehicles, 

where the entire vehicle and its 

acquisition/disposition dates were "borrowed" from 

a donor vehicle, the following were read from the 

IMPACQ file: imputation household ID, imputation 

vehicle number, donor household ID, donor vehicle 

number, donated acquisition date, and donated 

disposition date. These transactions were matched 

to potential donor vehicles by donor household ID 

and vehicle number, and the vehicle characteristics 

to be borrowed were picked -up. The following 

variables were picked up from & donor vehicle: 

type, make, model, year, number of cylinders, type 

of transmission, number of doors, estimated MPG, 

fuel type, LOGMPG, LOGSTATUS, and LOGMONTH. These 

imputed acquired vehicles were then added to the 

rest of the RTECS vehicles.

Acquisition and disposition dates for all vehicles 

were then adjusted for the different RTECS years so 

that all dates corresponded to the 1985 calendar 

year. Vehicles disposed of before the beginning of 

1985 or acquired after the end of 1985 were 

eliminated, since they were not eligible.

The VEHUSE variable was set to indicate the 

portions of the year when the vehicle was in use by 

the household.

These changes were incorporated into the output SAS 

dataset RTECS.ALLVEH2.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-21

5.2.2 ."^ Imputing Fuel Type and AnnualizinR Cost-per-Gallon Figures

Summary codes for type of fuel were determined from the fuel 

purchase data for each vehicle for which the same type of fuel was 

reported for more than half of the gallons purchased. For 

vehicles that could not be assigned summary codes, fuel type was 

imputed by a hot-deck procedure. The sort variables were vehicle 

type, year, and make. There were 4,677 RTECS vehicles (55.1 

percent) for which fuel type was imputed.

For vehicles for which the fuel purchase records contained 

information (number of gallons purchased and total cost) on at 

least five gallons of fuel, average cost per gallon was computed 

from the fuel purchase data. If cost per gallon was less than 

.899 or greater than 1.656, it was set to missing.

However, these average costs were based on fuel purchases for only 

one calendar month for each vehicle. To adjust cost per gallon to 

an annual basis, control figures were derived from the Bureau of 

Labor Statistics (BLS) Consumer Price Index average pump price 

series. Monthly pump prices (cost per gallon) for each Census 

region and three types of fuel (unleaded regular, leaded regular, 

and unleaded premium) were extracted from BLS tables. The 12 

monthly figures from 1985 were then averaged within each cell of 

the cross-tabulation of Census region and fuel type. Finally, a 

ratio was computed for each month of 1985 and type of fuel within 

Census region as:

Annual average of BLS figures for region and type of fuel 

Monthly BLS figure for region and type of fuel

Since BLS figures for the diesel/gasohol/propane class are not 

available, the ratio adjustment for vehicles these types of fuels 

was computed as the average of the ratios for the three main fuel 

types by month within Census region.

Fuel types used by 1985 RTECS vehicles were grouped into four 

categories:

• Regular unleaded gasoline

• Regular leaded gasoline

• Premium gasoline (both leaded and unleaded)

• Diesel, gasohol, or propane

Each vehicle was assigned a ratio adjustment figure based on the 

type of fuel used, the month in which fuel purchase records were 

kept, and Census region. The annually adjusted cost per gallon 

was computed for each vehicle with non-missing cost as:

Cost per gallon (N£WCPG)= Cost * Ratio

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-22
A mean within-class procedure was used to impute cost per gallon 

for vehicles with missing data. For vehicles with non-missing 

NEWCPG and unimputed type of fuel, an unweighted mean NEWCPG was 

computed with Census division and type of residence (MSA, central 

city; MSA outside central city; or non-MSA) for each of the three 

major types of fuel. For the diesel, gasohol/propane fuel typej 

the averages were computed only within Census division because the 

number of cases was too small to include a further breakdown by 

type of residence.

Each vehicle with a missing cost per gallon was assigned the mean 

cost for its fuel type, Census division, and (for the three main 

fuel types) type of residence. There were 4,601 vehicles (54.2 

percent) for which cost per gallon was imputed.

Program used 

• IMPCOST

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

CN6212 .PRO.ANN85 .SOURCE: IMPCOST 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

IMPCOST was run following the program IMPSTOCK to 

impute fuel type and cost per gallon. It created a 

SAS dataset that was then used by the program 

IMPCHAR.

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(RTECS Work File)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH2

(SAS dataset produced by the program IMPSTOCK)

— CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.COSTDATA.CONTROL

(File of Bureau of Labor Statistics control 

figures)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH3

(SAS dataset containing imputed fuel type and 

adjusted cost per gallon)

IMPCOST picked up Census division and 1980 

type-of-residence code for each household from the 

Work File and merged them into the ALLVEH2 

vehicle-level file. It set fuel type to missing if 

it was not coded as either leaded regular gasoline 

(111), unleaded regular gasoline (121), leaded 

premium gasoline (112), unleaded premium gasoline 

(122), diesel (299), gasohol (399), or other

TM|r

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-23
(499). The program set four values for a summary 

fuel code: 1 = unleaded regular, 2 = unleaded 

regular, 3 = premium, 4 = special, and 9 = 

unknown. It receded AREA1980 as & summary of the 

GE01980 type of residence code, and receded Census 

region (REGION) from DIVISION.

IMPCOST set LOGCOST (cost per gallon from FPR 

Files) to missing if it was less than 89.9 cents or 

greater than 165.6 cents. Using the non-missing 

cost data for vehicles with known type of fuel, the 

program computed a ratio of the annual mean to each 

monthly mean for each fuel type within Census 

region. This figure was never used in the 1985 

RTECS, but was computed for comparison to the ratio 

based on Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) figures.

The program read in BLS control figures from the 

COSTDATA.CONTROL file, with one BLS figure (CONTMO) 

for each fuel code (only types 1, 2, and 3), 

region, and month. It averaged the single-month 

figures, giving an annual figure (CONTANN) for each 

fuel code and region. It constructed a ratio 

(CONTRAT) for each month/fuel code/region as 

CONTRAT = COKTAM/CONTMO. The ratio for FUELCODE = 

4 was the average of the other three ratios for the 

region and month.

IMPCOST then imputed type of fuel for all vehicles 

where it was missing. It used a hot-deck 

procedure, with a sort by vehicle type, year, and 

make. The program set the initial value of TYPEFL 

in the hot-deck as 111 (leaded regular gasoline) 

since the first vehicles in the sequence were old 

station wagons. When the value was imputed, the 

IMPFUEL imputation flag was set.

The program then merged in (by FUELCODE, REGION, 

and LOGMONTH) the control ratios to adjust monthly 

figures to annual figures. It computed a new 

adjusted cost per gallon (NEWCPG) by NEWCPG = 

LOGCOST * CORTRAT. It used cases with unimputed 

fuel type to construct averages. The program 

computed mean NEWCPG for each 

FUELCODE/DIVISION/AREA1980 for FUELCODES of 1, 2, 

and 3. For FUELCODE = 4, it averaged only for 

DIVISION. It merged these mean values into the 

vehicle records, set missing values of NEWCPG to 

the appropriate averages, and set the IMPGAL 

imputation flag to 1. The program then output the 

SAS dataset ALLVEH3.

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-24
5.2.3. Imputing Vehicle Characteristics

These vehicle characteristics were imputed by the hot-deck method; 

the list shows the sorting variables for each imputed variable.

• Number of cylinders (CYLS) — type, make, model, and year of 

vehicle

• Presence of air conditioning (AIR) — type, make, and year of 

vehicle; and AIA zone

• Type of transmission (TRNS) — type, make, model, and year of 

vehicle

• Number of doors (DOORS) — type, make, model, and year of 

vehicle

• Vehicle used on the job (JOBUSE) — Employment status of 

household; type, make, and year of vehicle

• Number of regular drivers (DRIVES) — Number of drivers in 

household; type, make, and year of vehicle

Exhibit 5-3 shows the numbers and percentages of vehicles for 

which each charastic was imputed.

Program used

• IMPCHAR

Source: CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.SOURCE:IMPCHAR 

(JCL included in source code)

Language: SAS

System 

context;

Inputs:

Output:

IMPCHAR used the SAS dataset RTECS.ALLVEH3, 

produced by the program IMPCOST, to perform 

hot-deck imputations for vehicle characteristics. 

It produced the SAS dataset RTECS.ALLVEH4, one of 

the four datasets used by the program SUMVEH.

- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB,RTECS.ALLVEH3

(SAS dataset output by the program IMPCOST)

-- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(RTECS Work' File)

-- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH4

(SAS dataset containing imputed vehicle 

characteristics and their imputation flags)

TMlf|r

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-25
Exhibit 5-3: 1985 RTECS Imputations for Vehicle Characteristics

/;::;'*' Vehicles

.jGharacteristic Purober Percent

Cylinders 2,109 24.8

Ate conditioning 1,893 22.3

Type of transmission 1,630 19.2

;Kumfeer of doors 1,641 19.3

Vehicle used on the job 1,888 22.2

of drivers 1,871 22.0

1985 HTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-26
Program

flow: IMPCHAR extracted relevant vehicle-level variables 

from the RTECS.ALLVEH3 file. It extracted 

additional hot-deck sort variables (AIAZONE, 

EMPLSTAT, and RECSDRVS) from the Work File and 

added them to each vehicle record. It set 

"missing-information" codes for each variable to 

blanks. Since the respondent estimate of miles per 

gallon (MPGEST) would not be imputed, the program 

set that variable to "98".

IMPCHAR sorted the file by VTYPE, MAKEC, MODELC, 

and VYEAR for the imputation of CYLS, TRANS, and 

DOORS. It set the initial values as CYLS = 06, 

TRANS = 1, and DOORS = 04. This initial value was 

used only if the first vehicle record had missing 

values for the variable; in this case, a flag was 

set for the variable for the first vehicle. 

Otherwise, the program reset the retained value to 

the value of the variable for the first vehicle. 

If the second vehicle had a missing value for one 

of the variables, IMPCHAR set the value to the 

retained value and set & flag for that variable for 

the second vehicle. If the second vehicle had a 

non-missing value, the program replaced the 

retained value with that value. IMPCHAR repeated 

that process for all subsequent vehicles.

The program then sorted the file by VTYPE, MAKEC, 

AIAZONE, and VYEAR for the imputation of AIR. It 

set the initial value as AIR = 0 and performed the 

hot-deck procedure described about.

Next, IMPCHAR sorted the file by EMPLSTAT, VTYPE, 

MAKE, and VYEAR for the imputation of JOBUSE. It 

set the initial value as JOBUSE = 0 and performed 

the hot-deck procedure.

The program then sorted the file by RECSDRVS, 

VTYPE, MAKEC, and VYEAR for the imputation of 

DRIVES. It set the initial value as DRIVES = 1 and 

performed the hot-deck proced;ire.

Finally, IMPCHAR merged the vehicle characteristic 

variables and their imputation flags with the 

RTECS.ALLVEH3 dataset, producing RTECS.ALLVEH4. It 

produced frequency distributions of the variables 

and their flags.

'ifBr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-27
5.2.4. Imputing and Adjusting Annual- Miles Driven

A primary RTECS data collection objective was to obtain odometer 

readings, of each eligible vehicle, both at the beginning and at 

the end of the year or as close as feasible to the time of an 

acquisition or disposition within the year. RAC contacted most 

households by phone or by mail specifically for this purpose. 

When households were scheduled to provide fuel purchase records 

for January or December, the beginning- or end-of-year odometer 

readings were taken from the fuel purchase information.

Depending on the type of information actually available, annual 

miles for RTECS vehicles were based directly on these odometer 

readings or were adjusted or imputed based on the number of days 

the household had use of the vehicle.

Procedures were developed for each of five groups of vehicles:

* Group 1: Total miles is an adjusted amount, based on odometer 

readings for a span of 46 days or more

* Group 2; Total miles is an adjusted amount, based on odometer 

readings for a span of 22-45 days

* Group 3; Total miles is an imputed amount, based in part on 

the respondent's estimate (from the RECSA interview) of miles 

the vehicle was driven in the 12 months preceding the RECS4 

interview

* Group 4: Total miles is an imputed amount; vehicle was not 

driven during the purchase record month; no estimate of miles 

driven is available from the RECS4 interview

* Group 5; Total miles is an imputed amount; vehicle not 

included in Groups 1-4, including vehicles acquired by 

imputation

These group numbers were also used as codes for the variable 

IMMILE in the Annualized Final File. As shown in Exhibit 5-4, 

54.6 percent of all vehicles were in groups 1 and 2, for which 

annual miles were adjusted based on actual odometer readings; 

annual miles for 45.4 percent of vehicles were imputed (groups 

3-5).

The adjustment/imputation procedures for miles driven all followed 

the same strategy:

First, miles driven were calculated for a full 365-day year.

Next, the fraction (a) corresponding to the actual period of 

possession for the vehicle was calculated.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-28
Exhibit 5-4: 1985 ETECS Vehicle Groups for Annual Miles 

Adjustments and Imputations.

Vehicles

Group

1

Description

Adjusted, 46 or more days

270 or more days

180-269 days

46-179 days

Number

4,437

(3,184)

(517)

(736)

Percent

52.3

(8.7)

(6.1)

(37.5)

2 Adjusted, 22-45 days 193 2.3

3 Imputed, based on miles

reported in REGS

interview 1,652 19.4

4 Imputed, vehicle not

driven during purchase

record month 137 1.6

5 Imputed, all other 2,072 24.4 

TOTAL VEHICLES 8,491 100.0

TMfBw

'HIP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-29
The calculation in (a) was carried out in different ways for the 

five vehicle groups. For groups 1 and 2, RAC took account of the 

monthly variations in percent of annual miles traveled per day, 

based on estimates calculated from RTECS data (e.g., .298 of I 

percent per day in July, as compared to .236 of 1 percent per day 

in January). For group 1, RAC then adjusted the observed 

percentage, and corresponding odometer span, to 100 percent. For 

group 2, RAC adjusted the observed percentage and corresponding 

odometer span to 8.333 percent (i.e., a "perfect month" = 1/12), 

and then applied the regression model

mileslyr = 3782 

-f- 7.283 * (miles in "perfect month") (R2 = .51)

.For groups 3 and 5, RAC used simple regression models. For group 

3, the model was:

Mileslyr = 4111 + .5214 * (RECS4 estimate of annual miles) 

(R2 = .28)

For group 5, the model was:

mileslyr = -15562 + 195 * (number of drivers)

+ 171 * (1985 income) - 86 * (age of head of household)

+ 62S * VTYPESW - 384 * VEHYRS23 + 2086 * JOBUSE (R2 = .43)

where

VTYPESW = 1 if vehicle type is a station wagon and 0 otherwise 

JOBUSE = 1 if vehicle is used on the job, and 0 otherwise 

VEHYRS23 = 1.5 * 365 vehicle days, and 0 otherwise

The imputations for group 4 were based on random selections from 

the empirical distribution of annual miles for like vehicles 

(i.e., not driven during the purchase month).

Having calculated (a), RAC took account of the monthly variations 

in percent of annual miles traveled per day and calculated the 

percentage of 365-day travel that corresponded to the actual 

period of possession of the vehicle. This percentage was then 

multiplied by (a) to estimate miles driven.

Programs used 

• ASGNYR

Source: CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:ASGNYR

(JCL included in source code)

Language: SAS

System

context: This is one of the programs used in the initial 

steps of imputing annual miles driven and MPG

1985 RfECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-30
Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(RTECS Work File)

CN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire File)

CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.SASDB.RTECS.FULLYEAR 

(SAS dataset containing a variable (FULLYEAR) 

indicating the portion of the year when each 

household participated in RTECS)

ASGNYR was a modification of the program STOCKLST 

(described in Section 5.2.1) that output the 

variable FULLYEAR.

TM'1P^

• JIMHH 

Source:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

The FULLYEAR variable was used by the program JIMHH 

and in subsequent modeling steps.

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:JIMHH 

(JCL included in source code)

Language: SAS

Using the RTECS Work File, and the variables 

WEIGHTJ (produced by the program WEIGHTJ, which is 

described in Section 5.3) and FULLYEAR (produced by 

the program ASGNYR), this program created a file of 

household-level variables that was used by the 

program HHVEH2.

— CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(RTECS Work File)

-- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.WEIGHTJ

(SAS dataset created by the program WEIGHTJ)

-- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.FULLYEAR

(SAS dataset creted by the program ASGNYR)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.JIMHH

(SAS dataset containing household-level 

variables from the Work File)

TMB"BiTM

Program 

flow: JIMHH selected 1'2 household-level variables from 

the Work File. It picked up the variables WEIGHTJ 

and FULLYEAR from the SAS datasets RTECS.WEIGHTJ 

and RTECS.FULLYEAR. It also created a new 

variable, PHONECT, which was equal to 1 when the

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-31
JIMVEH 

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

sequence of fuel purchase contacts w§^ started with 

a telephone call; otherwise, it was set to 0.

JIMHH created a file of household-level variables 

to be used for imputing annual mileage and miles 

per gallon.

CN6212.PRO.ANH85.SOURCE:JIMVEH 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

Using the RTECS Work File, this program created a 

file of vehicle-level variables that was used by 

the program HHVEH2.

—- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE.DATA 

(RTECS Work File)

— CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH2

(SAS dataset output by the program IMPSTOCK)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.JIMVEH

(SAS dataset containing a file of vehicle-level 

variables)

JIMVEH selected pertinent vehicle-level variables 

from the vehicle cards of the Work File and merged 

them into one dataset. This dataset was then 

merged into RTECS.ALLVEH2, creating a dataset of 

eligible vehicles with the appropriate variables. 

The program then concatenated the appropriate year 

onto the beginning and ending fuel purchase record 

dates for later use.

The remaining portion of the program constructed 

the following new variables:

— ODOMDAYS (the number of days between the 

beginning and ending odometer dates) had to be 

greater than or equal to 46 days if it was to be 

used in later computations

— ODOMMILE (the number of miles traveled between 

the beginning and ending odometer readings) was 

set to missing if ODOMDAYS was missing

— Two sets of single-month variables were set for 

each eligible vehicle. The first set was 

single-month odometer days. Using the beginning 

and ending odometer dates, JIMVEH calculated the 

number of odometer days in each month of the

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-32
• HHVEH2 

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

• IMMILMPG

ETECS year for a particular vehicle. The second 

set of variables was the single-month number of 

days the vehicle was owned by the respondent. 

The program used acquisition and disposition 

dates to compute the number of days in each 

month of the RTECS year that the vehicle was 

owned by the respondent.

HHVEHYRS (the number of vehicles owned by the 

household throughout the RTECS year) was 

computed by calculating the total number of days 

of vehicle ownership and dividing by 365.

CK6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:HHVEH2

SAS

HHVEH2 used the datasets output by the programs 

JIMHH and JIMVEH to create a data file that would 

be used by the program IMMILMPG to impute annual 

miles and miles per gallon.

— CN6212.PRO.ATW85.SASDB.KTECS.JIMHH

(SAS dataset output by the program JIMHH)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.JIMVEH

(SAS dataset output by the program JIMVEH)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.HHVEH2

(SAS dataset to be used by the IMMILMPG program)

HHVEH2 merged the JIMHH and JIMVEH files. It then 

created a set of new variables (MILESV1, MILESV2, 

MILESV3, and MILESV4) -- vehicle-level annual 

mileage estimates based on the RECS4 annual mileage 

estimate (REC.SMILE).

This program was also used to impute miles per gallon; see the 

description of IMMILMPG in Section 5.2.5.

5.2.5. ^ Imputing Miles per Gallon

The first step in estimating MPG was to divide RTECS vehicles into 

two groups: those for which fuel purchase records were missing or 

suspect and those for which usable MPG estimates could be derived 

directly from purchase records. MPGs from fuel purchase records 

rated A, B, C, or D (as determined by the program MPG, explained 

in Section 4.4), were considered usable.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-33
Usable MPGs could not be derived from fuel purchase data that, for 

any of the following reasons, were missing or considered suspect:

* The household may not have had use of the vehicle during the 

month in which fuel purchases were recorded. That is, the 

vehicle may have been disposed of before or acquired after the 

purchase record month.

* The vehicle may have been driven very few miles or not at all 

during the purchase record month. For a vehicle driven very 

few miles, small variations between fuel gauge readings and 

actual contents of the fuel tank at the beginning and/or end of 

the month can distort the MPG computation.

• Inconsistencies within the purchase data or among MPG figures 

calculated from successive purchases may suggest inaccurate or 

incomplete recording of fuel purchases.

• RAC may have been unable to contact the household to obtain 

fuel purchase data at all, or the household may have refused to 

undertake keeping such data even though they may have 

cooperated in other aspects of data collection.

Vehicles with usable MPG estimates were then grouped into 92 

type/make/model/year classes that were judged to be similar in 

terms of MPG. Summary statistics for location and spread were 

computed for each of the 92 MPG classes.

Using these summary statistics, RAG identified 37 vehicles as 

outliers and carefully reviewed paper records for these cases. Of 

these, 21 cases were judged to be incomplete or to contain other 

errors, and their purchase records were receded as unusable. The 

remaining 16 cases were considered unusual but internally 

consistent, and these records were retained in the fuel purchase 

records without change. After outliers were eliminated (less than 

1 percent of all vehicles in all 92 classes), only four of the 92 

classes had distributions that were confirmed as non-normal.

For the vehicles with usable MPGs, the MPG was computed from the 

data for a single calendar month, and had to be adjusted slightly 

to account for seasonal variations, since past studies indicated 

that MPG averages are highest in summer and lowest in winter. 

Adjustment factors were computed for each purchase record month as 

the ratio of the overall average MPG for all vehicles to the 

average value for the month. The average values for the months 

were smoothed using running means before the ratios were computed.

For vehicles for which usable MPGs could not be derived from 

purchase records, the MPGs were imputed using the summary 

statistics from the appropriate MPG class. Vehicles in the four 

MPG classes with non-normal distributions were assigned the median 

MPG within the class. Vehicles in each of the remaining 88 

classes were assigned the median MPG for their class, plus a

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-34
random error from a normal distribution whose standard deviation 

was taken as the minimum of the standard deviation for their MPG 

class and the 3/4 interquartile range for their class.

Exhibit 5-5 presents information on the number of vehicles for 

which MPG figures were imputed.

Program used

^ll^

• IMMILMPG 

Source:

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:IMMILMPG 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

Following the run of the HHVEH2 program, IMMILMPG 

performed all imputations for annual miles and 

miles per gallon.

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.HHVEH2

(SAS database output by the program HHVEH2)

—- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.MPGTABLE

(SAS dataset created during preliminary analysis 

by the program CN6212.PRO.ANN85.JIMS.PGMS:N03)

— CN6212.PRO.ANW85.SASDB.RTECS.MPGMIL

(SAS dataset containing imputed annual miles and 

miles per gallon)

IMMILMPG first determined groups for adjustments or 

imputations of miles traveled. Next, it imputed 

miles per gallon (MPG) for vehicles with missing or 

unacceptable MPG data. It also scaled single-month 

MPG to adjust for seasonal variation.

IMMILMPG included percentages, cutoffs, and model 

equations that were developed in preliminary 

analysis. These earlier exploratory programs are 

members of the partitioned dataset (PDS) 

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.JIMS.PGMS and are not covered in 

this documentation. (IMMILMPG is almost identical 

to the member N04A in that PDS.)

imp

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-35
Exhibit 5-5: 1985 RTECS MPG Estimates and Imputations

Vehicles

Percent

MPG estimated from fuel purchase records 3,412 40.2 

MPG imputed

Vehicle not driven during purchase record

month, or driven less than 150 miles 757 8.9

Fuel purchase records collected but not

usable 556 6.5

Vehicle in use by household at time fuel

purchase records were collected; household

refused, or other nonresponse 2,257 26.6

Vehicle disposed of before, or acquired

after, fuel purchase record data

collection (includes vehicles disposed

of prior to sample month or acquired

during or after sample month) 1,509 17.8

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-36
5.3. PERFORMING WEIGHTING AND ESTIMATING PROCEDURES

Approximately 4,000 households were included in the RTECS sample. 

By the end of 1985, these households had had the use of more than 

8,000 vehicles, including those disposed of or acquired during the 

year.

In order to retain as many as feasible of the fragments of 

information available in the RTECS files, RAC included all RTECS 

sample households and all vehicles in the annualization process, 

even those for which actual RTECS data were fragmentary or 

absent. This approach created a greater need for imputing for 

missing information than would an approach of discarding from the 

sample those households which did not meet the completeness 

criteria. However, this approach simplified the weighting 

procedures needed to produce meaningful estimates for all U.S. 

households.

The first computation in developing RTECS household weights was to 

set a preliminary RTECS weight equal to

RECS household weight______

Probability of selection of the household 

for the RTECS subsample

For each RTECS household, the probability of selection was P=1.000 

or the number computed as follows, whichever was lower:

If the household was high mileage —

P = ________________1288__________________

Rate per 10,000,000 households applicable to SSU

If the household was low mileage —

P = ________________545_____________________

Rate per 10,000,000 households applicable to SSU

An RTECS household weight computed in this way was, in effect, 

appropriate for development of estimates for all U.S. households 

as of November 1984 (the center point of the RECS4 data 

collection). The time frame for RTECS data, however, was calendar 

year 1985. Conceptually, the RTECS data are longitudinal rather 

than cross-sectional in nature. Vehicle stock of a given 

household may change during the year, and households may form or 

dissolve. It is probably well beyond the scope of RTECS activity 

to deal with the complexities ' of longitudinal household 

estimation. Although a good deal of work has been done on this 

problem as it relates to other studies, decisions have yet to be 

made on whether households that form or dissolve during a time 

period of interest are to be considered part of the universe for 

estimation purposes.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-37
For the 1985 RTECS, RAC created a mixture of cross-sectional and 

longitudinal data. The vehicle portion of the datable shows 

changes in vehicle stock during the RTECS time frame, with dates 

of acquisition and disposition as they apply. Household 

formations and dissolutions are not, however, reflected in the 

estimating procedure.

The sequence of final weighting steps involved use of an 

independent estimate of households as of July 1985, based on 

Current Population Survey (CPS) data. The 1985 population 

controls were extrapolated from the March 1984 and March 1985 CPS 

data, as shown in Exhibit 5-6, for each of the four Census regions 

and for the three categories of household type/size. Because the 

breakdowns by community type were not available from the March 

1985 CPS, the controls for region by community type were 

extrapolated from the March 1983 and March 1984 CPS and then 

adjusted to match the estimated July 1985 regional totals; see 

Exhibit 5-7.

The preliminary November weights were then reweighted to the July 

1985 control totals through three ratio adjustments similar to 

those used in the 1984 RECS weighting procedure. These ratio 

adjustments were carried out separately for original and revised 

sample SSUs.

The first ratio adjustment was determined using totals for the 

cfcoss-tabulation of Census region and type of residence; see 

Exhibit 5-8. After the first adjustment was applied to the 

preliminary weight, the second ratio adjustment was computed using 

totals for one-person male, one-person female, and all other 

households; see Exhibit 5-9. The third ratio adjustment was 

determined using totals for Census region and type of residence 

computed after the application of the second adjustment; see 

Exhibit 5-10.

The final weights, after the application of the three ratio 

adjustments, reflect estimates of total households as of July 1985.

Programs used; 

* WEIGHT

Source: CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:WEIGHT

(JCL included in source code)

Language: SAS

System

context: WEIGHT used the SAS dataset containing the RECS4 

weight, the RECS4 Household Questionnaire File, and 

the RTECS HVI Files to compute the initial RTECS 

weight, as of November 1984, for each RTECS 

household. That weight was used by the program 

WEIGHTJ to create the final RTECS weight.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-38
Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

CN6615.PRO.RECS4.SASDB.RECS,WTAB 

(SAS dataset containing RECS4 weight)

CN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire File)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH01(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH02(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH03(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH04(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH05(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH06(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH07(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH08(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MORTH09(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH10(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH11(0)

CN6212.PRO.HVI.MONTH12(0)

(12 single-month HVI Files, current generation)

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.WEIGHT

(SAS dataset containing preliminary RTECS weight)

WEIGHT picked the variables IFIN, VALUE, CODE, and 

RECS4WT from the RECS4 weighting file. It created 

an intermediate variable, FRACTION, for each 

household. For high-mileage households (MILESGRP = 

1), FRACTION was equal to

(IFIN * VALTJE)/(1288 * CODE)

and for low-mileage households (MILESGRP =2 or 8), 

FRACTION was equal to

(IFIN * VALUE)/(545 * CODE).

If FRACTION was less than or equal to 1, the RTECS 

weight was set equal to the RECS4 weight; 

otherwise, the RTECS weight was equal to 

RECS4WT * FRACTION.

The program summed this preliminary RTECSWT by 

RECODE70, REGION, and SSUGRP for manual computation 

of the first ratio to adjust the weights to July 

1985 control totals.

'HP'

WEIGHTJ 

Source:

Language;

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:WEIGHTJ 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

imp

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-39
System context: WEIGHTJ used the output from the program WEIGHT to 

produce a final RTECS weight as of July 1985. This 

final weight was used by the program JIMHH 

(described in Section 5.2.4) when it created a file 

used for imputing annual miles and miles per gallon,

Inp-ut: — CN6212.FRQ.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.WEIGHT

(SAS dataset containing the preliminary RTECS 

weight)

Output: — CN6212.PRO.ARK85.SASDB.RTECS.WEIGHTJ

(SAS dataset containing the final KTECS weight)

Program

flow: WEIGHTJ applied three sets of ratio adjustment

factors to the initial RTECS weight to produce the 

final RTECS weight. RAG wrote the program in 

stages, as the output from each application of 

ratios was used' to determine the ratios in the next 

step. The resulting program included all the ratio 

adjustments needed to output the final RTECS weight.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-40
Exhibit 5-6: Sequence of Final Weighting ^teps for 1985 RTECS:

Determination of July 1985 Control Totals from March 1984 and 

March 1985 Regional and One-Person Counts TMBP^

iMa'iOi'i of Jyh 1925 control totals 

fro* "arch S4 ar-i torch II regional and or/p-persoii cosmts

Va 54 farch !! Est. h\<i 85

Northeast

North Centra!

South

Uest

TOTAL

On* ptrsti

Naif

Feutf

Ail others

18,199

21,45c

28,609

16,943

85,407

19,954

7,529

12,425

65,453

18,348

21,69?

29,551

17,163

86,789

20,602

7,922

12,680

66,18?

18,397.7

21,777.3

29,838.3

17,236.3

87,249.7

20,818.0

8,053.0

12,765.0

66,431.7

9, 195.8

1C, 588. 7

14,919.2

8,618.2

43,624.8

10,409.0

4,026.5

6,382.5

33,215.8

TOTAL 85,407 86,789 87,249.7 43,624.8

.Vy 85 ist nated as ((85-S4) * 4/12! * 85 ' |||lp

w

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-41
Exhibit 5-7: Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 RTECS: 

RTECS Weighting Census Estimates

July 1985 household counts

RTECS Weighting Census Estiiates 

estimates us* straight line »etkod

Northeast

fletrc if; CC 

Retro out CC 

Nontetro

North Central

fletrs is CC 

Retro tut CC 

Noftietre

South

Retro in CC 

Retro out CC 

Nontttre

Vest

Netro in CC 

Retro out CC 

Nonietro

July 1925 

Adjusted 

CPS Projected

IS, 398 18,398

6,020 

S,463 

3,?{5

21,77? 21,777

6,279 

1,025 

7,473

29,839 29,!39

8,108 

9,436 

12,244

J 7 **1A P ''Ti i ' l»JO I: ,»JD

5,577 7,9i° 

3,s90

July 15 

RECS half- Rarch Warch 

sa»ple 1983 19S4

9,199.0

3,010.0 

4,231.7 

1,957.3

10,688.5

3,139.6

4,012* 

3,736.3

14,919.5

4,054.1 

4,743.2 

6,122.2

8,618.0

2,788.4 

3,984.5

1,545.2

17926

5983

8187 

3754

21331

5908 

8113 

7310

28120

7434 

8751 

11935

16541

5485 

7533 

3523

Unadjusted 

July 85 

Prsjected

18199

6022 

8338 

3839

21456

6048

5051 

7357

288W

7710 

W51 

12048

16943

555S 

7768 

3617

16,563

6,074 

8,539 

3,950

21,623

6,235 

7,964 

7,420

29,72?

8,078 

9,451 

12,199

17,479

5,i55 

8,081 

3,742

TOTAL 11 * £.,* 3. ,i..v

Unadjusted July 85 coiputed as f(84-83) * 16/12) + 54

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-42
Exhibit 5-8: Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 RTECS: 

Determination of First Eatio Adjustment for Weight J

"ITM

Census 

Region

1965 RTECS Ntiohtin;

Deteri:nition of 1st ratio adjustment for ME16HIJ 

Original sup It SSUs

Type oi Residence (RECODE70)

Total Retro Metro Don- Census

U.S. in CC out CC letro Region

i 2 4

1985 RTECS Weighting

Detwiination o< 1st ratio adjustment <: or HEIIJH1 

Revised tuple SSUs

Type of Residence <*£CODF,'0: 

Total Retro ., Uetro *onU.S. ii CC ' out CC Mtro 

t 2 4

Total US

JUL85 

RTECSKT

43,625.0 12,9?2.1 li,972.0 13,661.0 

43,296.5 12,824.8 16,882.4 13,589.3

Total US 

JUL85 

RTECSKT

43,625.0 12,992.1 16,972.0 13,64LC> 

42,727.3 12,750.1 16,511.5 13,445.1

Northeast 

JUL85 

RTECWT 

MTID1

North Central 

JUL85 

RTECSiT 

RATID1

South 

JULB5 

STECSMT 

MTJ01

Vest

JUL85

RTECSKT

RATIDt

9,199.0 3,010.0 4,231.7 1,957.3

8,982.9 2,955.5 4,174.6 1,652.8

1.024056 1.018440 1.013677 1.056401

10,888.5 3,139.6 4,012.6 3,736.3

10,980.7 3,070.8 4,025.5 3,884.4

0.991603 1.022404 0.996795 0.961873

14,919.5 4,054.1 4,743.2 6,122.2

14,792.8 3,867.5 4,895.0 6,030.3

1.008564 1.0W24B 0.968988 1.015239

8,618.0 2,786.4 3,984.5 1,845.2

8,540.1 2,931.0 3,787.3 1,821.8

1.009121 0.951347 1.052068 1.012844

Northeast 

JUL85 

RTECSrr 

RATIO!

North Central 

JULB5 

RTECSHT 

RATID1

South 

JUL85 

RTECSMT 

RAT101

Vest

JUL85

RTECSKT 

RATIO!

9,199.0 3,010.0 4,231.7 1,957,,:;

9,214.8 3,096.1 4,131.9 1,986.111

C.998285 0.972190 1.024153 0.98515;

JO,B8E.5 5,139.6 4,012.6 3,73fc.;S 

30,731.0 3,035.1 4,075.5 3,620.'i 

1.014677 1.034430 0.984566 1.032013

14,919.5 4,054.1 4,743.2 6,122.:;:

14,347.6 3,848.8 4,427.6 6,071.::

1.039860 1.053341 1.0712BO 1.00B400

8,618.0 2,786.4 3,984.5 1,843.:;'

8,433.9 2,770.1 3,876.5 1,767.;;

1.021828 1.006606 1.027660 1.03239!;

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-43
Exhibit 5-9: Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 RTECS: 

Determination of Second Ratio Adjustment for Weight J-'^a

1985 RTECS lighting 1*85 "TECS *ei?hting

fcteriiiutiw cf-Sid ritio aijysUent for KEISK7J Bettr«iution of 2o<f ratio iijustwnt for K16HTJ

OrijiMl Miplt SSUs Revised tuple SSUs

Total U.S. 1ot»l U.S.

JUL85 43424.8 JUL85 43424.8

RTECSHT 43425.4 KTECSVT 43425.4

One person lale OKI person

JULB5 4024.5 WL85 4024.5

RTECSKT 3752.4 RTECSKT 3941.1

WTI02 1.072989 «*TI02 1.014510

One person fetale toe person fetile

JiK.85 4382.5 JUL85 4382.5

RTKSIfT 4553.9 RTECS«T 4284.9

MTI02 0.973B47 KATI02 1.015204

All other households Mi other households

JUL85 33215.8 JULB5 33215.8

RTECSKT 33J18.9 RTECSDT ' 33377.4

IMTI02 0.994905 MTI02 0.995152

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-44
Exhibit 5-10: Sequence of Final Weighting Steps for 1985 RTECS: 

Determination of Third Ratio Adjustment for Weight J

Census 

legion

1985 RTECS Weighting

Deteriination of 3rd ratio adjustment for K16HTJ 

Original tuple SSUs

Type of Residence (RECOK70) 

Total Retro Retro Ion11. S. in CC out CC Mtro

1 2 4

Total US 

JULB5 

RTECSKT

43,425.0 12,992.1 14,972.0 13,641.0

43,424.9 13,000.0 14,971.6 13,453.3

Cetsos 

Region

RTECS lighting 

Deterii nation of 3rd ratio adjustment for KI8HTJ 

Revised satple SSUs

Type of Residence (RECOK70) 

Total Ketro Metro MonU.S. in CC out CC tetrc 

1 2 4

Total US 

JULB5 

RTECSKT

43,425.0 12,992.1 14,972.0 13,461.0

43,624.8 13,005.6 14,913.8 13,455,4

Northeast

JULB5

RTECSKT

8ATI01

Nortk Central 

JULB5

RATIO 1

South 

JVLK 

RTECSUT 

RATI01

Mest

JUL65

RTECSKT

RATIO!

9,199.0 3,010.0 4,231.7 1,957.3

9,198.5 3,015.5 4,223.6 1,959.2

1.000054 0.998176 1.001870 0.999030

10,888.5 3,139.4 4,012.6 3,734.3

10,886.2 3,135.4 4,019.9 3,730.9

1.000211 1.001339 0.998184 1.001447

14,!?19.5 4,054.1 4,743.2 4,122.2 

14,912.2 4,058.3 4,735.9 4,118.0 

1.000489 0.998945 1.001541 1.000486

8,416.0 2,786.4 3,984.5 1,845.2

8,428.0 2,790.8 3,992.0 1,845.2

0.998840 0.999140 0.998121 I

tortfceast 

JULB5 

RTECSMT 

MTI01

North Central 

JUL85 

RTECSKT 

WT101

South 

JUL85

RTECSKT 

UTI01

lest 

JUL85

RTECSMT 

WTIC1

9,199.0 3,010.0 4,231.7 1,957,3

9,200.2 3,011.2 4,234.0 1,955.0

0.999869 0.99940! 0.999456 1.001176

10,888.5 3,139.6 4,012.4 3,736,3

IS,905.1 3,148.4 4,015.1 3,741.6

0.998477 0.997204 6.999377 0.998563

34,919.5 4,054.1 4,743.2 4,122.2

14,904.4 4,055.4 4,735.4 4,113.8

1.000999 0.999679 1.001647 1.001373

8,418.0 2,788.4 3,984.5 1,845.2

6,414.9 2,790.4 3,979.3 1,845.0

1,000359 0.999211 1.0013W 1.000196

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-45
5.4. THE ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE

data and weights described in the preceding 

were included in rectangular data files developed for the 

3&ipartment of Energy and for public use. Miles, gallons of fuel, 

totals were computed at the household as well as at the 

level.

;S;el ;?cted data were extracted from the 1984 REGS Household

File for inclusion in the RTECS Annualized Final 

•File. Some additional codes pertaining to RTECS repsonse rates 

wefe also included in the final file — date of last contact, and 

l-eslilt codes for beginning and ending odometer readings, mid-year 

jeptifcacts , and fuel purchase records.

;Froafams used :

;SUMVEH

;: jource:

"iSyitem

: Inpiuts:

Outputs:

program 

flow:

GN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:SUMVEH 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

SUMVEH combined all vehicle variables (output from 

the programs GETVEH, IMPCHAR, WEIGHTJ, and 

IMMILMPG) to create • final SAS vehicle- and 

household-level files.

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.ALLVEH4

(SAS dataset output by the program IMPCHAR)

—- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.MPGMIL

(SAS dataset output by the program IMMILMPG)

— CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.SASDB.RTECS.ALLHH

(SAS dataset output by the program GETVEH)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.WEIGHTJ

(SAS dataset output by the program WEIGHTJ)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.FINALVEH 

(Final vehicle-level file)

— CN6212.PRO.ANNS5.SASDB.RTECS.FINALHH 

(Final household-level file)

Starting with the file RTECS.ALLVEH4, the program 

added final MPG and MILES figures and imputation 

flags from RTECS.MPGMIL. It defined period of 

vehicle use (PERIOD) based on month of acquisition

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-46
PUT

Source:

Language:

System

context:

Inputs:

and disposition. If the vehicle was acquired 

before July 1, 1985,"*id disposed of on or after 

July 1, 1985 (or not disposed of), SUMVEH set a 

variable to show that the vehicle was owned on July 

1, 1985 (HADJUL1 = 1). The program computed 

gallons of fuel used by each vehicle (GALS) as 

MILES/MPG * 10 (since MPG was in tenths) and 

rounded to a whole number. It computed cost of 

fuel (COST) for each vehicle as GALS * NEWCPG/1000 

(since NEWCPG was in cents and COST had one implied 

decimal place) and rounded it to a whole number.

SUMVEH checked vehicles to see that DAYS was 

greater than zero except in the case of vehicles 

acquired on 12/31/85. Those vehicles were not 

owned for a whole day, but were owned during the 

RTECS year. The final vehicle-level file was 

written to RTECS.FINALVEH.

For each household, SUMVEH summed values for all 

household vehicles to give number of vehicles owned 

on July 1 (VSJUL85), total vehicle days (VEHDAYS), 

total vehicles owned by the household (HHVEH), 

total miles (HHMILES), total gallons (HHGALS), and 

total cost (HHCOST). It computed average vehicles 

owned by the household (AVGVEHS) as 

VEHDAYS/365 * 100 and rounded to a whole number. 

This variable had two implied decimal places.

SUMVEH set the RYEAR and IMPSTOCK summary codes for 

the final file based on RTECSYR and GROUP. It 

merged variables from RTECS.ALLHH, the new summary 

variables, and the weights from RTECS.WEIGHTJ to 

give the final household-level file, RTECS.FINALHH.

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:PUT 

SAS •

PUT used the outputs from the program SUMVEH to 

write vehicle- and household-level OS files. Those 

files were used by the programs WORKADD, MERGEDOE, 

and MERGERAC to create the Annualized Final Files.

-- CN6212.PRO.ANW85.SASDB.RTECS.FINALVEH 

(Final vehicle-level file)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SASDB.RTECS.FINALHH 

(Final household-level file)

'flP^

TMlTM

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-47
Outputs:

Program 

flow:

• ADDRECS

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

Input: 

Output:

Program 

flow:

WOEKADD 

Source:

Language:

—CN6212.PRO.ANN85.FIN1V03 

(Vehicle-level OS file)

— CR6212.PRO.ANN85.FIROH03 

(Household-level OS file)

PUT wrote vehicle- and household-level imputation 

files from the final SAS files RTECS.FINALVEH and 

RTECS.FIKALHH. The layouts of the imputation files 

are shown in Appendix A.

CN6212 .PRO .ANNS5. JCL: ADDRECS 

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE:ADDRECS 

Fortran

Using the RECS4 Household Questionnaire File, 

ADDRECS created an intermediate extract file prior 

to the execution of the programs MERGEDOE and 

MERGERAC.

— CN6615.PRO.ASK4QUES(0)

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire File)

— CN6212.KBG.ANN85.ADDRECS.DATA 

(Intermediate extract file)

ADDRECS moved various fields from the RECS4 

Household Questionnaire File to an output area. It 

summed annual consumption and cost variables across 

all five fuels and placed the results in the output 

area. It checked variables for values of all 9s, 

which were treated as 0.

ADDRECS filled the first 15 characters of the 

output area with identification information, 

including household ID, sequence number (00), and a 

card type (OH02) so that the extract record 

generated would merge correctly with other records 

in forming the Annualized Final Files.

CN6212.PRO.AM85.SOURCE:WORKADD 

(JCL included in source code)

SAS

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-48
System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow:

• MERGEDOE 

JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

System

context:

Inputs:

Output:

WORKADD used the RTECS Work File and part of the

output from the program PUT to create an 

intermediate file to be used in the creation of the 

Annualized Final Files by the programs MERGEDOE and 

MERGERAC.

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.WORKMRGE 

(RTECS Work File)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.FINOH03

(Household-level imputation file output by the 

program PUT)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.ADDOH03.DATA

(Intermediate file to be used by MERGEDOE)

WORKADD added data from the Work File to the 

intermediate household-level imputation file 

(FINOH03), creating a new file. It read in input 

files as SAS datasets, then merged them. It 

printed errors for any unmatched records from 

either file. It then merged the two datasets and 

wrote them to the output file.

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.JCL:MERGEDOE 

CN6212 .PRO .AM85.SOURCE:MERGEDOE 

Fortran

MERGEDOE merged data from several intermediate 

files (output from the programs ADDRECS, WORKADD, 

and PUT) into the Annualized Final DOE File.

— CN6212.KBG.ANN85.ADDRECS.DATA

(Intermediate file output by ADDRECS)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.ADDOH03.DATA

(Intermediate file output by WORKADD)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.FIN1V03.DATA

(intermediate vehicle-level imputation file 

output by PUT)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.DOEMMMYY.RECS4.TRANS

(Annualized Final DOE File; MMM = month and YY = 

year) . .

^Br

TMTMp^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-49
Program 

flow:

MERGERAC 

JCL: 

Source: 

Language:

System 

context:

Inputs:

Output:

Program 

flow;

MERGEDOE merged data from three intermediate files, 

by household ID and card type, into a rectangular 

DDE-use tape.

It first read and stored all data for a household 

(RECS4 Household Questionnaire Data on Card OH02, 

imputed household-level data on Card OH03, and 

vehicle data on Card 1V03 — one card per vehicle).

Next, the program moved household-level variables 

to the appropriate columns of the output area. It 

entered a loop to process each 1V03 Card for the 

household, moving vehicle data to the appropriate 

slot in the output area.

The program wrote the record, initialized areas, 

and read data for the next household.

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.JCL:MERGERAC 

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.SOURCE :MERGERAC 

Fortran

MERGERAC merged data from several intermediate 

files (output from the programs ADDRECS, WORKADD, 

and PUT) into the Annualized Final RAC File.

— CR6212.KBG.AHN85.ADDRECS.DATA

(Intermediate file output by ADDRECS)

—- CN6212.PRO.ANN85.ADDOH03.DATA

(Intermediate file output by WORKADD)

— CN6212.PRO.ANN85.FIN1V03.DATA

(intermediate vehicle-level imputation file 

output by PUT)

— CN6212.PRO.AM85.RACIffl2YY.R£CS4.TRANS

(Annualized Final RAC File; MMM = month and YY = 

year)

MERGERAC was identical to the program MERGEDOE, 

except that it moved the RAC ID to columns 1-4 of 

the output record. This ID was not moved by 

program MERGEDOE.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/5-50
APPENDIX A: 

FILE LAYOUTS

Sample File ................................................. A-2

Card 00 (Household Card).................................... A-2

Cards 01-12 (Vehicle Cards)................................. A-3

Household/Vehicle Information File ......................... A-4

Card OHOKHousehold Card)................................... A-4

Card 1V01 (Vehicle Card)..................................... A-8

Card 1V02 (Vehicle Card).................................... A-10

Fuel Purchase Record File ................................... A-16

Card 5H01 (Household information from purchase records)..... A-16

Card 6V01 (Vehicle information from purchase records)....... A-17

Card 6V02 (VNAME Card)...................................... A-21

Card 6V03 (VSTAT Card)..................................'.... A-22

Card 7Pxx (Purchase information)......v..................... A-27

Work File................................................... A-29

List of Cards Contained in Work File........................ A-29

Card OH02 (Household Card).................................. A-29

Final Household-Level Imputation File........................ A-31

Final Vehicle-Level Imputation File......................... A-3,2

RTECS Annualized Final File. ................................. A-34

File Layout, and Source of Each Variable.................... A-34

TPL Codebook. ................................................ A-38

^1" fflTM
	SAMPLE FILE: Card 00 (Household Card) 

The program CREATE used the Sample File to produce the HVI Files.

Col. Variable

I-4 Household ID

9-10 Card type (00)

II-13 PSU

14-16 SSU

17-18 HU

19-22 Month and year of RECS4 interview (MMYY)

23-24 Number of people in household (RECS4 Q.96)

25-26 Householder education (RECS4 Q. 106

27-28 Total number of household vehicles (RECS4 Q. 78)

29 Number of vehicles described in RECS4 questionnaire

35 Miles group for sample selection

36-38 Sequence number for sample selection

39 Selected code

40-41 Matrix cell

42-43 Sample month

44-45 Labels batch run number

46-47 Vehicle/no-vehicle flag

50-51 Contact code

79-80 Second label run number

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-2
	SAMPLE FILE; Cards 01-12 fVeMcle Cards')

Col. Variable

I-4 Household ID

9-10 Card type (01-12)

II-12 Vehicle type code

13-24 Vehicle make name

25-26 Vehicle model year

27-38 Vehicle model name

39 Vehicle obtained in last 12 months (RECS4 Q. 82)

40-43 Month and year vehicle obtained if 39 = 1 (RECS4 Q. 83; MMYY)

44-48 Miles driven since vehicle obtained if 39 = 1 (RECS4 Q. 84)

49-53 Miles driven in last 12 months if 39 = 2 (RECS4 Q. 85)

55-64 Vehicle model supplemental name

66 "D" if vehicle has been dropped from hoaisehold vehicle stock

TMHW

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-3
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE; Card OH01

Col.*

01-04 

(HOI-04)

07-08 

(H09-10)

10-13

15

20-25

27-29 

(Hll-13)

30-32

(H14-16)

33-34 

(H17-18)

36 

(H35)

Variable Name and Definition

HHID—

CARD 

HHGP

Household ID no. 

Vehicle no.

Card type and no. 

Household group

17-18 SAMPMO-- 

(H42-43)

Sample month

RECSDATE— Date of 1984 REGS 

interview

PSUEAC- RAC PSU no.

CLUSTRAC— RAC SSU no.

Legal Codes

Range: 1001-6495, 7001-7203

00 (computer generated)

OH01 (computer generated)

(computer generated, based on 

household ID)

1 (IDs 1001-4325)

2 (IDs 4326-5150)

3 (IDs 5151-5450)

4 (IDs 5451-6000)

5 (IDs 6001-6375)

6 (IDs 6376-6482, 

7001-7102)

7 (IDs 6483-6495, 

7103-7203)

Range: 01-12

(month assigned for fuel purchase

data collection; computer

generated)

(computer generated; from RECS4 

Household Questionnaire File 

949-954)

(computer generated)

(computer generated)

HHURAC— RAC housing unit no. (computer generated)

MILESGP— Miles group for 

selection

(computer generated)

1—high miles

2—low miles

* Column numbers in parentheses indicate source of items carried over from the 

Sample File ;to the HVI File by the program CREATE; "H" and "V" indicate 

whether the item was in the Household or the Vehicle Card in the Sample File.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-4
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE: Card OH01 (continued') 

Col.* Variable Name and Definition Legal Codes____________

''HP

38-40 SAMPSEQ — Sample selection (computer generated)

(H36-38) sequence

42-43 SAMPCELL— Sample matrix cell Range: 11-13,21-23, 31-33

(H40-41) (computer generated)

45-46 HHSTATUS— Household current Range: 11-13, 21-23, 32, 41-43, 51

(H50-51) status code (used for end-of-year contacts)

Use telephone procedure

11 — Standard contact approach.

12 — Refusal conversion approach (special advance letter and/or 

interviewer training)

13 — Other special handling (code is rarely used)

Use mail procedure

21 — Standard mail approach

22 — Refusal conversion approach

23 — Other special handling (code rarely used)

Include only for Social Security Questions

32 — Refusal conversion approach (code rarely used)

Delete from all end-of-year contacts

41 — Untouchable (prior refusal considered to be firm and final; 

conversion attempt impractical)

42 — Current address of household unknown; all efforts to trace 

have been completed

43 — Other — Household still exists as far as can be determined,

but should not be contacted (code rarely used) 

51 — Household dissolved, no longer exists

NOTE: Codes 11-13 and 32 indicate RAC believes it has a usable 

phone number. Other codes indicate they may or may not have a 

usable phone number .

49-50 NUMVELIG— Number of eligible Range: 01-12

vehicles (count of Sample File vehicles

not coded "dropped" in col. 66 of 

Vehicle Card; computer generated)

* Column numbers in parentheses indicate source of items carried over from the 

Sample File to the HVI File by the program CREATE; "H" and "V" indicate 

whether the item was in the Household or the Vehicle Card in the Sample File,

TMlf|r

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A--5
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE: Card QH01 (continued") ..3.

NOTE: For all the remaining codes on Card OH01, refer to the Coding 

Instructions for Turnaround Forms, found in Appendix B. for additional details.

Col. Variable Name and Definition Legal Codes

52

53

BODOMCT—

BODOMRC--

Beginning odometer 

contact type

Beginning odometer 

result code

55 FUELPCT— Fuel purchase 

contact type

56 FUELPRC— Fuel purchase result 

code

58 MIDYRCT— Mid-year contact 

type

1—Basic contact by phone

2—Basic contact by mail

9—Not applicable

0—Contact not attempted

1—Some data collected

5—No data collected

6—Refusal 

9—Not applicable 

0—Household terminated 

participation earlier

1—Basic contact by phone

2—Personal contact completed

3—Personal contact attempted, not

completed 

9—Not applicable 

0—Contact not attempted

1—Some FPR data collected

2—No FPR data collected, but 

vehicle stock updated

5—No data collected

6—Refusal, or untouchable status

at time of contact 

9—Not applicable 

0—Household terminated

participation earlier

1—Basic contact by phone

2—Basic contact by mail 

0—Contact not attempted

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-6
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE: Card OH01 ("continued^

Col.

59

61

62

64-65

Variable Name and Definition

MIDYRRC —

Legal Codes

Mid-year contact Range: 1-6, 0

result code

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-H-+++++++-H-+++++++++

1 — Vehicle acquisition and/or disposition information obtained 

(no address/telephone change)

2 — Household address/telephone change information obtained (no 

vehicle acquisition/disposition)

3 — Vehicle information AND address/telephone change obtained

A — Telephone contact completed; no address/phone/vehicle changes

5 — No cards returned from mail contact OR telephone contact not 

completed

6 — Refusal at time of this contact

0 — Household terminated participation earlier (legal only if 

column 58 is also "0")

EODOMCT—

EODOMRC—

Ending odometer 

contact type

Ending odometer 

result code

LASTMO--

66-67 

68-69

LASTDY— 

LASTYR—

Month of last 

contact

Day of last contact

Year of last 

contact

1—Basic contact by phone

2—Basic contact by mail

9—Not applicable

0—Contact, not attempted

1—Some data collected

5—No data, collected

6—Refusal 

9—Not applicable 

0—Household terminated 

participation earlier

Range; 01-12 

Most recent month when 

household's vehicle stock was 

checked, and updated as necessary

Range: 01-31 

Range: 84-86

ifw"

TM"TM

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-7
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE; Card 1V01

Col.*

01-04 

(HOI-04)

07-08 

(V09-10)

10-13

15-16 

(VI1-12)

18-19

21-32 

(V13-24)

34-35 

(V25-26)

37-38

40-51 

(V27-38)

53-64

(V55-64)

Variable Name and Definition 

HHID— Household ID no.

VEHHUM— Vehicle no.

CARD— Card type and no. 

VTYPE— Vehicle type

MAKEC— Vehicle make code

MAKENVYEAR—

MOBELC—

MODELN—

MODELS—

Vehicle make name

Vehicle year

Vehicle model code

Vehicle model name

Vehicle model 

supplemental name

Legal Codes,

Range: 01-12

(Imputed acquired vehicles are 

numbered 21 or higher, but do not 

appear in HVI Files)

1V01 (computer generated)

01—Station wagon

02—Automobile

03—Jeep or similar vehicle

04—Passenger van or minibus

05—Cargo van

06—Pickup truck

07—Other truck

08—Motor home 

21—Other 

98—Unknown

Range: 01-05, 08-12, 14-36, 39,

41-44, 51, 53-59, 63-95, 98 

(See Appendix C for vehicle make 

codes and names)

(See Appendix C for vehicle make 

codes and names)

Range: 35-86, 98

(See Appendix C for vehicle model 

codes and names; see Appendix D 

for Matrix of legal code 

combinations for MAKEC and MODELC)

(See Appendix C for vehicle model 

codes and names)

(This field is used

primarily for notations related

to load capacity of trucks)

* Column numbers in parentheses indicate source of items carried over from the 

Sample File to the HVI File by the program CREATE; "H" and "V" indicate 

whether the item was in the Household or the Vehicle Card in the Sample File.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-8
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE: Card- 1V01 (continued*)

Col.

66-67

Variable Name and Definition 

CYLS— Number of cylinders

69

70

71

AIR—

TRAP 

DOORS—

Presence of air 

conditioning

Type of 

transmission

Number of doors

73

74

JOBUSE— Vehicle used on 

the job

NONBUS— Nonbusiness use

75

77-78

DRIVES—

MPGEST—

No. of regular 

drivers

Miles per gallon

respondent

estimate

Legal Codes

'IP

04—4-cylinder

05—5-cylinder

06—6-cylinder

08—8-cylinder

09—Rotary

10—Electric 

21—Other 

98—Unknown

0—No

1—Yes

8—Unknown

1—Automatic

2—Manual shift 

8—Unknown

2—2-door

3—3-door

4—4-door

5—5-door

8—Unknown

9—Not applicable

0—No

1—Yes

8—Unknown

0—No 

1—Yes

8—Unknown.

9—Not applicable

0-6—Number of regular drivers

7—7 or more

8—Unknown

Range: 04-59, 98

04-59—Mileage estimate

98—Unknown

II

^li^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-9
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE! Card 1V02 

Col.* Variable Name and Definition Legal Codes_______

01-04 HHID— Household ID no. 

(HOI-04)

07-08 VEHNUM-- Vehicle no. Range: 01-12

(V09-10) (Imputed acquired vehicles, 21

and up, don't appear in HVI Files)

10-13 CARD— Card type and no. 1V02 (computer generated)

15 ACQIIUM-- Acquisition code 1—Before date specified

2—On date specified

3—Between dates

Code in col. 15 applies to vehicle acquisition dates in cols. 

17-29. In the HVI Files produced by the program CREATE, col, 15 

Was set to 1 if the vehicle number was less than 5 (household had 

It at the time of the RECS4 interview). If the household had the 

vehicle at the time of the RECS4 interview (RECSDATE), the date of 

the REGS interview appears in cols. 17-22 (the date is 040185 for 

Mailed Questionnaires).

Code 2 is used only if the vehicle was acquired during 1985 and the 

specific acquisition date is known.

Code 3 is used to indicate a time span during which the vehicle was 

acquired. Columns 17-22 indicate the beginning of the time span 

and columns 24-29 indicate the end of the time span.

17-18** BMQACQ-- Begin month vehicle The acquisition date can be no

acquired earlier than RECSDATE. If VEHNUM

< 5, the acquisition date is

19-20 BDYACQ— Begin day vehicle RECSDATE

acquired

21-22 BYRACQ-- Begin year vehicle

acquired

* Column numbers in parentheses indicate source of items carried over from the 

Sample File to the HVI File by the program CREATE; "H" and "V" indicate 

whether the item was in the Household or the Vehicle Card in the Sample File.

** Range and consistency checks for dates in Card 1V02:

All dates must be between October 1984 and January 1986, inclusive.

Ranges: Month = 01-12; Day = 01-31, 98; Year = 84-86

If month = 02, then day < 29 or = 98

If month - 04, 06, 09, or 11, then day < 31 or = 98

If month = 01, 03, 05, 07, 08, 10, or 12, then day < 32 or = 98

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-10
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE; Card 1VQ2 (continued')

Col.

24-25**

26-27

28-29

31

Variable Name and Definition

CMOACQCDYACQCYRACQODOMBC33-38 BMILES—

40-41**

42-43

44-45

BMOMIL—

BDYMIL—

BYRMIL—

47 ODOMEC—

Close month vehicle 

acquired

Close day vehicle 

acquired

Close year vehicle 

acquired

Beginning odometer 

code

Beginning odometer 

reading

Beginning odometer 

month

Beginning odometer 

day

Beginning odometer 

year

Ending odometer 

code

Legal Codes ^iW^

Columns 24-29 are blank unless 

column 15 = 3, Close date must 

be later than acquisition date in 

columns 17-22.

1—Odometer reading OK

2—Odometer reading questionable

3—Odometer not working

5—Not obtained, other reason

Range: 000000-299999, Blank 

If ODOMBC = 3 or 5, BMILES must 

be blank

If VYEAR=85-86, BMILES < 50,000 

If V¥EAR=84, BMILES < 100,000 

If VYEAR=83, BMILES < 150,000 

If VYEAR=82, BMILES < 200,000 

If VYEAR<82, BMILES < 250,000

If col, 42-43 is not blank, then

col. 40-45 must be later than

122084;

If col. 24-29 is not blank and is

later than 122084, col. 40-45

must be later than or equal to

col. 24-29;

If col. 24-29 is blank and col17-22 is not blank and is later

than 122084, col. 40-45 must be

equal to or later than col. 17-22,

1—Odometer reading OK

2—Odometer reading questionable

3—Odomet«:r not working

5—Not obtained, other reason

** Range and consistency checks for dates in Card 1V02:

• All dates must be between October 1984 and January 1986, inclusive.

• Ranges: Month = 01-12; Day = 01-31, 98; Year = 84-86

• If month = 02, then day < 29 or = 98

• If month = 04, 06, 09, or 11, then day < 31 or = 98

• If month =01, 03, 05, 07, 08, 10, or 12, then day < 32 or = 98

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-ll
Col.

49-54

HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE! Card 1V02 (continued 1)

Variable Name and Definition

EMILES-- Ending odometer 

reading

Legal Codes

Range: 000000-299999

If ODOMEC = 3 or 5, EMILES must

be blank;

EMILES I SMILES

56-57** EMOMIL— Ending odometer

month

58-59 EDYMIL-- Ending odometer

day

60-61 EYRMIL— Ending odometer 

: year

If col. 56-61 not blank, then: 

If col. 40-45 not blank, col. 

56-61 must be later than or equal 

to col. 40-45;

If col. 40-45 is blank and col. 

24-29 is not blank, col. 56-61 

must be later than or equal to 

col. 24-29;

If col. 40-45 and col. 24-29 are 

both blank and col. 17-22 is not 

blank, col. 56-61 must be later 

than or equal to col. 17-22.

** Range and consistency checks for dates in Card 1V02:

All dates must be between October 1984 and January 1986, inclusive.

Rangesi Month = 01-12; Day = 01-31, 98; Year = 84-86

If month » 02, then day < 29 or - 98

If month == 04, 06, 09, or 11, then day < 31 or = 98

If month =01, 03, 05, 07, 08, 10, or 12, then day < 32 or = 98

1985 RtTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-12
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE: Card 1V02 (continued')

Col.

63

65-66**

67-68

69-70

Variable Name and Definition 

DISNUM— Disposition code

Legal Codes

1—Before date specified

2—On date specified

3—Between dates

This code applies to the vehicle disposition dates in columns 65-70,

If the household still has the vehicle, columns 63-70 are left 

blank.

If the household disposed of the vehicle before 1/1/85, col. 63 was 

coded 1 and cols. 65-70 were coded 010185.

Code 2 is used only if the vehicle was disposed of during 1985 and 

if the specific disposition date is known.

Code 3 is used to indicate a time span during which the vehicle was 

disposed of. Columns 65-70 indicate the beginning of the time span 

and columns 72-77 indicate the end of the time span.

BMODIS — Begin month vehicle 

disposed

BDYDIS— Begin day vehicle 

disposed

BYRDIS— Begin year vehicle

disposed

If DISNUM is blank, col. 65-70 is

blank.

If DISNUM is present, col. 65-70

must be present and:

If col. 56-61 present, col. 65-70

must be later than or equal to

col. 56-61;

If col. 40-45 and col. 56-61

present, col. 65-70 must be later

than or equal to col, 40-45;

If col. 40-45 and col. 56-61

blank and col. 24-29 present,

col. 65-70 must be later than or

equal to col, 24-29;

If col. 40-45, 56-61, and 24-29

are blank and col. 17-22 present,

col. 65-70 must be equal to col,

17-22.

** Range and consistency checks for dates in Card 1V02::

• All dates must be between October 1984 and January 1986, inclusive.

• Ranges: Month = 01-12; Day = 01-31, 98; Year = 84-86

• If month = 02, then day < 29 or = 98

• If month =04, 06, 09, or 11, then day < 31 or = 98

• If month = 01, 03, 05, 07, 08, 10, or 12, then day < 32 or = 98

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-13
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE; Card 1V02 (continued)

Col. Variable Name and Definition Legal Codes

72-73** CMQDIS— Close month vehicle Cols. 72-77 blank unless DISNUM =

disposed 3; must be later than col. 65-70

74-75 CDYDIS-- Close day vehicle

disposed /

76-77 CYRDIS— Close year vehicle

disposed

79 VCODE— Vehicle current 0—Household no longer has

status code vehicle, or vehicle ineligible

1—Eligible vehicle currently in 

use by household

The vehicle status code is created by the program CHECKUP. It is 

determined by the acquisition and disposition dates (col. 17-29 and 

65-77) and by the vehicle supplemental status code (col. 80) if it 

is present.

Generally, if a vehicle was reported to RAC but was never eligible 

or becomes ineligible (though not really disposed of) during the 

year, RAC created a disposition code and disposition date to show 

when it became ineligible. A vehicle supplemental status code was 

also added to the file to show the special nature of the vehicle.

If the vehicle was never eligible, the disposition code and date 

should be equal to the acquisition code and date. For example, if 

a vehicle was reported in the RECS4 personal interview but was 

never eligible, the disposition code would be "1" and the 

disposition date would be the date of the REGS interview.

If the vehicle was eligible for part of the year but became 

ineligible (for instance, if the household kept it but dismantled 

it for parts), the disposition code and date should be based on the 

time when the vehicle became ineligible.

** Range an<i consistency checks for dates in Card 1V02:

• All dates must be between October 1984 and January 1986, inclusive.

• Ranges: Month = 01-12; Day = 01-31, 98; Year = 84-86

• If month = 02, then day < 29 or = 98

• If month = 04, 06, 09, or 11, then day < 31 or = 98

• If month = 01, 03, 05, 07, 08, 10, or 12, then day < 32 or = 98

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 19-86/A-14
HOUSEHOLD/VEHICLE INFORMATION FILE: Card-»02 (continued*) 

Col. Variable Name and Definition Legal Codes__________

TM^F

If a vehicle was ineligible but became eligible (for instance, if a 

vehicle in the file was used entirely for business purposes at the 

beginning of the year but began being used regularly for personal 

purposes during the year), it was treated as an additional 

vehicle. That is, it was given a new vehicle number so that the 

same vehicle actually appeared in the file twice.

80 VSUPP— Vehicle Range: U, V, W, X, Y

supplemental 

status code

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++4

U— Heavy truck; vehicles with VTYPE=07 that are more than 1 ton, 

wreckers, farm trucks, dump trucks, or flatbeds

V— Business use only; a government-owned vehicle, company vehicle, 

or other vehicle not owned by a household member is eligible 

for inclusion in RTECS if it is ordinarily kept at home and is 

available to household members for their personal use 15 days 

or more of the month.

W— Dismantled or dilapidated; used for parts; immobile vehicles 

used as source of power for a piece of machinery, etc.

X— Used primarily for display or competition (racing cars, antique 

cars, etc.)

Y— In permanent storage; pther vehicles not intended for use for 

transportation

If VSUPP=U, V, W, X, Y, then DISNUM must equal 1-3;

If VSUPP=V, then JOBUSE=1 and NONBUS=0;

If VSUPP=U, then TYPE=07

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-H1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-15
Col.

01-04

FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE; 

Card 5H01 (Household information from purchase records)

Variable Definition 

Household ID no.

Legal Codes

1001-6495, 7001-7205

07-08 

10-13 

17-18

22-23 

25

27

29

Vehicle no.

Card type and no.

Record month (month 

for which purchase 

records were collected)

Assigned month (usually 

same as record month)

Month code

Procedure used to 

collect purchase

records

Number of vehicles 

for which data were 

collected

00

5H01 (computer generated)

01-12

01-12

Range: 1-3

Indicates whether record month is:

Originally assigned month (1)

Substitute month (2)

Additional month (3)

1—Telephone

2—Mail

3—Mixed (telephone and mail)

1-8

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-16
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE: 

Card 6VQ1 (Vehicle information from purchase records!)

Col.

01-04 

07-08

10-13 

17-18

20-21 

22-23

25-30 

32-33

35

37-39

41-42

43-44

II

Variable Definition 

Household ID no. 

Vehicle no. 

Card type and no.

Record month (month 

for which purchase 

records were collected)

Month of beginning 

odometer reading

Day of beginning 

odometer reading

Beginning odometer 

reading

Beginning fuel gauge 

reading

Is fuel gauge accurate?

Fuel tank capacity as 

reported by household 

(Tenths of gallons)

Month of ending 

odometer reading

Day of ending 

odometer reading

Legal Codes

01-12

6V01 (computer generated)

01-12, 99

01-12, 99

(Assumed to be record month unless

otherwise indicated)

1-31, 98, 99

(First day of record month unless

otherwise indicated)

Range: 0-150000, 999995, 999998, 999999 

999995 — Odometer not working

Range: 00-16 (sixteenths of tank)

00—empty or below empty

16—Full or above full

95—Fuel gauge not working

98—Unknown, or date differs from date 01 

beginning odometer reading

99—Not applicable

0—No

1—Yes

5—Doesn't work

8—Unknown

Range: 90-400, 995, 998, 999 

995—Two fuel tanks

998—Unknown

999—Not applicable

01-12, 99

(Assumed to be record month unless

otherwise indicated)'

1-31, 98, 99

(Last day of record month unless

otherwise indicated)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-17
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE; Card 6V01 ( continued")

Col.

46-51

53-54

56

Variable Definition

Ending odometer 

reading

Ending fuel gauge 

reading

Are all purchases 

reported?

58-59

61

63-66

No. of missing 

purchases

Was vehicle driven the 

usual number of miles?

Usual number of miles

Legal Codes

0-150000, 999995, 999998, 999999 

999995—Odometer not working

00-16 (sixteenths of tank) 

95—Fuel gauge not working

98—Unknown, or date differs from ending 

odometer reading

99—Not applicable

1—- Respondent reports that all purchases 

are included in record

2— Respondent reports one or more 

purchases are missing

3— Editor's judgment: One or more

purchases missing in period covered 

by record (receded from "2" during 

MPG review)

4—.Editor's judgment: Purchases appear 

complete for period covered by record 

(receded from "2" during MPG review)

9— Not applicable

01-10, 98, 99

1~ About the usual number of miles

2— More than usual

3— Less than usual

8— Unknown

9— Not applicable

0010-5000, 9998, 9999

Applicable only if code "2" or "3 1

col. 61

in

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-18
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE; Card 6V01 (continued)

Col.

68-69

Variable Definition

Reason, if vehicle not 

driven

71-72

74-75

77-78

79

No. of purchases 

recorded

Editor codes to 

restrict purchases 

used in MPG 

calculations

Editor codes to 

restrict purchases 

used in MPG 

calculations

Editor changes in card

Legal Codes

TMH^

Vehicle disposed of

11— Given away

12— Sold

13— Traded in for another vehicle

14— Destroyed in accident

15— Other

18— Disposed of vehicle, method unknown

Driver-related reason

21— Don't drive at this time of year

22— License lost or suspended

23— Driver away (vacation, business, 

service, etc.)

24— Driver ill

25— Other

28— Driver-related, reason unknown

31— Vehicle under repair or waiting for 

service

35— Other reasons

98—Unknown

99—Not applicable

0-31

Purchase number of first purchase to be 

used in MPG calculations (00 if beginning 

of month record should be used for 

odometer and gauge readings)

Purchase number of final purchase to be 

used in MPG calculations (95 if end of 

month odometer and gauge readings are to 

be used)

1— Beginning or ending odometer and/or 

gauge reading codes (may also 

include other changes)

2— All other changes (not including

odometer and/or gauge readings) 

Blank—No editor change

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-19
PURCHASE RECORD FILE; Card 6VQ1 (continued)

Col. Variable Definition Legal Codes

80 Summary code for type 1*— Vehicle not driven during month (or 

of information about during purchase record period) 

vehicle 2*— Vehicle driven during month;

information in record indicates no 

purchases were made

3*— Vehicle driven during month;

information in record indicates some 

purchases were made, but there is no 

significant information about 

purchases

4**_ Vehicle driven during month;

information available for one or 

more purchases

5*;— Unknown whether vehicle driven 

during month; some other type of 

information about vehicle has been 

coded as part of record

* There are no 7P cards for this vehicle.

** There are one or more 7P cards for this vehicle.

1985 UTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-20
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE: -3

Card 6V02 — VNAME Card 

(Vehicle information from HVI File, plus standard tank capacity')

Col. Variable Definition Legal Codes

01-04 Household ID no.

07-08 Vehicle no.

10-13 Card type and no.

15-16 Vehicle type code

18-19 Make numeric code

21-32 Make (alpha)

34-35 Vehicle Year

37-38 Model numeric code

40-51 Model (alpha)

53-64 Model (supplemental 

	alpha)

66-68 Standard tank capacity Tenths of gallon

01-12

6V02 (computer generated)

Range: 01-08, 21, 98

Range: 01-05, 08-12, 14-36, 39, 41-44, 5: 

53-59, 63-95, 98

Range: 35-86, 98

'H|r

Columns 15-64 are taken directly from Card 1V01 in the HVI File. 

Columns 66-68 are from the Standard Tank Capacity File.

File editing must not be done directly on the contents of this card. Any 

indicated changes should be made in Card 1V01 in the HVI File and/or in the 

Standard Tank Capacity File.

'HIP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-21
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE;

Card 6V03-— VSTAT Card 

•(•Vehicle data computed from purchase records)

Col.

01-04 

07-08 

10-13 

17-18

Variable Definition 

Household ID no. 

Vehicle no. 

Card type and no. 

Record month

Legal Codes

01-12

6V03

Same as Card 6V01, col. 17-18

20-23

20

21

22

23

Starting and ending 

odometer and fuel 

gauge reading flags, 

which indicate whether 

"good" values have 

been recorded in 

appropriate columns of 

Card 6V01.

Starting odometer 

(cols. 25-30 of 6V01)

Ending odometer 

(cols. 46-51 of 6V01)

Starting gauge 

(cols. 32-33 of 6V01)

Ending gauge

(cols. 53-54 of 6V01)

A-Z— Missing information

"—" indicates good value is present

Range of "good" values 

000000-999990

000000-999990

00-16

00-16

24 Tank capacity I— Standard figure used (from Card

6V02, col. 66-68) 

E— Respondent's estimate used (from

Card 6V01, col. 37-39) 

N— No tank capacity available

The respondent's estimate is compared with the standard capacity 

for the vehicle make, model, and year. If both figures are present 

and within a designated range, the standard figure is used for 

computations. If figures differ by more than 50 percent, or if the 

standard figure is not available, the respondent's estimate is used.

NOTE: All entries in Card 6V03 are computer generated.

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-22
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE;

Card 6V03 — VSTAT Card (continued)

(Vehicle data computed from purchase records)

Col.__ Variable Definition

25-32 Missing information in reported purchases — shows the frequency of 

selected types of missing information.

MPG cannot be computed if one or more of the following is missing:

• Odometer or gauge reading from preceding purchase. (If the first 

reported purchase, "preceding" is interpreted as the record for 

the beginning of the month.)

• Odometer, gauge, or gallons from current purchase.

Entries are the number of missing observations of the following 

types:

25-26 Odometer readings

27-28 Gauge readings

29-30 Gallons purchased

31-32 MPG cannot be computed

33-36 First and final purchases for which both odometer and gauge 

readings are present.

These figures are inserted into the record only under the following 

conditions:

• Figures have not been inserted by the editor in Card 6V01, col. 

74-75 and 77-78

• One or more of beginning and/or end of month odometer or gauge 

readings are missing.

Dashes are inserted into the record otherwise.

33-34 First purchase no. for which both odometer and gauge readings are 

present

35-36 Final purchase no. for which odometer and gauge readings are present

TM|r

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A--23
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE;

Card 6V03 — VSfAT Card (continued)

(Vehicle data computed from purchase records')

Col. Variable Definition

37-47 ^qaittiltsr; information for cost and type of fuel

'Average cost of fuel per gallon is computed whenever cost 

in'f dilation is available in the record for 5 or more gallons of 

For this computation, gallons and total cost of fuel are 

fqnly when both figures are present for specified purchases) 

istnd; javerage cost is computed as:

Total cost

Total gallons

codes for type of fuel are reported only when the same

in the purchase record for more than half of the 

gaiioiis purchased (Cards 7Pxx, col. 32-34). "More than half" is 

separately for each of the three types of fuel codes.

37-40 : Gallon? of fuel for which cost information is available (gallons 

fbtal price); rounded number of gallons

41-44 Average cost per gallon of fuel (tenths of cents) 

45-47 Codes for type of fuel

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-24
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE;

Card 6V03 — VSTAT Card (continued 1)

(Vehicle data computed from purchase records) TMfi^

Col. Variable Definition 

48 Overall mileage flag

Legal Codes

49 Overall MPG flag

56-59 Total miles driven 

in month

60-64 Total miles used for 

MPG computations

65-68 Total gallons used

for MPG computation, 

before gauge 

adjustment

69-73 Total gallons used 

for MPG computation, 

after gauge 

adjustment

74-77 Overall MPG, in tenths

• — Overall mileage obove 2,000 miles 

Blank — Overall mileage under 2,000 miles

• — Overall MPG of 40.0 or more 

Blank — Overall MPG under 40.00

Computed only when beginning and ending 

odometer readings are both present. 

Otherwise blank.

Determined in this priority sequence:

• Based on first and final purchases

recorded if entries have been made by 

editor in Card 6V01, col. 74-75 and 

77-78

• Based on first and final purchases

recorded in Card 6V03, if figures are 

present in columns 33-34 and 35-36

• Same as col. 56-59 if figure is present 

in those columns

Gallons used, in tenths

Gallons used, in tenths

Total miles (col. 60-64) 

Total gallons used (col. 69-73)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-25
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE:

Card 6V03 — VSTAT Card (continued 1)

(Vehicle data computed from purchase records)

Col. Variable Definition and Codes

80 Alphabetic status flag

Vehicle was driven 150 or more miles and:

A — All cumulative MPGs* are within 25 percent of the overall MPG

for this vehicle in this month 

B— All cumulative MPGs are within 50 percent of the overall MPG

for this vehicle 

C — All cumulative MPGs are within 25 percent of the overall MPG

for this month after an adjustment of 25 percent of the tank

capacity is made in the appropriate direction 

D— All cumulative MPGs are within 50 percent of the overall MPG

after an adjustment of 25 percent of the tank capacity is

made in the appropriate direction 

j*..— one or more cumulative MPGs are outside ±50 percent of the

overall MPG after an adjustment of 25 percent of tank

capacity is made in the appropriate direction

Q — Vehicle was driven less than 150 miles during purchase record 

period

R — Information in purchase record is incomplete; MPG cannot be 

computed because of missing odometer or gauge readings

2 •— Vehicle was not driven during month (or not driven during 

purchase record period)

Y — Vehicle was driven during month; information in the record 

indicates that no purchases were made

I — Vehicle was driven during month; information in the record 

indicates that some purchases were made, but there is no 

significant information about purchases

X — Unknown whether vehicle was driven during month; some other 

type of information about vehicle has been coded as part of 

record

*Cumulative MPSs refers to calculations for combinations of purchases, as 

necessary, to equal 150 or more miles traveled as the basis for the MPG.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A--26
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE: -3 

Card 7Pxx — Purchase information (one card per purchase)

IffpP^

Col.

01-04 

07-08 

10-13 

12-13 

17-18 

20-21 

22-23 

25-30 

32-34

36-39

41-44

46 

48-49

51

52

Variable Definition 

Household ID no. 

Vehicle no. 

Card type and no, 

Purchase no. 

Record month 

Month of purchase 

Day of purchase 

Odometer reading

Gallons purchased 

(tenths)

Total cost ($$^)

Price per gallon 

(tenths of cents)

Was tank filled?

Fuel gauge reading 

after purchase

Fuel type

Leaded/unleaded

Legal Codes

01-12 

7P01-7P12

01-12, 98, 99

1-31, 98

000000-150000, 999995, 999998

010-400, 998

0100-5000, 9998 

0750-1750, 9998

1—Yes

2—No

3—Don't know

Range: 00-16, 95, 98 

00— Empty or below empty 

16— Full or above full 

95— Fuel gauge is broken 

98— Unknown

1—Gasoline

2—Diesel

3—Gasohol 

8—Unknown

1—Leaded

2—Unleaded

3—Don't know

9—Not applicable

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-27
FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE: 

Card 7Pxx — Purchase '-'..'information ( continued)

Col. Vatiable De fini t i on Legal Codes

53 Regular/premium 1—^Regular

2—Premium

3—Don't know 

9__Not applicable

55 Editor changes in card 1-— Number of gallons purchased (may 

MPG review include other changes)

2-- Price and/or total cost (no change 

in number of gallons purchased, but 

may include other changes)

3— All other changes (not involving

numbers of gallons purchased, price 

per gallon, or total cost)

Blank— Wo editor change

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-28
WORK FILE 

The RTECS Work File consists of the following six cards:

• OH01 — from HVI Card OH01

• OH02 — from the RECS4 Household Questionnaire File (layout 

shown below)

• 1V01 — from HVI Card 1V01

• 1V02 — from HVI Card 1V02

• 6V01 — Card 6V01 as produced by the MPG program

• 6V03 — Card 6V03 as produced by the MPG program

For each household, there is one OH01 Card and one OH02 Card. For each 

vehicle (even if there is no FPR data for that vehicle), there is one of each 

of the other four cards.

VORK FILE; Card OH02

TMfTM

Col.

01-04 

07-08 

10-13 

15-20

21

22

23-24

25-26

27-28

29-30

31-32

33-34

35-36

Variable

Household ID

"00"

Card number -- "OH02"

RECS4 weight

1980 residence code

Census division

Month vehicle #1 acquired*

Year vehicle #1 acquired*

Month vehicle #2 acquired*

Year vehicle #2 acquired*

Month vehicle #3 acquired*

RECS4 number of vehicles

Number of drivers

RECS4 Source Column

1-4

1211-1216

1337

1342

359-360

361-362

382-383

384-385

420-421

348-349

345-346

*Blank for Mailed Questionnaires (Household ID greater than 7000)

I"TM

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-29
WORK FILE; Card OHQ.2. _f continued)

Col.

37-38 

39-40 

41-42 

43-44 

45-49 

50-54 

55-59 

60-64

65

66

67-68 

69-70 

71-72

Variable

Number of household members

1985 income

Education of householder

Age of householder

Miles last 12 months, vehicle #1*

Miles last 12 months, vehicle #2*

Miles last 12 months, vehicle #3*

Miles last 12 months, vehicle #4*

AIA zone

Household members' employment 

status

Year vehicle #3 acquired* 

Month vehicle #4 acquired* 

Year vehicle #4 acquired*

RECS4 Source Column

628-629

1060-1061

634-635

505-506

368-372

391-395

429-433

452-456

1344

Based on RECS4 Q. 96:

1 = someone employed full time

2 = someone employed part

time; no one employed full 

time

3 = no one employed

422-423 

443-444 

445-446

*Blank for Mailed Questionnaires (Household ID greater than 7000)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-30
Final Household-Level Imputation File 

(CN6212.PRO.AWN85.FINOH03.DATA)

Column Variable

01-04 HHID

07-08 "00"

10-13 "OH03"

15-16 VSJUL85

17-19 AVGVEHS

20-21 VSMAX

22-27 TOTMILES

28-33 TOTGALS

34-39 TOTCOST

40 RTECSYR

41 IMPSTOCK

42-47 WEIGHTJ

IrliP

IIP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-31
Final Vehicle-Level Imputation File 

CCH6212.PRO.ANR85.FIN1V03.DATA')

Column Variable

01-04 HHID

07-08 Vehicle number

10-13 "1V03"

15-16 VTYPE

17-18 MAKEC

19-20 VYEAR

21-22 MODELC

23-24 CYLS

25 AIR

26 TENS

27 DOORS

28 JOBUSE

29 DRIVES

30-31 RMPG

32 Filler

33 VEHUSE

34-35 MOACQ

36-37 MODIS

38-40 DAYS

41-43 MPG

44-48 MILES

49-53 GALS

54-58 COST

59-62 ACOST

1985 RTECS- Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-32
Final Vehicle-Level Imputation File (continued 1)

CCN6212.PRO

Column

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

. ANNS 5 . FIN1 VO 3 . DATA )

Variable

FTYPE

FLEAD

FGRADE

IMDAYS

IMMILE

IMMPG

IMGAL

IMFUEL

IMCYLS

IMAIR

IMTRAN

IMDOOR

IMJOBU

IMDRVS

'Hr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-33
RTECS ANNOALIZED FINAL FILE 

File Layout

This file laypet shows column positions for each variable in the RTEGS 

Annualized Filial Pile, along with the source for each variable. The source 

files for these variables were:

• REGS —r RECS4 Household Questionnaire File

• OH03 — Final Household-Level Imputation File

• 1V03 --Final Vehicle-Level Imputation File

• OHOl — Card OH01 of the Work File

For a morecomplete explanation of each variable, see the TPL Codebook 

following this file layout.

Variable Source File and Column Numbers

IDDOE REGS 1357-1360

REGIONC REGS 1341

DIVISION REGS 1342

AREA1980 REGS 1338

HBRIVERS REGS 345-346

INCOME85 REGS 1060-1061

HHASE REGS 505-506

HEADED REGS 2069-2070

ORIGIN REGS 632

SBESCEHT REGS 633

NHSLDMEM KEGS 628-629

FUELHEAT REGS 31-32

BTUSINK REGS Sum for all fuels

HFUELTQT REGS Sum for all fuels

HDD65 REGS 1419-1423

CDD65 REGS 1376-1380

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-34
RTECS ANNUALI2ED FINAL FILE

Column

46

47-51

52-53

54-56

57-58

59-64

65-70

71-76

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85-90

91

92

93-98

99

100

101-102

103-164

Variable

AIAZONE

HEATED

VSJUL85

AVGVEHS

VSMAX

TOTMILES

TOTGALS

TOTCOST

BODOMCT

BODOMRC

FUELPCT

FUELPRC

MIDYRCT

MIDYRRC

EODOMCT

EODOMRC

DATELAST

RTECSYR

IMPSTOCK

WEIGHT J

POOR100

POOR125

V# VEH1

VARS VEH1

File Layout ( continued)

Source File and Column Numbers

REGS 1344

RECS 971-975

OH03 15-16

OH03 17-19

OH03 20-21

OH03 22-27

OH03 28-33

OH03 34-39

OH01 52

OH01 53

OH01 55

OH01 56

OH01 58

OH01 59

OH01 61

OH01 62

OH01 64-69

OH03 40

OH03 41

OH03 42-47

RECS 2073

RECS 2074

1V03 7-8

1V03 15-76

'"IP'

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-35
Column Variable _ __

165-170 Filler

171-172 V# VEH2 1V03 7-8

173-234 VARS VEH2 1V03 15-76

235-240 Filler

241-242 V# VEH3 1V03 7-8

243-304 VARS VEH3 1V03 15-76

305-310 Filler

311-312 V# VEH4 1V03 7-8

313-374 VARS VEH4 1V03 15-76

375-380 Filler

381-382 V# VEH5 1V03 7-8

383-444 VARS VEH5 1V03 15-76

445-450 Filler

451-452 V# VEH6 1V03 7-8

453-514 VARS VEH6 1V03 15-76

515-520 Filler

521-522 V# VEH7 1V03 7-8

523-584 VARS VEH7 1V03 15-76

585-590 Filler

591-592 V# VEB8 1V03 7-8

593-654 VARS VEH8 1V03 15-76

655-660 Filler

661-662 V# VEH9 1V03 7-8

663-724 VARS VEH9 1V03 15-76

RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE 

File Layout (continued')

Source File and Column Numbers

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-36
	RTECS ACTUALIZED FINAL FILE 

	File Layout (continued*)

Column Variable Source File and Column Numbers

725-730 Filler

731-732 V# VEH10 1V03 7-8

733-794 VARS VEH10 1V03 15-76

795-800 Filler

801-802 V# VEH11 1V03 7-8

803-864 VARS VEH11 1V03 15-76

865-870 Filler

871-872 V# VEH12 1V03 7-8

873-934 VARS VEH12 1V03 15-76

935-936 Filler

937 AREA1970 REGS 1336

938-940 DOEPSU RECS 1347-1349

941-944 RACID OH03 01-04

TM||r

TMJP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-37
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS AHNUALIZED FIHAL FILE

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6. . 7. '

8r ' '

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14,

15.

16.

17.

IB.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23

24.

25.

26.

27.

S8. -

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

48. 49."

50.

51.

52.

53.

54.

55.

56.

57.

SB.

59.

60.

//JHSUTPL JOB (6212, RTECS. .20, ., 1). 'RTECS ',TJME«(, 21

//RTECSCB EXEC CBKS1NCL.

// CBSP-65,

// CBN- 'RTECSCB',

// CBSTATE-NEW,

// CBPREFX«'CN6212. BSD'

//CB. CODEBOOK DD «

NEW RTECSCB CODEBOOK

LRECL-944 BLKSI2E-7552 RECFH-FB

01 TRANPORTATION STUDY_FIL£ RECORD LEVEL 0

eC CODEBOOK NAME: CN6212. PRO. RTECS. RAC. RECS4.

€C TPL. CODEBOOK ec

ec THE FILE. PRJ. DOEJUL86. RECS4. TRANS. IS A

eC RECTANGULAR FILE WITH EACH HOUSEHOLD IN THE

eC STUDY HAVING A RECORD LENGTH OF 940.

ec

ec COLUMNS 1-51 AND 93-100 ARE DERIVED OR

eC TRANSFERRED FROM THE RECS-84 PERSONAL

eC INTERVIEW DATA FILE AND ARE DESCRIPTIVE OF

eC THE HOUSEHOLD.

ec

eC COLUMNS 52-92 HAVE SUMMARY DATA ABOUT THE

eC VEHICLES OF A GIVEN HOUSEHOLD. ec

eC DATA FOR A MAXIMUM OF TWELVE VEHICLES

eC OF A GIVEN HQUSESHOLD START IN COLUMN 101. ec

ec EACH VEHICLE HAS 70 COLUMNS ALLOCATED.

eC FIELDS ARE 9-FILLED WHEN NOT APPLICABLE.

ec E. C. . FOR HOUSEHOLDS KITH ONE VEHICLE,

eC THE FIELDS FOR THE REMAINING ELEVEN VEHICLES

eC ARE 9-FILLED. ---- ec ........

eC OUTLINE OF FILE ec

eC HOUSEHOLD CHARACTERISTICS COLS 1 - 51

eC SUMMARY OF DATA ON VEHICLES

eC IN HOUSEHOLD COLS 52-92

„ ec JULY WEIGHT, WEIGHT J: COLS 93-98

eC HOUSEHOLD POVERTY LEVEL COLS 99-100

eC VEHICLE 01: COLS 1O1-170

ec O2: 171-240

eC 03: 241-310

eC 04: 311-380

tC O5: 381-45O

tC 06: 451-520

«C 07: 521-590

€C 06: 591-660

eC 09: 661-730

eC 10: 731-800

ec 11: BO1-B70

eC 12: 871-940 :. , ec •

eC FOR VEHICLES: LAST 6 COLUMNS ARE BLANK IN

eC EACH SET OF 70 CHARACTERS.

' :- ec :

ec

ec SOURCES AND/OR ADJUSTMENTS TO DATA:

ec

>

e

e

e

e

e

e

e

g

e

e

e

e

e

e

e

t

e

e

g

g

£

€

g

g

e

g

£

g

g

e

g

g

g

e

e

g

g

g

g

g

g

g

e

e

e

g

g

«

g

«

RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-38
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANMJALIZED FINAL FILE (continued^

61. eC SOURCES AND/OR ADJUSTMENTS TO DATA ARE C

62. €C INDICATED IN SOURCE/IMPUTATION FLAGS FOUND «

63. «C FOR EACH VEHICLE IN THE LAST 11 FIELDS «

64. eC OF DATA. OF PARTICULAR IMPORT ARE THE FLACS e

63. «C IMMILE01-IMMILE12 AND IMMPG01-IMMPC12, €

66. ec DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: «

67. eC fi

66. ec ** IMMILE01 - IMMILE12 «

69. eC 1: TOTAL MILES IS AN ADJUSTED AMOUNT, BASED C

70. eC UPON AT LEAST A 46 DAY SPAN OF COOD DATA. €

71. eC 2: TOTAL MILES IS AN ADJUSTED AMOUNT. «

72. eC WHERE DATA SPANS 22 TO 45 DAYS. €

73. eC 3: TOTAL MILES IMPUTED; NO TSTUDY DATA BUT €

74. ec RECS3 ESTIMATE OF 12-MONTH MILES IS €

75. eC AVAILABLE. «

76. SC 4: TOTAL MILES IMPUTED; VEHICLE NOT «

77. eC DRIVEN DURING PURCHASE RECORD MONTH. £

76. fiC 5: TOTAL MILES IMPUTED; CASES NOT COVERED £

79. eC BY SITUATIONS (1-4) ABOVE, INCLUDING e

80. ec VEHICLES ACQUIRED BY IMPUTATION. e

ei. ec «

62. eC ** IMMPG01-IMMPC12 C

63. eC 0: MPC WAS NOT IMPUTED (AND WAS THUS e

64. ec AVAILABLE FROM PURCHASE RECORD FILE. > %

85. eC THE-FIGURE FOR MPC FROM PURCHASE e

86. eC RECORD MONTH WAS ADJUSTED TO OBTAIN e

67. €C AN OVERALL ESTIMATE FOR 365 DAYS. €

88. ec 1: MPG WAS IMPUTED. THIS APPLIES TO ALL €

89. eC VEHICLES WITH INCOMPLETE OR UNACCEPTABLE

90. eC DATA. 91. ec 92. ec

93. eC THE DOEID NUMBERS RANGE FROM 1001-6688. THE

94. eC 4020 HOUSEHOLDS IN THE 1985 TRANSPORTATION

95. eC STUDY SAMPLE INCLUDE 39 LOCATED IN ALASKA AND €

96. eC HAWAII. FOR MAIL OUESTIONNARE HOUSEHOLDS. €

97. eC THE ORIGINAL DATA APPEAR, WITH'THE EXCEPTION €

98. eC OF COLS 8-21. 47-r51, AND 99-100 (WHICH «

99. eC REPRESENT DATA FROM THEIR SURROGATE. ) e

i oo. ec «

101. eC CHANGES MADE IN THIS CODEBOOK: JF 8/4/86 €

102. ec e

103. 02 IDDOE 'DOE ID NUMBER 1001' DBS 4

104. e O001 - 0004: e

105. 02 RECIONC 'CENSUS REGION O005' CON S

106. e 0005 - 0005: t

107. 'NORTHEAST' - 1

1O6. 'NORTHCENTRAL' = 2

109. 'SOUTH' « 3

110. 'WEST' « 4

111. )

112. 02 DIVISION 'CENSUS DIVISION 0006' CON 1

113. e 0006 - 0006: «

114. 'NEW ENGLAND' - 1

115. 'MIDDLE ATLANTIC' - 2

116. 'EAST NORTH CENTRAL' = 3

117. 'WEST NORTH CENTRAL' « 4

118. 'SOUTH ATLANTIC' - 5

119. 'EAST SOUTH CENTRAL' «= 6

120. 'WEST SOUTH CENTRAL' «= 7

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-39
COBEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANKUALJZED FINAL FILE (continued)

121. 'MOUNTAIN' - 8

122. 'PACIFIC' » 9

123. >

124. 02 AREA1980 'I960 RESIDENCE SUMMARY CODES 0007' CON 1

125 t 0007 - O007: ft

126 «C IN CITY * INSIDE CENTRAL CITY *

127. tC OUT CITY - OUTSIDE CENTRAL CITY €

128. 'METRO IN CITY' * 1

129. 'METRO OUT CITY' <* 2

130. 'NONMETRO' - *

131. ) 132. 02 NDRIVERS 'NUMBER OF DRIVERS IN HOUSEHOLD 0008' CON 2

133. t OOO8 - O009: 6

134. 'NONE' * OO

135 'ONE' ' - 01

136. 'TWO' * 02

137. 'THREE' * 03

136. 'FOUR' * O4

139. 'FIVE' - 05

140. 'SIX' - O6

141. 'SEVEN' - 07

14S. 'EIGHT' « OB

143. 'NINE' = 09

144. 'TEN' =10

145. 'NO ANSWER' = 98

146 )

147. 02 INCOME85 'TOTAL COMBINED FAMILY INCOME 1985 0010' CON 2

148. * O010 - OO11: €

149. tC IMPUTED OR ORIGINAL DATA FOR 1985 INCOME. «

150. 'LESS THAN t 5,000' - 01

151. '* 5,000 - * 7.499' * O2

152.. '* 7,500 - * 9,999' * 03

153. '*10, OOO - *12, 499' - O4

154. '*12. 500 - «J4,999' " O5

155. '*15,000 - *17. 499' » O6

156. '417,500 - «19,999' « 07

157. '*20,000 - *24,999' * 08

158. '*25. OOO - «34,999' « 09

159. '*35,000 OR MORE' - 1O

160. )

161. 02 HHACE 'ACE OF HOUSEHOLDER 0012' OBS 2

162. t 0012 - 0013: t

163. tC 95 - 95 OR OLDER «

164. 02 HEADED 'ATTAINED EDUCATION OF HOUSEHOLDER 0014' CON 2

165. C O014 - O015: «

166. 1C TAKEN FROM Q 106. 107 OF RECS 84 SURVEY «

167. 'NO SCHOOLING' - OO

166. 'FIRST GRADE' - 01

169. 'SECOND GRADE' « 02

170. 'THIRD GRADE' « 03

171. 'FOURTH GRADE' * O4

172. 'FIFTH GRADE' -05

173. 'SIXTH GRADE' » O6

174. 'SEVENTH GRADE' " O7

175. 'EIGHTH GRADE' » OB

176. 'NINTH GRADE' = O9

177. 'TENTH GRADE' « 10

178. 'ELEVENTH GRADE' - 11

179. 'TWELFTH GRADE' = 12

ISO. '1 YEAR COLLEGE' - 13

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-40
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS AWNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued")

181. '2 YEARS COLLEGE' « 14

162. '3 YEARS COLLEGE' - 15

183. '4 YEARS COLLEGE' « 16

1B4. '3 OR MORE YEARS' - 17

IBS. )

186. 02 ORIGIN 'RACE OF HOUSEHOLDER 0016" CON J

187. « 0016 - 0016: «

168. 'WHITE' - 1

189. 'BLACK OR NEGRO' - 2

190. 'AM INDIAN, AK NATIVE' - 3

191. 'ASIAN, PACIFIC ISLD' «= 4

192. 'OTHER' - 5

193. )

194. 02 SDESCENT 'HOUSEHOLDER OF SPANISH ORIGIN O017' CON 1

195. 6 O017 - 0017: «

196. 'YES' « 1

197. 'NO' * O

198. )

199. 02 NHSLDMEM 'NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS 0018' CON 2

200. 8 001B - 0019: «

201. 'ONE MEMBER' « 01

202. 'TWO' - 02

203. 'THREE' «= 03

204. 'FOUR' = 04

205. 'FIVE' = 05

206. 'SIX' = 06

207. 'SEVEN' = 07

208. 'EIGHT' «= 08

209. 'NINE' » 09

210. 'TEN' * 10

211. 'ELEVEN' » 11

212. 'TWELVE OR MORE' « 12

213. )

214. 02 FUELHEAT 'MAIN HOME HEATING FUEL 0020' CON 2

215. « 0020 - 0021: 6

216. 'PIPED GAS' 01

217. 'LPC' 02

218. 'FUEL OIL' 03

219. 'KEROSENE OR COAL OIL' 04

220. 'ELECTRICITY' 05

221. 'COAL OR COKE' 06

222. 'WOOD' 07

223. 'SOLAR COLLECTORS' 08

224. 'OTHER' 21

225. 'NO FUEL USED' OO

226. }

227. O2 BTUSINK 'ANNUAL ENERGY, IN THOU OF BTUS, USED 0022' OBS> B

228. e 0022 - 0029: 99999999* .

229. «C ELECTRIC: CONVERTED AT 3412 BTUS PER C

230. 6C KILOWATT HOUR «

231. «C UTILITY GAS: CONVERTED AT 100,000 BTUS «

232. «C PER THERM ft

233. «C FOR CONVERTING GALLONS OF FUEL OIL INTO «

234. «C BTUS, THE FOLLOWING CONVERSION FACTORS WERE «

235. €C MULTIPLIED TIMES GALLONS: «

236. «C 136,690 FOR FUEL OIL NO. 2 €

237. €C 135,000 FOR FUEL OIL NO. 1 «

238. «C LPC: CONVERTED AT 100,000 BTUS PER «

239. «C THERM €

240. «C KEROSENE: CONVERTED AT 135,000 BTUS «

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-41

'"IHr
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued)

241.

242.

243.

244.

245.

246.

247.

248.

249.

250.

251.

252.

253.

254.

255.

256.

257.

258.

259.

260.

261.

262.

263.

264.

265.

266.

267.

268.

269.

270.

271.

272.

273.

274.

275.

276.

277.

278.

279.

280.

281.

282.

283.

284.

285.

286.

287.

288.

289.

290.

291.

292.

293.

294.

295.

296.

297.

298.

299.

300.

*C PER GALLON •

tC 9999999 - NOT APPLICABLE « 

02 HFUELTOT 'ESTIMATED COST OF ENERGY

t 0030 - 0035: 999999€

«C ESTIMATED COST OF ENERGY IN DOLLARS «

«C 999999 - NOT APPLICABLE * 

02 HDD65 'HEATING DD TO BASE 65 4-84 TO 3-65 O036

t 0036 - 0040: * 

02 C0D65 'COOLING DD TO BASE 65 4-84 TO 3-85 O041

C O041 - 0045: € 

02 AIAZONE 'AIA WEATHER ZONE 0046'

t OO46 - 0046: «

CC CDD - COOLING DEGREE DAYS « 

HDD - HEATING DEGREE DAYS t

IN DOLLARS 0030' DBS 6

DBS 5

DBS S

CON 1

MORE THAN 7000 HDD 

55OO-7000 HDD « 

4000-5499 HDD « 

200O-3999 HDD « 

LESS THAN 2OOO HDD 

LESS THAN 2OOO HDD 

2000-3999 HDD t

ec

tC ZONE 1 « LESS THAN 2000 CDD,

«C ZONE S « LESS THAN 2000 COD;

tC ZONE 3 - LESS THAN 2000 CDD;

*C ZONE 4 - LESS THAN 2OOO CDD;

«C ZONE 5 « LESS THAN 2000 CDD;

«C ZONE 6 " MORE THAN 2OOO CDD;

«C ZONE 7 - MORE THAN 2000 CDD;

'ZONE 1 ' - 1

'ZONE 2' « 2

'ZONE 3' « 3

'ZONE 4' =4

'ZONE 5' - 5

'ZONE 6' * 6

'ZONE 7' * 7

O2 HEATED 'TOTAL SQ FT HEATED AREA O047 '

€ O047 - 0051. «

«C INFORMATION TAKEN FROM RECS 82 AS «

eC APPROPRIATE. « 

02 VSUUL85 'NUMBER OF VEHICLES AT JULY 1,' 1985 0052

« O052 - 0053: «

'NO VEHICLES'

'ONE VEHICLE' 'TWO'

'THREE'

'FOUR'

'FIVE'

'SIX'

'SEVEN'

'EIGHT'

'NINE '

DBS 5

CON 2

'TEN'

'ELEVEN'

'TWELVE'

OO

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12.

O2 AVCVEHS 'AVERAGE NUMBER OF VEHICLES

t 0054 - O056: *

1C SUM OF DAYS FOR ALL VEHICLES DIVIDED BY

*C IMPLIED DECIMAL POINT AFTER FIRST DJCIT 

02 VSMAX 'NUMBER OF DIFFERENT VEHICLES DURING

« 0057 - 0058: «

'NO VEHICLES' . - 00

'ONE VEHICLE' - 01

'TWO' * 02

'THREE' » 03

'FOUR' « O4

IN 1965 0054

365;

YR

«

t

O057 '

OBS 3

CON 2

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-42
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued 1) '

301. 'FIVE' - 05

302. 'SIX' * 06

303. 'SEVEN' - 07

304. 'EIGHT' « O8

305. 'NINE' * 09

306. 'TEN' = 10

307. 'ELEVEN' - 11

308. 'TWELVE' * 12

309. J

310. 02 TOTMILES 'TOTAL VEHICLE MILES 0059' DBS 6

311. € 0059 - 0064: 999999*

312. 02 TOTCALS 'TOTAL GALLONS OF FUEL OO65' DBS 6

313. « 0065 - 0070: 999999*

314. 02 TOTCOST 'TOTAL COST OF FUELS IN DOLLARS 0071' OBS 6

315. 6 0071 - 0076: 999999*

316. 02 BODOMCT 'BEGINNING ODOMETER CONTACT CODE 0077' CON 1

317. « 0077 - 0077: 98

3IB. 'TELEPHONE CONTACT' = 1

319. 'MAIL CONTACT' = 2

320. 'CONTACT NOT ATTEMPTED'= 0

321. 'NOT APPLICABLE' * 9

322. >

323. 02 BODOMRC 'BEGINNING ODOMETER RESULT CODE O078' CON .1

324. « 0078 - 0078. 9*

325. 'SOME DATA COLLECTED' «= 1

326. 'NO DATA, NOT REFUSAL' = 5

327. 'REFUSED' = 6

328. 'TERMINATED EARLIER' - 0

329. 'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

330. )

331. 02 FUELPCT 'FUEL PURCHASE CONTACT CODE 0079" CON 1

332. * 0079 - 0079: 9*

333. 'TELEPHONE CONTACT' «= 1

334. 'PERSONAL COMPLETED' •= 2

335. 'PERSONAL ATTEMPTED' = 3

336. 'CONTACT NOT ATTEMPTED'= 0

337. 'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

338. )

339. O2 FUELPRC 'FUEL PURCHASE RESULT CODE 0080' CON 1

340. * 0080 - 0080: 9«

341. 'SOME PURCHASE DATA' * 1

342. 'OTHER DATA COLLECTED' - 2

343. 'NO DATA, NOT REFUSAL' « 5

344. 'REFUSED' - 6

345. 'TERMINATED EARLIER' - 0

346. 'NOT APPLICABLE' » 9

347. )

348. 02 MIDYRCT 'MIDYEAR CONTACT TYPE 0081' CON 1

349. * OO81 - OO81: «

350. 'TELEPHONE CONTACT' - 1

351. 'MAIL CONTACT' « 2

.352. 'CONTACT NOT ATTEMPTED'* 0

353. )

354. 02 MIDYRRC 'MIDYEAR RESULT CODE 0082' CON 1

355. « 0082 - 0082: *

356. 'VEHICLE INFO ONLY' - 1

357. 'ADDRESS INFO ONLY' » 2

358. 'VEHICLE AND ADDRESS' «= 3

359. 'NO CHANCE' = 4

360. 'NO CONTACT' • 5

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-43

TMIF

'IP
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS AHNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued')

361. 'REFUSED' « 6

362. 'TERMINATED EARLIER' - O

363. )

364. O2 EODOMCT 'ENDING ODOMETER CONTACT TYPE 0083' CON 1

365. t 0083 - OO83: 9t

366. 'TELEPHONE CONTACT' » 1

367. 'MAIL CONTACT' , • 2

368. 'CONTACT NOT ATTEMPTED'- 0

369. 'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

370. )

371. 02 EODOMRC 'ENDING ODOMETER RESULT CODE 0084' CON I

372. e O084 ~ 0084: 96

373. 'SOME DATA COLLECTED' - 1

374. 'NO DATA. NOT REFUSAL' - 5

375. 'REFUSED' = 6

376. 'TERMINATED EARLIER' « 0

377. 'NOT APPLICABLE' « 9

378. )

379. 02 DATELAST 'DATE OF FINAL CONTACT O085' DBS 6

380. € 0085 - 0090: 999999*

381. €C DATE OF LAST UPDATE OF HOUSEHOLD t

3S2. «C VEHICLE STOCK. t

383. O2 RTECSYR 'SPECIFIC CALENDAR PERIOD O091' CON 1

384. e 0091 - 0091: €

385. «C CODES SPECIFIY BEGINNING AND ENDING OF 365 DAY 6

386. eC PERIOD WHICH COINCIDE WITH SCHEDULED ODOMETER €

387. eC READING DATES. e

388. 'DECEMBER 31 ' - 1

389. 'JANUARY 5' * 2

390. 'JANUARY 10' = 3

391. 'JANUARY 15' =4

392. )

393. 02 IMPSTOK 'VEHICLE STOCK LMPUTED 0092' CON 1

394. e O092 - 0092: C

395. eC CROUPS Al,A2,8,C1.C2 INCLUDE HOUSEHOLDS THAT DID

396. ec NOT PARTICIPATE IN STUDY FOR FULL YEAR AND

397. eC THEREFORE COULD HAVE HAD VEHICLE ACQUISITION

398. eC AND/OR DISPOSITION IMPUTED. HOUSEHOLDS IN

399. «C CROUP D. DONOR HOUSEHOLDS. DID Pj^TICIPATE FOR A

400. «C FULL YEAR AND DID NOT HAVE VEHICLE STOCK IMPUTED.

401. 'CROUP Al' « 1

402. 'CROUP A2' «= 2

403. 'CROUP B' « 3

404. 'CROUP Cl' « 4

405. 'CROUP C2' « 5

406. 'CROUP D' « 6

407. )

408. 02 WEICHTJ 'JULY 1985 WEIGHT O093' DBS 6

409. e 0093 - 0098: t

410. 02 POOR 100 'BELOW 100 PERCENT OF POVERTY 0099' CON I

411. e 0099 - 0099: «

412. CC POVERTY DEFINED AS 100 PERCENT OF POVERTY LINE. «

413- eC POVERTY LINE VARIES WITH FAMILY SIZE (1-9), ACE AND €

414. ec 1984 FAMILY INCOME. FOR FAMILY SIZE OF : e

415. eC 1 - AGE 65 AND OVER. LESS THAN * 5,OOO e

416. «C 1 - AGE 64 AND UNDER, LESS THAN « 5,000 ft

417. ftC 2 - ACE 65 AND OVER, LESS THAN * 6,000 t

418. ec 2 - AGE 64 AND UNDER, LESS THAN * 7.50O e

419. eC 3 - LESS THAN « 9,OOO e

420. eC 4 - LESS THAN «11,000 %

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-44
TFL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued)

421.

422.

423.

424.

425.

426.

427.

428.

429.

430.

431.

432.

433.

434.

435.

437.

438.

439.

440.

441.

442.

443.

444.

445.

446.

447.

448.

449.

450.

451.

452.

453.

454.

455.

456.

457.

458.

459.

460.

461.

462.

463.

464.

465.

466.

467.

468.

469.

470.

471.

472.

473.

474.

475.

476.

477.

478.

479.

480.

«C 5 - LESS THAN *12.500 «

«C 6 - L-ESS THAN »14,000 «

«C 7 - LESS THAN *15.000 «

«C 8 - LESS THAN »17,500 8

ec 9 OR MORE - LESS THAN «20, OOO e

'POOR 100V.' - 1

'NONPOOR' * 0

) 

02 POOR125 'BELOW 125 PERCENT OF POVERTY 0100' CON 1 e 0100 - oioo: e

ec POVERTY DEFINED AS 125 PERCENT OF POVERTY LINE. « 

POVERTY LINE VARIES WITH FAMILY SIZE (1-9). ACE € 

AND 1984 FAMILY INCOME. FOR FAMILY SIZE OF : €

ecec «c ec «c ec ec ec ec ec ec ec 

ec

1 - ACE 65 AND OVER,

1 - ACE 64 AND UNDER

2 - ACE 65 AND OVER,

2 - ACE 64 AND UNDER.

3 - LESS THAN «10,000

4 - LESS THAN «14,OOO e

5 - LESS THAN *15,000 «

6 - LESS THAN *17.500 «

7 ~ LESS THAN *20,000 «

8 - LESS THAN *22, 500 C

9 OR MORE - LESS THAN *27, 5OO 

'POOR 1257.' - 1 

'NONPOOR' = 0

LESS THAN * 6, 000 6 

LESS THAN « 7,500

LESS THAN * 7,500 e 

LESS THAN * 9, 000

e

02 VEHNUM01 'VEHICLE ID NUMBER, 

€ 0101 - 0102: 996

- 01

* 02 

= O3 

» 04

•t 05 

> 06 

« 07 

. 08

m O9

V01, 0101' CON 2

'ONE'

'TWO'

'THREE'

'FOUR'

'FIVE'

'SIX'

'SEVEN'

'EIGHT'

'NINE'

'TEN' - 10

'ELEVEN' - 11

'TWELVE' « 12

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL V •= 21

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL V • 22

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL V « 23

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL V' « 24

'NOT APPLICABLE' - 99

02 TYPE01 'VEHICLE TYPE, V01, 0103

e 0103 - 0104: 996

'STATION UACON' « 01

'AUTOMOBILE' - 02 

'JEEP-LIKE VEHICLE' - 03

'PASSENGER VAN' = 04

'CARGO VAN' = 05

'PICKUP TRUCK' « 06

'OTHER TRUCK ' = 07

'MOTOR HOME', « 08

'OTHER' « 21

'NO ANSWER ' * 98 

'NOT APPLICABLE' * 99

'i|r

CON 2

TM||F

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-45
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS AKftUALIZEg FINAL FILE (continued")

481.

482.

483.

484.

485.

486.

487.

488.

489.

490.

491.

492.

493.

494.

495.

496.

497.

498.

499.

500.

501.

502.

503.

504.

505.

506.

507.

508.

509.

510.

511.

512.

513.

514.

515.

516.

517.

518.

519.

520.

521.

522.

523.

524.

525.

526.

527.

528.

529.

530.

531.

532.

533.

534.

535.

536.

537.

538.

539.

540.

02 VMAKE01 'VEHICLE MAKE CODE, V01, 0105' 

€ 0105 - 0106: 99€

«C MAKECODE REFERS TO THE SPECIFIC VEHICLE C 

tC MAKE CODES WHICH ACCOMPANY THIS CODEBOOK t 

«C 95 » OTHER « 

eC 98 - NO ANSWER *

«C 99 - MOTOR HOME IF COLUMN 0103 - 0104 - 08 € 

O2 YEAR01 'VEHICLE MODEL YEAR, V01, 0107' 

« 0107 - 0108: 99« 

€C 98 = NO ANSWER 9 

€C 99 * NOT APPLICABLE t

02 MODEL01 'VEHICLE MODEL CODE. V01, 0109' 

€ 01O9 - O110: 99«

tC MODEL01 REFERS TO THE VEHICLE MODEL « 

CC NAME CODES WHICH ACCOMPANY THIS CODEBOOK S 

OTHER 8 

NO ANSWER «

MOTOR HOME IF COLUMN 0103 - 0104 = 08 € 

NUMBER OF CYLINDERS, V01. GUI' 

99€

DBS 2

DBS 2

OBS 3

*C 95 

€C 98 ec 99

02 CYLS01

€ 0111 - 0112: 

'1-CYLINDER'

'2-CYLINDER'

'3-CYLINDER'

'4-CYLINDER'

'5-CYLINDER'

'6-CYLINDER'

'8-CYLINDER'

'ROTARY'

'OTHER'

'NO ANSWER'

'NOT APPLICABLE

CON 2

01

02

03

04

05

06

08

09

21

98

99

02 AIR01 'PRESENCE OF AIR CONDITIONING, 

€ 0113 - 0113: 9t 

'YES' - 1 

'NO' •= 0 

'NO ANSWER' = 8 

'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

02 TRNS01 'TYPE OF TRANSMISSION, V01, 0114

« 0114 - 0114: 9€

'AUTOMATIC' « 1

'MANUAL' - 2

'NO ANSWER' •= 8

'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

) 

02 DOORS01 'NUMBER OF DOORS, V01, 0115'

« Oil5 - Oil5: 9t

'2-DOOR' - - 2

'3-DOOR' .* 3

'4-DOOR' - 4

'5-DQOR' » 5

'NO ANSWER' « B

'NOT APPLICABLE' " 9

V01, 0113' CON 1

CON 1

CON 1

02 JOBUSE01 'VEHICLE USED ON THE JOB,

t 0116 - 0116: 96

'YES' = 1

'NO' * 0

VOl. 0116' CON 1

1985 RTECS .Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-46
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued)

541. 'NO ANSWER' « 8

542. 'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

543. >

544. 02 DRIVES01 'NUMBER OF REGULAR DRIVERS, V01, 0117' CON

545. € 0117 - 0117: 9«

546. 'NONE'

547. 'ONE'

54B. 'TWO'

549. 'THREE'

550. 'FOUR'

551. 'FIVE'

552. 'SIX'

553. 'SEVEN'

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

554. 'NO ANSWER' 8

555. 'NOT APPLICABLE' 9

556. )

557. 02 RMPC01 'MPC PROVIDED BY RESPONDENT, V01. 0118' DBS .?.

558. 6 0118 - 0119: 99€

559. eC IF BOTH IN-TOWN AND HIGHWAY MPC GIVEN €

560. 6C ONLY IN-TOWN MPG RECORDED «

561. €C 96 = NO ANSWER €

562. «C 99 - NOT APPLICABLE « 

'563. 02 FILLER j.

564. 6 0120 - 0120: €

565. 02 VEHUSE01 'TIME PERIOD HSHLD HAD USE OF V01, 0121' CON J.

566. € 0121 - 0121: 9€

567. 'FULL YEAR' = 1

568. 'BEGINING OF YEAR ONLY'« 2

569. 'END OF YEAR ONLY' - 3

570. 'MIDDLE OF YEAR ONLY' « 4

571. 'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

572. )

573. 02 MDACQ01 'MONTH ACQUIRED, V01, 0122' CON 2

574. « O122 - 0123: 998

575. 'JANUARY' •= 01

576. 'FEBRUARY' « 02

577. 'MARCH' - 03

578. 'APRIL' - 04

579. 'MAY' - 05

580. 'JUNE' - 06

581. 'JULY' •= 07

582. 'AUGUST' - 08

583. 'SEPTEMBER' « 09

584. 'OCTOBER' « 10

585. 'NOVEMBER' « 11

5S6. 'DECEMBER' * 12

587. 'HAD V01 AT START 1985'* 95

588. 'NOT APPLICABLE' « 99

589. )

590. 02 MODIS01 'MONTH DISPOSED, V01, 0124' CON \Z

591. € 0124 - 0125: 99<»

592. 'JANUARY' « 01

593. 'FEBRUARY' = 02

594. 'MARCH' • 03

595. 'APRIL' » O4

596. 'MAY' = 05

597. 'JUNE' - 06

598. 'JULY' « 07

599. 'AUGUST' •= 06

600. 'SEPTEMBER' * 09

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-47
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued*)

601.

602.

603.

604.

605.

606.

607. 

60S.

609.

610.

611.

612.

613.

614.

615.

616.

617.

618.

619.

620.

621.

622.

623.

624.

625.

626.

627.

628.

629.

630.

631.

632. 

633;

634.

635.

636.

637.

638.

639.

646.

641.

642.

643.

644.

645.

646.

647.

646.

649.

650.

651.

652.

653.

654.

655.

656.

657.

658.

659.

660.

'OCTOBER' - 10

'NOVEMBER' * 11

'DECEMBER' = 12

'HAD VOl AT END 1985' « 95

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 99

02 DAYS01 'NUMBER OF DAYS HSHLD HAD VOl, 0126

* 0126 - 0128: 999«

6C 998 * NO ANSWER €

eC 999 - NOT APPLICABLE € 

02 MPG01 'MPC IN TENTHS OF MILES, VOt. 0129'

t 0129 - 0131: 999€

tC 998 * NO ANSWER t

€C 999 « NOT APPLICABLE « 

02 MILES01 'TOTAL MILES IN 1985 FOR VOl. 0132'

« 0132 - 0136: 999996; 

02 CALS01 'TOTAL GALLONS IN 1965 FOR VOl, O137'

6 0137 - 0141: 99999® 

02 COST01 'TOTAL COST OF FUEL IN 1965 FOR VOl, 0142

* 0142 - 0146: 99999« 

«C COST IN DOLLARS « 

02 ACOST01 'AVERAGE COST PER GALLON, VOl, 0147'

* 0147 - 0150: 99996

«C IN TENTHS OF CENTS € 

02 FTYPE01 'FUEL TYPE, VOl, 0151'

« 0151 - 0151: 9€

'GASOLINE' - 1

'DIESEL' =2

'CASAHOL' = 3

'PROPANE' = 4

'NOT APPLICABLE' •= 9

) 

02 FLEAD01 'FUEL LEADED OR. NOT, VOl, 0152'

« 0152 - O152: 9«

'LEADED' ' « 1

'UNLEADED' * 2

'DONT KNOW = 3

'NOT APPLICABLE' « 9

) 

02 FCRADE01 'GRADE OF FUEL, VOl, O153'

« 0153 - 0153: 9«

'REGULAR' - 1

'PREMIUM' « 2

'DONT KNOW » 3

'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

) 

02 1MDAYS01 'NUMBER OF DAYS IMPUTED, VOl, 0154'

t 0154 - 0154: 9€

'NOT IMPUTED' « 0

'ACOUISITON ONLY IMP' - 1

'DISPOSITION ONLY IMP' •= 2

'ACQ AND DISP IMPUTED' - 3

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9 '

> 

02 IMMILE01 'TOTAL MILES. SOURCE, VOl, 0155'

S 0155 - 0155: 9«

'ADvl-D, 46 PLUS DAYS ' - 1

'ADJ-D. 22-45 DAYS' * 2

'IMPUTED, NO TS, R4' =3

'IMPUTED, 0-MILE/MO' » 4

DBS 3 

DBS 3

DBS 5 

DBS 5 

OBS 5

OBS 4 

CON 1

CON 1

CON 1

CON 1

CON 1

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-48
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued)

661. 'IMPUTED. ALL OTHERS' - 5

662. 'NOT APPLICABLE' « 9

663. )

664. 02 IMMPC01 'MPG IMPUTED, V01, 0156' CON 1

665. * 0156 - 0156: 9«

666. 'MPC NOT IMPUTED' - 0

667. 'MPC IMPUTED' « 1

668. 'NOT APPLICABLE' - 9

669. )

670. 02 IMCAL01 'COST PER GALLON IMPUTED. V01, 0157' CON 1

671. « 0157 - 0157: 9t

672. 'NOT IMPUTED' - 0

673. 'IMPUTED' - 1

674. 'NOT APPLICABLE' * 9

675. )

676. 02 IMFUEL01 'FUEL TYPE IMPUTED, V01, 0158' CON 3

677. C 0158 - 0158: 9«

678. 'NOT IMPUTED' - 0

679. 'IMPUTED' « 1

680. 'NOT APPLICABLE' » 9

681. )

682. 02 2MCYLS01 'CYLINDERS IMPUTED, VOL. 0159' CON X

683. 6 0159 - O159: 9«

684. 'NOT IMPUTED' - 0

685. 'IMPUTED' « 1

686. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' « 9

687. j

688. 02 JMAIRO; 'AIR CONDITIONING IMPUTED- V01, 0160' ' CON .1

689. € 0160 - 0160: 96

690. 'NOT IMPUTED' « 0

691. 'IMPUTED' « 1

692. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' = 9

693. }

694. - 02 IMTRAN01 'TRANSMISSION'TYPE IMPUTED. V01, 0161' CON .1

695. C 0161 - 0161: 9«

696. 'NOT IMPUTED' - 0

697. 'IMPUTED' « 1

698. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' - 9

699. }

700. 02 IMDOOR01 'NUMBER OF DOORS IMPUTED, V01. 0162' CON 31

701. C 0162 - 0162: 9*

702. 'NOT IMPUTED' « 0

703. 'IMPUTED' « 1

704. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' « 9

705. )

706. 02 IMJOBU01 'USE ON THE JOB IMPUTED, V01 0163' CON S

707. « 0163 - 0163: 9«

708. 'NOT IMPUTED' - 0

709. 'IMPUTED' * 1

710. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' « 9

711. >

712. 02 1MDRVS01 'NUMBER OF DRIVERS IMPUTED. V01, 0164' CON 1

713. C 0164 - 0164: 9«

714. 'NOT IMPUTED' - 0

715. 'IMPUTED' - 1

716. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' - 9

717. ;

718. 02 FILLER &

719. C 0165 - 0170: «

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-49
TPL CQDEBOQK FOR 1985 RTECS AKITOALIZED FINAL FILE ('continued')

Variables for Vehicles 02-11 correspond 

to those listed above for Vehicle 01.

3440.

3442.

3442.

3443.

3444.

3445.

3446.

3447.

3448.

3449. 

34 5O.

3451.

3452.

3453.

3454.

3455.

3456.

3457.

3458. 

34-59.

3460.

3461.

3462.

3463.

3464.

3465.

3466.

3467.

3468.

3469.

3470.

3471.

3472.

3473.

3474.

3475.

3476.

3477.

3478.

3479.

3480.

O2 VEHNUM12 'VEHICLE ID NUMBER, 

* OB71 - O872: 99«

V12. O87I ' CON 2

'ONE'

'TWO'

'THREE'

'FOUR'

'FIVE'

'SIX'

'SEVEN'

'OCHT'

'NINE'

'TEN'

'ELEVEN'

'TWELVE'

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL 

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL

'IMPUTED ADDITIONAL V 

'NOT APPLICABLE' ) -

02 TYPE12 'VEHICLE TYPE, 

t OB73 - 0674: 99€ 

'STATION WAGON' 

'AUTOMOBILE' 

'JEEP -LI HE VEHICLE' 

'PASSENGER VAN' 'CARCO VAN' 

'PICKUP TRUCK' 

'OTHER TRUCK' 

'MOTOR HOME' 'OTHER' 

'NO ANSWER' 

'NOT APPLICABLE'

V ' =

01

02

03

04

05

06

07 

OB

09

10

11

12

21

22

23

24

99

VI 2. O873

= 01 

=02

- 03 

« O4 

= OS 

= O6

- 07

- OB « 21

- 98

- 99

CON. 2

O2 VMAKE12 'VEHICLE MAKE CODE. V12. O875'

* OB75 - 0876: 99«

*C MAKECODE REFERS TO THE SPECIFIC VEHICLE 6

«C MAKE CODES WHICH ACCOMPANY THIS CODEBOOK 6

«C 95 = OTHER fi

«SC 98 - NO ANSWER 6

«C 99 = MOTOR HOME IF COLUMN OB73 - 0874 « 08

OBS 2

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-50
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALI2ED FINAL FILE ( continued 1)

3461.

3485.

3483.

3484.

3485.

3486.

3487.

3488.

3489.

3490.

3491.

3492.

3493.

3494.

3495.

3496.

3497.

3498.

3499.

3500.

3501.

3502.

3503.

3504.

3505.

3506.

3507.

3508.

3509.

3510.

3511.

3512.

3513.

3514.

3515.

3516.

3517.

3518.

3519.

3520.

3521.

3522.

3523.

3524.

3525.

3526.

3527.

3528.

3529.

3530.

3531.

3532.

3533.

3534.

3535.

3536..

3537.

3538.

3539.

02 YEAR12 'VEHICLE MODEL YEAR. V12. 0877' 

« 0877 - 0878: 99ft 

60 98 = NO ANSWER ft 

«C 99 « NOT APPLICABLE €

02 MODEL12 'VEHICLE MODEL CODE, V12, 0879' 

« 0879 - O880: 996

*C MODEL 12 REFERS TO THE VEHICLE MODEL « 

«C NAME CODES WHICH ACCOMPANY THIS CODEBOOK ft 

OTHER 6 

NO ANSWER €

MOTOR HOME IF COLUMN 0873 - 0874 - 08 « 

NUMBER OF CYLINDERS. V12, 0881 ' 

996

OBS 2

OBS 2

eC 95 

€C 98 

*C 99 

02 CYLS12

€ 0881 - 0882: '1-CYLINDER'

'2-CYLINDER'

'3-CYLINDER'

'4-CYLINDER '

'5-CYLINDER '

'6-CYLINDER'

'B-CYLINDER'

'ROTARY'

'OTHER'

'NO ANSWER '

'NOT APPLICABLE

CON 2

01

02

03

04

05

06

08

09

21

98

99

V12, 0883' CON 1

CON 1

CON 1

02 AJR12 'PRESENCE OF AIR CONDITIONING. 

6 O883 - 0883: 96 

_'YES' = 1 

'NO' = O 

'NO ANSWER' = 8 

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

02 TRNS12 'TYPE OF TRANSMISSION, V32, 0884 

6 0884 - 0884: 96 

'AUTOMATIC' = 1 

'MANUAL' = 2 

'NO ANSWER' = 8 

'NOT APPLICABLE' * 9

02 DOORS12 'NUMBER OF DOORS. V12, 0885'

€ 0885 - 0885: 96 '2-DOOR' = 2

'3-DOOR' = 3

'4-DOOR' = 4

'5-DOOR' = 5

'NO ANSWER' « 8 

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

O2 JOBUSE12 'VEHICLE USED ON THE JOB, V12. O886' CON 1 

« 0886 - 0886: 96 

'YES' = 1 

'NO' - O 

'NO ANSWER ' = 8 

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

02 DRIVES12 'NUMBER OF REGULAR DRIVERS. V12, 0887' CON 1 

6 0887 - OBB7: 96 

'NONE' = O 

'ONE ' = 1 

'TWO' = 2

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-5:.
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS AHNUALIZEft^INAL FILE (continued)

3541.

3542.

3543.

3544.

3545.

3546.

3547. 

354S.

3549.

3550.

3551.

3552.

3553.

3554.

3555.

3556.

3557.

3558.

3559.

3560.

3561.

3562.

3563.

3564.

3565. 

3566 

3567. 

356B.

3569.

3570.

3571.

3572.

3573.

3574.

3575.

3576.

3577.

3578.

3579.

3580.

3561.

3582.

3583.

3564.

3565.

3566.

3587.

3568.

3589.

3590.

3591.

3592.

3593.

3594.

3595.

3596.

3597.

3598.

3599.

3600.

'THREE'

'FOUR '

'FIVE'

'SIX'

'SEVEN'

'NO ANSWER'

'NOT APPLICABLE

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

O2 RMPC12 'MPC PROVIDED BY RESPONDENT, V12, 0888

€ 0688 - 0889. 99«

«C IF BOTH IN-TOWN AND HIGHWAY MPC GIVEN C

fiC ONLY IN-TOWN MPC RECORDED 6

fiC 98 = NO ANSWER «

«C.99 » NOT APPLICABLE € 

02 FILLER

e O890 - O89O: « 

O2 VEHUSE12 'TIME PERIOD HSHLD HAD USE OF V12,

€ 0891 - 0891: 9€

•'FULL YEAR' = 1

'BECININC OF YEAR ONLY'* 2

'END OF YEAR ONLY' - 3

'MIDDLE OF YEAR ONLY' = 4

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

O2 MOACQ12 'MONTH ACQUIRED. VI2, O892'

€ 0892 - 0893 99®

'JANUARY' = 01

'FEBRUARY' = 02

'MARCH' = 03

'APRIL' * 04

'MAY' « 05

'JUNE' «= 06

'JULY' = 07

'AUGUST' * OB

'SEPTEMBER' « O9

'OCTOBER' * 10

'NOVEMBER' - 11

'DECEMBER' « 12 

'HAD VI2 AT START 1985'- 95 

'NOT APPLICABLE' * 99

02 MODIS12 'MONTH. DISPOSED. V12. 0894' 

€ 0894 - 0895: 99*

'JANUARY' « 01

'FEBRUARY' - 02

'MARCH' « O3

'APRIL' « 04

'MAY' - 05 .

'JUNE' - 06

'JULY' « 07

'AUGUST' » 08

'SEPTEMBER' « 09

'OCTOBER' « 10

'NOVEMBER' - 11

'DECEMBER' •= 12

'HAD VI2 AT END 1985' - 95

'NOT APPLICABLE' - 99

02 DAYS12 'NUMBER OF DAYS HSHLD HAD V12. O896' 

fi 0896 - 0898: 9998

DBS 2

0891 CON 1

CON 2

CON 2

OBS 3

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-52
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued')

3601. 

360?.

3603.

3604.

360 5.

3606.

3607.

3606.

3609.

3610.

3611.

3612.

3613.

3614.

3615.

3616.

3617.

3618.

3619.

3620.

3621.

3622.

3623.

3624.

3625.

3626.

3627.

3626.

3629.

3630.

3631.

3632.

3633.

3634.

3635.

3636.

3637.

3638.

3639.

3640.

3641.

3642.

3643.

3644.

3645.

3646.

3647.

3646.

3649.

3650.

3651.

3652.

3653.

3654.

3655.

3656.

3657.

3658.

3659.

3660.

€C 998 = NO ANSWER t 

«C 999 = NOT APPLICABLE «

02 MPC12 'MPC IN TENTHS OF MILES, V12. 0899' 

« 0899 - 0901: 9996 

€C 998 = NO ANSUER € 

eC 999 = NOT APPLICABLE ft 

02 MILESI2 'TOTAL MILES IN 1985 FOR V12, 09O2 '

« 0902 - 0906: 99999C 

O2 CALS12 'TOTAL GALLONS IN 1985 FOR V12> O907 '

6 0907 - 0911: 999996

02 COST 12 'TOTAL COST OF FUEL IN 1985 FOR VI 2, 0912 

€ 0912 - 0916: 99999S 

6C COST IN DOLLARS €

02 ACOST12 'AVERAGE COST PER GALLON, V12, O917' 

€ O917 - 0920: 99996 

6C IN TENTHS OF CENTS « 

02 FTYPE12 'FUEL TYPE, V12. 0921 ' 

€ 0921 - 0921: 96 

'GASOLINE' = 1 

'DIESEL ' * 2 

'CASAHOL' = 3 

'PROPANE' = 4 

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

)

C2 FLEAD12 'FUEL LEADED OR NOT, V12, 0922' 

6 O922 - 0922: 9<2 

'LEADED' = 1 

'UNLEADED' = 2 

'DONT KNOW = 3 

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

)

02 FCRADE12 'GRADE OF FUEL. V12, 0923' 

€ 0923 - 0923: 96 

'REGULAR ' t 1 

'PREMIUM' = 2 

'DONT KNOW * 3 

'NOT APPLICABLE' « 9

)

02 IMDAYS12 'NUMBER OF DAYS IMPUTED, V12, 0924' 

« 0924 - O924: 98 

'NOT IMPUTED' = 0 

'ACQUISITON ONLY IMP' - 1 

'DISPOSITION ONLY IMP' « 2 

'AGO AND DISP IMPUTED' « 3 

'NOT APPLICABLE' = 9

'HP

DBS 3

DBS 5

OBS 5

DBS 5

OBS 4 

CON 1.

CON 1

CON 1

CON 1

02 1MMILE12 'TOTAL MILES, 

6 0925 - 0925: 96 

'ADJ-D. 46 PLUS DAYS ' 'ADJ-D, 22-45 DAYS' 

'IMPUTED, NO TS, R4' 

'IMPUTED. 0-MILE/MO' 

'IMPUTED. ALL OTHERS' 

'NOT APPLICABLE'

02 IMMPG12 'MPG IMPUTED. 

6 0926 - O926: 96 

'MPC NOT IMPUTED' 

'MPG IMPUTED' 

'NOT APPLICABLE'

SOURCE, V12, 0925'

1

2

3

4

5

9

CON 1

V1 0926' CON 1

0

1

9 'IP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-53
TPL GQDEBQOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUAL!ZED FINAL FILE Icontinued)

3661. >

3662. 02 IMCAL12 'COST PER CALLOW IMPUTED, V12. O927 ' CON I

3663. € 0927 - 0927: 9€

3664. 'NOT IMPUTED' * 0

3665. 'IMPUTED' «. 1

3666. 'NOT APPLICABLE' •= 9

3667. )

3668. O2 IMFUEL12 'FUEL TYPE IMPUTED. V12. 0928' CON I

3669. fi 0928 - 0928: 9«

3670. 'NOT IMPUTED' « 0

3671. 'IMPUTED' « 1

3672. 'NOT APPLICABLE' * 9

3673. )

3674. 02 IMCYLS12 'CYLINDERS IMPUTED. VI2, O929' CON 1

3675. « 0929 - 0929: 96

3676. 'NOT IMPUTED' «= 0

3677. 'IMPUTED' - i

3678. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' = 9

3679. )

3680. 02 IMAIRI2 'AIR CONDITIONING IMPUTED. V12, O93O' CON I

3681. € 0930 - 0930: 9€

3682. 'NOT IMPUTED' « 0

3683. 'IMPUTED' » 1

3684. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' - 9

3685. )

3686. 02 IMTRANI2 'TRANSMISSION TYPE IMPUTED. VI2. O93J' CON 1

3687. € 0933 - 0931: 9€

3688. 'NOT IMPUTED' = O

3689. 'IMPUTED' * 1

3690. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' = 9

3691. :-•-••>

3692. 02 1MDQOR12 'NUMBER OF DOORS IMPUTED, V12. O932' CON 1

3693. ft 0932 - 0932: 96

3694. 'NOT IMPUTED' - O

3695. 'IMPUTED' = 1

3696. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' = 9

3697. )

3698. 02 IMJOBU12 'USE ON THE JOB IMPUTED. V12 0933' CON 1

3699. ft. 0933 - 0933: 9t

3700. 'NOT IMPUTED' «= O

3701. 'IMPUTED' « 1

3702. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' « 9

3703. )

3704. 02 IMORVS12 'NUMBER OF DRIVERS IMPUTED. V12. O934' CON 1

3705. € 0934 - 0934: 9«

3706. 'NOT IMPUTED' * O

3707. 'IMPUTED' - 1

3708. 'NOT APPLICLABLE' - 9

3709. )

3710. 02 FILLER 2

3711. « 0935 - 0936: 6

3712. 02 AREA197O '1970 RESIDENCE SUMMARY CODES 0937' CON 1

3713. e 0937 - 0937. t

3714. ®C IN CITY = INSIDE CENTRAL CITY «

3715. tC OUT CITY «= OUTSIDE CENTRAL CITY t

3716. 'METRO IN CITY' - 1

3717. 'METRO OUT CITY' = 2

3718. 'NQNMETRQ' « 4

3719. )

3720- 02 STRAT 'DOE PAIR NUMBER 0938' DBS 2

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-5A
TPL CODEBOOK FOR 1985 RTECS ANNUALIZED FINAL FILE (continued)

3721. € 0938 - 0939: «

3722. ec DOE VARIABLE ONLY, NOT ON PUBLIC USE TAPE C

3723. *C THIS VARIABLE IS THE FIRST 2 DIGITS OF DOE PSU €

3724. «C IT IS USED IN COMBINATION WITH PAIR FOR COMPUTING e

3725. «C SAMPLING VARIANCES «

3726. 02 PAIR 'DOE ODD-EVEN REPLICATE 0940' CON 1

3727. « 0940 - 0940: «

3728. *C DOE VARIABLE ONLY, NOT ON PUBLIC USE TAPE €

3729. «C THIS VARIABLE IS THE LAST DIGIT OF DOE PSU C

3730. 6C IT IS USED IN COMBINATION WITH STRAT FOR C

3731. «C COMPUTING SAMPLING VARIANCES 6

3732. 'EVEN HALF-SAMPLE' « 0

3733. 'ODD HALF-SAMPLE' - 1

3734. )

3735. 02 IDRAC 'RAC ID NUMBER 0941' OBS 4

3736. € O941 - 0944: 6

3737. eC RAC VARIABLE ONLY, NOT ON DOE TAPE «

3738. f-ND RTECSCB CODEBOOK

3739. //*

3740. //

TMTMp^

*aiw

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/A-5!)
APPENDIX B: 

CODING AND EDITING INSTRUCTIONS FOR RTECS STAFF

The coding and editing instructions in this appendix were originally 

included in three manuals prepared by the survey contractor, Response 

Analysis Corporation (RAG):

" 1985 Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS) 

Volume II: Household/Vehicle Information Files

• 1985 Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey CRTECS') 

Volume III: Fue_l__Pur chase Record Files

* 1985 Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey CRTECS) 

Volume IV; Annualization Procedures

RAC prepared these three manuals to serve as training manuals and 

basic reference manuals for RTECS operating staff.

Description Page

Household/Vehicle Information (HVT) File Coding Instructions

and Specimen Forms............................................. B-2

;Coding Instructions for FORMINIT........................... B-9

Ceiling Instructions for Turnaround Forms................... B-18

Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output................. B-40

Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) File Coding and Data Entry

Instructions................................................... B-53

Card 5H Coding Instructions................................ B-57

Card 6V01 Coding Instructions.............................. B-59

Card 7P Editing Instructions............................... B-63

Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor...................... B-69

Fuel |ftr;chase Record (FPR) Editing Procedures.................. B-73

Range and Relationship Checks.............................. B-73

KPG Editor Review Procedures............................... B-83

Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations..................... B-103
Household/Vehicle Information (HVT) File Coding Instructions and Specimen Forms

PART 8. CODING INSTRUCTIONS AND SPECIMEN FORMS

During the course of the 1985 Residential Transportation Energy Consumption Survey (RTECS), households are contacted several times and asked to provide Information about vehicles used by household members. This Information Includes --

- a description of each vehicle and Its equipment

- the date(s) on which a household acquires or disposes of any vehicle

- odometer (mileage) readings at the beginning and end of the year and/or at the time a vehicle 1s acquired or disposed of by the household

- fuel purchases made for vehicles during one specified month of the year.

In the coding process for the Household/Vehicle Information (HVI) files, we will be transcribing information about each of these topics, except fuel purchases, from questionnaires onto coding sheets. The data that are transcribed will be key-entered and stored in computer files for ongoing use in processing RTECS data.

Four coding forms will be used to transcribe the information (see specimen forms at the end of this section). The first of these, the initial coding form produced by computer program FORMINIT, will be used to enter data on vehicle characteristics and beginning odometer readings, to the extent that these data are available at the time this coding step is carried out. The other three forms are called "turnaround" coding forms, produced by program FORMTURN. They will be used both to add new data and to correct (edit) information already contained in the HVI files. The information to be transcribed to each of these forms will be found in one or more sources -- in questionnaires completed by telephone interviewers or in person at the respondent's household, or on cards mailed in by respondents. Coders will be provided with the coding forms and the appropriate source documents.

The information in the HVI files is contained in three separate "cards," each of which contains up to 80 columns (or characters) of data. These cards are the household card, called OH01, and two vehicle cards, 1V01 and 1V02. Each variable in the file is presented under its card type and column number.in Parts D, E, and F of this manual.

Of the coding forms, only the Initial coding form has spaces for data from more than one card. The Initial coding form has space to record selected information for cards 1V01 and 1V02. The turnaround coding forms are specific to a single card •• OH01, 1V01, or 1V02. Below we discuss each of the forms in turn, starting with the initial coding fora.

B-I

"IIP

TMmF

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-2
HVI File Coding Instructions and Specimen Poms (continued)

Initial coding form (FORMINIT). FORM1NIT is used to transcribe Information on vehicle characteristics and beginning odometer readings 

from questionnaires and odometer reading cards.

Data coded to FORMINIT will come primarily from these sources:

- A questionnaire (F4739-40) used by telephone Interviewers for beginning-of-year odometer reading calls. This questionnaire generally contains background information on vehicle characteristics, as well as beginning odometer readings.

- A questionnaire (F4739-57) used for in-person contacts with households that cannot be reached by telephone. This quest ionnaire generally contains background Information on vehicle characteristics, but does not contain beginning odometer readings.

- Cards (Fora H) filled in and mailed back by households that do not have telephones. These cards contain beginning odometer readings.

ATI of the source documents for a given household will be found in a file folder for that household. The folders are kept together by assigned fuel purchase data collection month (SAHPMQ), In sequence 

within each month by Household Identification Number (HH1D).

Computer printouts for FORMINIT show one line for each vehicle that has ever been reported as part of the vehicle stock of the household (up to 

the time of the computer run of the FORMINIT listings). The FORMINIT 

listings are also organized by SAMPMO with vehicle listings in sequence by HHID within month, and by vehicle number (VEHNUM) within household.

When VEHNUM is in the range 1-1, the vehicle was reported as used by 2 member of the household at the time of the original RECS interview 

(usually in October or November 1984). When VEHNUM is 5 or higher, the vehicle was reported as acquired following the date of the RECS interview. Households that have never reported a vehicle do not appear in the FORMJNI7 listings.

Turnaround coding forms (TURNAROUND). The purposes of the turnaround 

coding forms are to make additions to and changes to data for both households and vehicles. These forms will be generated periodically to update the HVI file.

Two »a1n cycles of update activity will take place. The first cycle of updates will generally come sometime before the end Of calendar year 

1985. The purpose of this cycle is to bring the files ap to date for 

vehicles acquired or disposed of during the year, to the extent that this Information 1s available, and 1n general to enter all additional data that are available in the data collection files. Computer checks •ay disclose that some variables have been miscoded -- the codes are outside the valid range for the variable and/or are logically Inconsistent with other entries. These range or consistency error 

messages will show up on computer printouts and must be checked in the data collection files.

B-2

1985 RTEGS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-3
HVI File Coding Instructions and Specimen Forms (continued)

The second update cycle will take place 1n early 1986, after end-of-year odometer readings are collected. The purpose of this update Is to enter and check additional Information that 1s available from the final set of contacts with RTECS households.

At the t1m of each update cycle, coders will receive Instructions on which fields are to be coded or edited*. They will pull the appropriate source documents from the Household File Folder and examine each until all Information has been obtained for each vehicle listed. Complete detail on codes and Instructions for each variable Is contained In Parts D, £, and F of this manual.

•See coding Instructions for FORMINIT, pp B-8 - B-16; and coding Instructions for turnaround forms, pp B-17 - B-38.

8-3

"H^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-4
HVI File Coding InStCTtictions and Specimen Forms (continued)

:1If*;; 5: 

S S

1 1 1 <

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

III*

1(11

1 t 1 1

1 f 1 t

till

lilt

1 1 t t

1 1 t 1

(

,

1

1

'

4 

1

1

1

I

t

1 * I

. i 1

1 1 1

1 1 1 .

( 1 1

1 1 1 

1 » 1

1 I 1

1 1 1

1 1 1

II 1

'

1 '

, ,

1 *

. ,

' '

1 |

1 1

1 _ 1

1 1

1 1

'

(

1

1

1

,

I

1

1

1

,

' pit- >w»iC

c "4

e 

II

tllllllll

r*(Nfsi(iMf*£i£ffii<<Sf g g § s s iss§ v

s§§g§

i t i

f i i t

£

E 5 w 3 b. r <•> u & a

« in M »

N K *•• ID

•-•-(£ « <- £

w w 2 E

wei?i>zo» x * S £ 5 o 

i § I 8 * s c g is !

isiii

ocoooooocoooooSo

^^4D««0^9>O-*-0>^-V^»Ve

8-4

oc* S S

8 S

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-5
HVI File Coding Instructions and Specimen Forms (continued)

S

n 

o t

2 •i 

f

S

X

' !

v i

c

c

<

I!

1 t\

CTl 8

c

2 "1

c •

o :

c :

u

1 i

•

'I

(, **• 

E 8 :

4

«1 4 

C

1C.

UJ 

> ^

S -c

y. w.

> o

LI in t

UJ * 

Vr. •

> Ift 1

IUS COMMENT 4A7

iiin v

u

a r»

**

n

lo

O w ( — < t

i

t

1 . ! ; 1 - J 1 | , , 

1 ' '

o j 8 3 2 : g 1 o o o S o logJ8Sin,2j

-_.,..«.,..„.«_. - . i j ! ' „'• ........ 

: i| ^ 

i ; • : i ; . S

1 i . . i ! j , T. «,

m i - 'i w '« ii m ! r« <» f» o iv nt i r< iv T> r< d n r< Q

i i i i ! : !

! i | ! j ! j C

- „ 4 --.-.-,«;,..-„--. -L , S

^^ W

; . *

' ; , • • .' ' *

£

f

; . ' t C

* 1 1 1 1 .1 1 ' 1 :l 1 . 1 ; | 1 | III 1 ' 1 ,1 "C

! ' 91

, • «• 1 ' . ' i ' 1J

; : a; ! • ' : c.

i i . i u

..i..i.;.i. •.*.•.!. i . i . ; . s 00»OOnOIO»OiO«00.>OOOOiO? "

i i • ' '• ' t-

" T v " -." t " "/ ":" -----!--- £

B 1 1 1 B ' i i B:sis3is:|2s:ls.li Q.

! ' ' ' ' !

B-5

^W

^a^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-6
HVI File Coding Instructions and Specimen Forms (continued)

1

'••» • §?• ::

i;u.

c

1

•e . § .

|r| --

H- ;

I

{y

*

X

o>

S.U

a

'•**

1

i

j

J

1

' 5

,.:

|

<o R

* T

„„•";•

"i

B

|?is

i?D O C V

u S

D K • 

un

ll

wn

Is

ll.

*•-

si

e —

8J

e

2

E

n

c

8

K

-

E

1C • 

U

5 , *

i

8

I

o

*

n

r

V

c

I

~'

o

a

u

g

2

8

J

O

! 

!

i

a

K

3

i>

-i

t

1»

?

1 S

IE

o

! S

o

N

" '

n

•

e . S

»

8

$

S

s!

«

1

:

S

|

1

n

I

i

g

I

C

»

o

1

!

C

»

•

* fl

c

Q

E

t

«M

1

I

f

I

\

m ••

[

I 1

4 <>

i s

1 *1

• > * t TM

fr

'

;

1

2

8 i

V"

•

s 1

8 ? '2

i

[

= .l S

» A n

i

8 S 2

i

•

»-

8 1

f

r> D N <

e ft - i

e S * '

i

i 0

oil:

- t £

818

i :

Ijl

n 4 43 S w O

S it

f

f ^

i

!!!

8

^ I E * * L

s i *

..

s s g

*V * frki 

O

I i « :

t ? P;

g 9 8

i

: * g.

£ ! I

; r 

n

j

i

s

«

o

^

r<

S

i

!?

=

g

-

I

<

\ i i

1

S

i

.

g

i

$

{

i

r> B

f ^

^

; 8

; 3 %

K

R

«»u

S1

= j

8

5 :

? :

S !

1 i

" 1

1 S

!

S i ^ '

• i

i

i

- i

s $

8 S

£ I

:

^ *

i 8

$ f

s *

v ri

!

O

w

s 

i

-

8

i

j;

^

P

!

8

;

S

O '

*

I

1

S !

• 1

o ;

!

1

1

2

U 1A> § <

g * > <>

9 ::

8 ;i

! ?

1 £

» 5

I f

1 E

1 5

1 5

i

s

„

X

I

£

n

g

*-

A o i•

V

?

i

J!

2

u. Eu

8

a

I

X'

n

8

S

2

v

6-6

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-7
HVI File Coding Instructions and Specimen Forms (continued)

n

o

i

X

N

S

•i

e

3

c

CSJ

c

0

Ik

c

-5

o

l_> 

•o

c 

s

o

n

c s_

s

HO

C

Ol

u

QJ 

Q.

,

,

1

I

|

£

f

*

i

uoc

1 1 1 f?

11 1

1 2

i

2

1

1

OOfl

5 :

n

i

*

we o

MM*

>i!

J8

It

S?

SI!

H°

O 4

n

5?

*> .

READING 49-94

W V 1

^ *

o o•* 1

I?! < n w n i

X 1

tu n i

w r*

Is

< r* o —

rs :

II

C3

V i

a

II

1,

'

fl

•

sn

02*3IO

1

1

<

i

S

o

1

5

0

i

o <

§ i n -

s :

i s

f t

n r

t

.

i

•

i

to a

4 * 

0 <

S I

S i

» <

0 »

1 1

1

en ice

i

TM

n n

i

- 1

i

s

i

o

*

i

e

o

i

i

'-.

|

!

1

S

1

ffi »

(V ft

S i

« ^

c <

» !

i

t t

i

0

n

o

O9370O

"1

1 1 •

§ s

-I

s

o

s

1

'-

r, t

B (

O r r« r

WVU1.U ccocco

- •

1

1

* 3 5 3

!1

I 1

£ i

S : o <

8-7

i

i i

i

co ice

i

TM*

I n p

n

I

i

o

I

g

1

D

*

O

s'

e

K 

O

1

5 

f

«

!

«

I

5

'

I

f

i

T

i i

i

n

o

i n

i

s

o

s

s

I

1

'

_ .

i 1

Yj

B i

n r r< J

? ( 

0 (

' - '

11

!

/I

C

ri 

0

a. c

. n 0

ru 4

s 1

- T

S f

I ^

i

i

$

» o

o

5169 II 

1

o

§

c

°

1 1 t

I

II s

II 1 1

* fl i m

i i

!

i ri n

ill!

— » — §9 ft 0 0

i

l 1 1

a e B

p IV c

s ; 8

i

s s o

8 i 5

O •

J

i

a

go

f1 <

(

r

1p

q

.

i

il- •

M• f

• '

i i '

V. o o

e o

R 2

8 s 

8 §

i

1

8 §

n n » fj o -

e c

i 8 o —

n n

i s

^Uf

1985 STBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-8
Coding Instructions for FORMIKIT

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMIKIT

1. The Information you need to code FORMINIT Is usually part of the data collected during the ODOMETER READING CALLS (F4739-40). Some or all of the information, however, nay appear in one of the other data collection forms 1n the household folder,

2. Households that have never reported use of a vehicle do not appear in the FORMINIT listings. There Is no coding to do for these households at this stage of processing.

3. As you work on the codes for each vehicle, check the household and vehicle numbers to be sure you are on the proper line.

4. Do not make changes or add information en FORMINIT for make, year» or model of the vehicle.

5. If you see a reference in the folder to a vehicle that does not appear on the FORMINIT, call it to the attention of your supervisor. Do not add it to the FORMINIT during this stage of processing.

6. Put a dash (-) to the left of the HKID after you complete the entries for each vehicle (including the vehicles for which nothing is entered because no information is available}.

B-8

1985 RTEGS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-9
Coding Instructions for FORMDJIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORHINIT - PAGE 2

Card 1V01 codes (cols 66-78^

1. If answers to none of the questions ire available, leave all spaces for 

this group of questions blank.

2. If answers to one or more of these questions are available, codes must be entered for each question.

Use the unknown codes (8 or 98) as necessary.

3. You are responsible for two consistency checks within this set of codes --

Consistency between type of vehicle and DOORS.

DOORS is coded "not applicable" (9) if type is not AUTOMOBILE or STATION WAGON.

Consistency between JOBUSE and NONBUS. 

NONBUS is coded "not applicable" (9) if JOBUSE is not 1.

4. If the respondent's HPG estimate is recorded in tenths of miles, round 

to the nearest whole number. (Round .5 up to the next, higher number).

If the respondent's estimate is a range of HPG, code the midpoint. 

Examples:

Respondent's Estimate

14-16 

14-17

Code

1516 (Rounded up from 15.5)

B-9

I

w

«Hr

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-10
Coding .Instructions for FORMINIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMINIT - PACE 3 

1V01 66-67 CYLS NUMBER OF CYLINDERS"""""

B23.* How many cylinders does the engine have, or 

1s it * rotary engine?

4-cyl inder ........... 04

5-cyl inder ............. v ' OS

6-cyl inder ............. i * 06

8-cyl inder .............. 08

Rotary ................' os

Electric ............... JQ

Other ................ ' '. 21 * '

Unknown

* Data collected in Background Questionnaire; question 

numbers may vary on different versions of the 

questionnaire.

3V°2 69 AIR PRESENCE OF AIR

B24. Does the vehicle have air conditioning?

Unknown ......

1V01 70 fRANS TYPE OF

625. Does the vehicle have »n automatic 

transmission or a manual shift?

Automatic ....... Manual shift (standard).

Unknown

6-10

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/8-11
Coding Instructions for FORMIHIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMINIT - PAGE 4

1V01 71 DOORS NUMBER OF DOORS

B26. Is It a 2-door or 4-door or what?

(Applicable only to automobiles and station wagons.)

2-door .................. 2

3-door .................. 3

4-door 4

5-door 5

Unknown ................. 8

Not applicable .............. 9

1V01 73 JOBUSE VEHICLE USED ON THE JOB

B27. Is your vehicle used on the job by anyone from your household, not counting going to and from work?

Yes ................... 1

No. ................... 0

Unknown ................. 8

1V01 74 NONBUS NONBUSINESS USE

B28. Is it also used for nonbusiness (personal) 

purposes? (Applicable only if vehicle is used on the job.)

Yes ................... I

No .................... 0

Unknown ................. 8

Hot Applicable .............. 9

w

B-H

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-12
Coding Instruction^ for FORMTNIT ( continued)

COOIKG INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORHINIT - PAGE 5

IVpl 75 DRIVES NUMBER OF REGULAR DRIVERS

629. About how many drivers use this vehicle on a regular basis?

Number of regular drivers ....... 0-6 Seven or more .............. 7

Unknown ................. 8

IVOl 77-78 MPGEST MILES PER GALLON RESPONDENT ESTIMATE

630. About how many miles per gallon do you usually get with this vehicle? (IF RESPONDENT GIVES MPG FOR BOTH IN-TOWN AND HIGHWAY DRIVING, WRITE DOWN IN-TOWN MPfi ONLY)

MPG estimate ............. 04-59 Unknown ................. 98

B-12

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-13
Coding Instructions for FORMIHIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMINIT - PAGE 6 

1V02 codes (cols 31-451

1. Beginning odometer reading information should be coded only from F4739-40 (ODOMETER READING CALLS) or from odometer reading cards mailed back by 

respondents who could not be reached by telephone.

If the odometer reading call was not completed (and there are no mail-back cards in the file), all of the spaces for BEGINNING ODOMETER READING should be left blank, including col 31.

2. 'When an odometer reading has been obtained, code 1 should generally be used for col 31.

Code 2 should be used when a note indicates that the odometer reading is an approximation or suspect in some way.

If code 1 or 2 is entered for col 31, both the odometer reading and the date must be filled in.

3. Enter the codes for odometer not working (3) or not obtained for other reasons (5}, as appropriate.

If code 3 or 5 is entered for col 31, both the reading and the date should be left blank.

4. If tenths of miles are included in the odometer reading, drop the tenths from the information that is entered. Include leading zeros in the 

entries as appropriate. For example, all of the following -- 18,079 or 18,079.2 or 18,079.9 -- should be recorded as

018079

5. Watch for notes that indicate that the odometer goes only up to 99,999, and that the odometer has "turned over" (i.e., actually gone past 100,000). In this case, enter your best understanding of the total number of miles that the vehicle has been driven.

B-13

i 'm^

1985 RTKCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-14
Coding Instructions for FORMIHIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMINJT - PAGE 7

6. Unless answers or notes on the odometer reading page Indicate another specific date, assume that the reading was recorded on the date specified -it the top of the computer printout page or on the mil-back card. leading zeros should always be entered as necessary. For example, January 5, 1985 would be entered as —

01 os as

If there is some ambiguity about the date, record the date shown on the computer-printed page or Bail-back card and use code 2 1n column 31.

8-14

1985 RfBGS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-15
Coding Instructions for FORMIHIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORMINIT - PAGE 8

1V02 31 ODOMBC BEGINNING ODOMETER CODE

Odometer reading OK ........... 1 Odometer reading questionable ...... 2

Odometer not working ........... 3

Not obtained, other reason ........ 5

1V02 33-38 SMILES BEGINNING ODOMETER READING

Range: 000000-299999; BLANK 

If ODOMBC - 3 or 5 then SMILES must be blank

If VYEAR -85-86 then BHILES < 50,000 

If VYEAR-84 then BHILES<IOO,000 

If VYEAR-83 then BMILES<150,000 

If VYEAR-82 then BMILES<200,000 

If VYEAR<82 then BMIL£S<250,000

1V02 40-41 8MOMIL BEGINNING ODOMETER MONTH

If Begin Odometer Date is not blank then;

A) Must be later than 122084;

B) If close acquisition date is NOT blank, and close acquisition date is later than 122084, must be later than or equal to close acquisition date;

C) If close acquisition date is blank and begin acquisition date is NOT blank and begin acquisition date is later than 122084, then must be equal to or later than begin acquisition 

date

^m^

B-15

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-16
Coding Instructions for FORKIHIT (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORKINIT - PAGE 9

1V02 42-43 BDYHIL

1V02 44-45 BYRHIL

BEGINNING ODOKETER DAY 

See notes for BMOHIL

BEGINNING ODOMETER YEAR 

See notes for BMOHIL

B-16

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures KanuaI/October 1986/B-17
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS

These Instructions ire specific to the final coding phase for the Household/ Vehicle Information files. Each of the three HVI Cards (OH01, 1VOI, 1V02) has Its own turnaround coding form (FORHTURN); Me will be »ak1ng additions and changes to data concurrently on all three cards as we go through the household file folders.

Use a black pencil for changes and additions to codes. To change a code on the turnaround form, cross out the existing code and write the new code above the one you have crossed out. To add a code, write it in the blank space that appears on the fora for that card and column.

w

B-17

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-18
CodinR Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

COOING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 2

- FORMTURN

Codes that appear in the portion of the card prior to cols 45-46 ire computer 

Sene^tttd cbdes and should not be changed clerically. Some of the codes 

{through cot ZS) appear on FORMTURN because they are needed for reference; Cither codes (cols 27-43) do not appear on FORMTURN.

45-46) and comment (Col 471

A ^dle" for, «w status will always appear In the file, indicating the status 

at. ;the tfHie of preparation for end-of-year data collection. Although it is ^os>il>:l* :tbat it should be edited in order to correct an earlier error, 

changes in this code should be made only as instructed by your supervisor.

The comment code has not been used for the 1985 RTECS; the space should be 

left

NOTE: Number of eligible vehicles (cols 49-50) is in the computer file; it is '-',* computer-generated code -- it does not appear on FORMTURN and should ftptbi changed clerically.

:^c;nigf-ind;: »esult codes, and date of last contact fcols S?-691

This .jjemplete set of codes must be entered on FORMTURN during this coding -)^as^;^^rithat all data collection has been completed, a record of all 

iontaet;S:*i;th the household will appear in the household file folder. First 

chjeck ;that aita collection materials are in chronological sequence -- this will facilitate work during this coding sequence.

6-18

1985 Manipulation Procedures Manual /October 1986/B-19
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 3

Card OH01 - FORKTURH fcont'd) 

Beginning odometer contact type and result codes 

Contact tvoe fBODOHCT - col 52)

These codes apply whether or not the household actually had a vehicle at the time the beg-Inning-of-year odometer reading contact was scheduled for the household. If the household did not have a vehicle the purpose of the contact was to check to determine whether the household had acquired a vehicle since the date of the most recent contact (usually the date at which the RECS personal Interview or nailed questionnaire was completed).

Basic contact by phone ..................... 1

This code applies if a telephone contact with the household was attempted. Use of this code generally neans that we had (or thought we had) an active telephone number for the household.

Basic contact by mail ..................... 2

This code applies if a mailing was made to the household; use of this code generally means that we did not have an active telephone number for the household at the time beginning odometer readings for the household were started.

Not applicable ......................... 9

See special rules below. 

Contact not attempted ..................... o

This code applies only if household had terminated participation in RTECS at an earlier stage of data collection. For all other households, codes 1, 2, or 9 must be used.

Special rule for "not applicable" code:

Code 9 is used only for households for which fuel purchase records were expected to provide beginning odometer readings for household vehicles. Generally, these households --

- were assigned to January as the sample month, with IDIs in range 1001-4325; fir were assigned to Hay-August as the sample nonth with IDIs in range 6483-6495 or 7103-7203;

- had one or more vehicles at the time of the RECS Interview;

- had telephones when the first RTECS contacts were attempted.

For these households, the codes In cols 55-56 apply to the fuel purchase 

contacts. B-19

"lil^

IIP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-20
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS • PAGE 4

Carf JpHOl - FDRHTURN fcont'd)

Contact result code (BODOHRC - eoT 53S

A code must be entered in this column for each household, regardless of what code was entered for contact type.

Some date collected .................... 1

This code means that a contact with the household was completed, and some information collected. As a minimum, we should have obtained an up-to-date record of vehicles in use by the household (or determined that the household did not have a vehicle at the time of this contact).

It is not necessary to evaluate the quality or completeness of the information collected. "~

*lo data collected (refusal codes do not apply) ....... 5

This code applies to * wide range of cases in which other possible codes do not apply. Usually it will mean that a telephone contact was attempted but not completed (no answer, number disconnected, etc.) -- or that materials were mailed to a household with no telephone, but none of the materials were returned.

Refusal at time this data collection was attempted ....................... 6

This code means that a contact was attempted, but that no data was collected -- the respondent refused to provide any of the information requested.

Not applicable

See special rules for BODOHCT. (Code col 53-9 only if col 52-9).

Household terminated participation at an earlier point ....................

A contact was not attempted at the time that odometer readings were scheduled. (Code col 53 only if col 52-0).

6-20

1985 KTJSCS Beta Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-21
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forma (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 5

Card OH01 - FORHTURN (cont'dl

Fuel purchase contact and result code

These contacts were attempted only for households with one or more vehicles at the time of the most recent contact preceding the scheduled month for fuel purchase records. Two types of contacts were planned --

- contacts starting with a personal visit to the household (households without telephones);

- contacts starting with a telephone call (households with telephones).

For some households there will be indication 1n the household file folder that 

we attempted at two or more different times to obtain fuel purchase records 

In these cases you will generally record the codes that best fit the overall set of contacts and results.

NOTE

For telephone households there are generally three separate calls during the sequence of contacts pertaining to fuel purchase records --

1 - to update information about vehicle stock of the household;

2 - to check on receipt of fuel purchase logs, and answer questions about use of the logs;

3 - to collect Information pertaining to fuel purchase records.

The fuel purchase contact and result codes refer to the entire sequence of 

calls. The date of last contact with the household will sometimes be the date of the first or second call in this sequence of contacts.

B-21

"HIP

IBP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-22
Coding Instructions for turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE -6 

Card OHO - FORHTURN

foataet tvoe fFUELPCT - col £51

Basic contact by phone .................... l

This code applies whenever the sequence of contacts was started by an attempt to Kike a telephone contact with the household,

Personal contact completed .................. 2

This code used for either of the following: a personal contact was nade at the household and fuel purchase loos were Igfyylth the hoyfjjipjj: fir a personal contact was made and 1t was determined that the household had no vehicle at the time of the contact.

Personal contact attempted but not completed ......... 3

This code means that fuel purchase logs were jnjji left with the household (household believed to have one or more vehicles).

Not applicable ........................ 9

Telephone household with no vehicle at time contacts for fuel purchase record data collection were started.

Contact not attempted .................... o

No contact applies if household terminated participation in RTECS at an earlier stage of data collection.

B-22

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-23
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 7

Card OH01 • FORtfTURN (coqt'd)

Result code fFUELPRC - col 561

Some FPR data collected ................... 1

At this point we ire not attempted to evaluate the quality or completeness of the data. This code applies whenever some data were processed for the FPR file.

No FPR data collected, but vehicle stock was updated during the sequence of contacts (Includes those households that verified that they had no vehicle at the time of the personal contact) .............. 2

No data collected (attempt Hade to contact household; refusal codes do not apply) ................. 5

Refusal (or untouchable status) at time of this contact ........................... 6

This code means that a contact was attempted-, but that no data was collected -- the respondent refused to provide any of the information requested.

Not applicable ........................ 9

Telephone household with no vehicle at time of fuel purchase data collection. Code col 56 • 9 only if col 55-9).

Household terminated participation at an earlier point ............................ 0

(Code col 56-0 only if col 55-0).

w

B-23

'li^f

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-24
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORKS - PAGE 8

Card OHO] • FORHTUP.N feont'd)

contact type and result code

These contacts were Intended primarily to check on current iddresses and 

telephone numbers for RTECS households *nd to update information about vehicle stock. There were two types of contacts --

- Telephone contacts to households (only those with telephones) that did not have a vehicle at the tine of the preceding contact with the 

household.

Household folders will include s telephone contact form if this kind 

of contact was completed or attempted with the household.

- A mailing including return cards for changes in address or telephone number, or changes in vehicle stock, for all other households (except 

those for which RTECS contacts had been terminated at some earlier 

date}.

Some evidence of a mail contact will be included in the household file folder if one or more cards for address, telephone, or vehicle 

changes were returned by the household. Mailing guides used for midyear contacts will usually have to be consulted in order for 

these codes to be entered.

Contact type fHIDYRCT - col 581

Basic contact by telephone .............. ]

Basic contact by mail. ................ 2

Contact not attempted ............... 0

"No contact" applies if household has terminated 

participation at an earlier stage of data collection.

B-24

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-25
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

'IP

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 9

Card OH01 - FORHTURN fcont'dl 

Result code (HIDYRRC - eel S91

Vehicle acquisition and/or disposition information obtained (no address/telephone change) , . i

Household address/telephone change information obtained (no vehicle acquisition/ disposition) ..................... 2

Vehicle information AND address/ telephone change obtained. .............. 3

Telephone contact completed - no address/telephone/vehicle changes. .......... 4

No cards returned from mail contact, o_r telephone contact not completed .......... 5

Refusal at time of this contact. ........... 6

Household terminated participation

at an earlier point. (Code col 59-0

only if col 58 • 0).................. 0

^PF

B-25

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-26
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 10 

Card OH01 • FORHTURN fcont'd)

odometer contact type fEODOHCT - col 61) and result cede fEODOHRC - eel :62J

Special rules apply to households for which purchase record data collection was scheduled for December; see rules on p. 11.

For ill other households the rules for both contact type *nd result code are parallel to the rules used for beginning odometer readings. There is, however, an additional requirement for a match between these codes and the HHSTATUS code as it appears in the final version of the file. See p. 1].

tvoe fEODOHCT - col 6H

Basic contact by phone

This code applies if a telephone contact with the household was attempted. Use of this code generally means that we had (or thought we had) an active telephone number for the household.

Basic contact by mail,

This code applies if a mailing was made to the household; use of this code generally" means that we did not have an active telephone number for the household at the time beginning odometer readings for the household were started.

Not applicable ........

See special rules on p. 11. 

Contact not attempted. ....

This code applies only if household had terminated participation in RTECS at an earlier stage of data collection. For all other households, codes 1, 2, or 9 must be used.

B-26

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-27
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 11 

Card OH01 - FORHTURN (cont'dl

Contact result code (EQDOHRC - col 62)

A code must be entered in this column for each household, regardless of what code was entered for contact type.

Some data collected. ................ 1

This code means that a contact with the household was completed, and some information collected. As a minimum, we should have obtained an up-to-date record of vehicles in use by the household (or determined that the household did not have a vehicle at the time of this contact).

It is not necessary to evaluate the quality or completeness of the information collected.

No data collected (refusal codes do not apply) ... 5

This code applies to a wide range of cases in which other possible codes do not apply. Usually it will mean that a telephone contact was attempted 

but not completed (no answer, number disconnected, etc.) -- or that materials were mailed to a 

household with no telephone, but none of the materials were returned.

Refusal at time this data collection was attempted .............. 6

This code means that a contact was attempted, but that no data was collected -- the respondent 

refused to provide any of the information 

requested.

Not applicable

See special rules on following page. 

(Code col 62 • 9 only if col 61 -9.)

Household terminated participation at an earlier point .................... 0

A contact was not attempted at the time 

that odometer readings were scheduled. (Code col 62-0 only If col 61-0).

B-27

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-28
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 12 

Card OH01— FORKTURN fcont'dl

Special Rules for EQDOMCT (col 611 and EODOHRC (col 62) 

Codes must match as follows:

Col 61 Col 62

EODOHCT EODOHRC MHSTATUS

1 1,5,6 11-13

2 1,5,6 21-23

9 9 11

0 0 32, 41-43, 51

Code 9 is used in both cols 61 and 62 for households for which we 

collected, or attempted to collect, fuel purchase records for the month if December. Generally, these households --

- were assigned to December as the "sample" month; or were 

assigned to January with IDfs in range 4326t; or December was a substitute month for another month previously assigned;

- had one or more vehicles at the time of the most recent contact preceding December;

- had telephones.

For these households, the codes in cols 55-56 apply to the December fuel 

purchase contacts.

8-28

1985 KTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-29
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 13 

Card OH01 - FORHTURN (cont'd)

Date of last contact (cols 64-691

This 1s the date of the last contact with the household, by mail or telephone, at which the vehicle stock of that household was checked and brouoht up-to-date, as necessary. In the majority of cases this will be the contact for end-of-year odometer readings, or for the December fuel log for households from which we attempted to obtain a record of purchases for that month. Note that in some cases we will have checked the vehicle status at the end of the year even 1f we did not get odometer readings or fuel purchase records.

At the same time you code the date of last contact with the household you are also responsible for checking the active list of "current" vehicles (as of the date recorded in date of last contact) against vehicles actually listed as current on FORMTURN for card 1V02 (1V02, col 79 • 1). Any discrepancies should be checked with your supervisor.

If there is no record of a "completed" contact with the household at any time during the year (including RTECS calls made during December 1984), the last contact date should be left blank.

8-29

"P^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-30
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 14 

1M1 - fORMTURN

Most of the data on this card wilt be Included In the file before the final coding phase takes place. Occasionally, however, some additional information ^f'l^'iive been obtained about a vehicle during the end-of-year data •;cb1;l:titiohi or there may be information about a vehicle acquired or disposed of that has not already been entered in the file.

<)he; $pl!t;if1c check that should be made at this point is the set of currently ;iet1ve=ylfi1cTes listed on FORHTURN against the listing of household vehicles it the :time it was last verified with the household (see Card 0H01 - date of last contact).

If an additional eligible vehicle has been acquired, and 1t does not already appear : in the file, use a blank version of the turnaround coding form to enter all of the required information for card 1V01. (Make the required entrres for Card 1VJS2 at the same time.)

Puringthis coding phase you must also enter numeric codes for vehicle make (cols ie-19) and vehicle model (cols 37-38} if they do not already appear on the turnaround form. Use the rules in Section H of the manual to determine where:;:spectfic codes should appear and when codes for unknown (98) or not applicable (99) should appear.

6-30

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-31
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 15 

pard 1V01 - FORHTURN fcont'd)

When making changes or new entries In the vehicle characteristics portion of Card 1V01 (cols 66-78} some special rules apply; These are the same as rules used for FORMINIT coding --

1. If answers to none of the questions in this group (cols 66-78) are available, leave all spaces for this group of questions blank.

2. If answers to one or more of these questions (cols 66-78) are available, codes must be entered for each question.

Use the unknown codes (8 or 98) as necessary.

3. You are responsible for two consistency checks within this set of codes --

Consistency between type of vehicle and DOORS.

DOORS is coded "not applicable" (9) if type is not AUTOMOBILE or STATION WAGON.

Consistency between JOBUSE and NONBUS.

NONBUS is coded "not applicable" (9) if JOBUSE is not 1.

4. If the respondent's MPG estimate is recorded in tenths of miles, round to the nearest whole number. (Round .5 up to the next higher number.)

If the respondent's estimate is a range of MPG, code the midpoint. Examples:

Respondent's Estimate Code

14 - 16 15

14 - 17 16 (Rounded up from ]5.5)

a 

IP

11TM *

8-31

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-32
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 16

C,frd 1V02 • FQRHTURN 

Acquisition codes (cols 15-29)

For vehicles that the household hid at the time of the original 198« R£CS Interview, the codes In col 15 and In cols 17-22 should already be In place 

in the file. See the instructions in Part F if It is necessary to interpret (or change) codes for those columns.

For vehicles acquired after the date of the original 1984 RECS interview, 

the codes in col 15, and in cols 17-22 and 24-29, depend on the information available about the date that the vehicle Mas acquired.

If the exact date is known, use code 2 for col 15; code the date acquired in cols 17-22; leave 24-29 blank.

Frequently, for vehicles acquired during the year you will be able 

to determine a span of time within which the vehicle was acquired, but the specific date will be unknown. In this case, use code 3 

in col 15, and the boundary dates for the span of time in cols 17- 22 (earliest date) and cols 24-29 {latest date).

Example 1: The household respondent tells us that the vehicle was 

acquired in March, but the specific day in March is unknown. The appropriate codes are --

col 35: 3

cols 17-22: C30185

cols 24-29: 033185

Example 2: In a household contacted on 1/3/86 we learn that the

household has acquired an additional vehicle and that an odometer reading was recorded on 12/31/85. There is no 

additional information on the date the vehicle was 

acquired. However, the preceding contact to collect 

fuel purchase records was on 10/4/85; the additional vehicle was not mentioned by the household at that time. 

We must assume that the additional vehicle was acquired 

by the household sometime between 10/4/85 and 12/31/85. The appropriate codes are --

col 15: 3

cols 17-22: 100485

cols 24-29: 123185

NOTE: See following page for special rules for definition of the RTECS "yetr".

B-32

1985 FTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-33
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 17

C.ard 1V02 • FQRKTURN (eont'dl

Rules on definition of the RTECS "year"

The exact dates for the beginning and end of the 1985 RTECS year vary for different groups of households. The end of the 365-day period coincides with planned date for end-of-year odometer readings as follows:

'WHi'y

Assigned 

month for 

household

01, 12

02-11

02-06

07-11

02-11

HHIQS 

All IDs

5151+

1001-4325

1001-4325

4326-5150

Planned date for end-of-year 

odometer reading: after last use on --

12/31/85

12/31/85

1/5/86

1/10/86

1/15/86

This means that we are not interested in vehicle acquisitions or dispositions that occurred after the date in the right-hand column above.

Example: On 1/14/86 we made the end-of-year odometer reading call to HHI3562 household assigned to July (Month 07) and found that a vehicle was acquired on 1/12/86. As shown above, the last day of the 365-day RTECS year is 1/10/86. Therefore, we do not rScord the acquisition of that vehicle.

We do record information about acquisitions or dispositions that occurred before the beginning of the RTECS year, or anytime during the year.

"Im^

B-33

IWP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-3A
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 18

Card 1V02 - FDRHTURN (cont'd)

odometer codes (eel 31-45)

These codes will be In the file for almost ill vehicles for which they ire available. Some exceptions will be vehicles acquired during the year for which beginning odometer readings were not picked up at the time of FQRMINIT coding.

IMPORTANT MOTE: Do not use odometer readings from fuel purchase data collection -- either for the begtnn1ng-of-year or end-of-year odometer readings. The fuel purchase data collection figures will sometimes, in fact, serve as surrogates for the beginning-of-year and/or end-of- year readings, but a computer program will be used as required to pick these up from fuel purchase records.

The beginning odometer reading codes are the same as those used for FORMINIT Coding.

1. If a beginning odometer reading is not available, ill of the spaces for BEGINNING ODOMETER READING should be left blank, including col 31.

2. When an odometer reading has been obtained, code I should generally be used for col 31.

Code 2 should be used when a note indicates that the odometer reading is an approximation or suspect in some way.

If code 1 or 2 is entered for col 31, both the odometer reading and the date must be filled in,.

3. Enter the codes for odometer not working (3) or not obtained for other reasons (5), as appropriate.

If code 3 or 5 is entered for col 31, both the reading and the date should be left blank.

4. If tenths of miles are included in the odometer reading, drop the tenths from the information that is entered. Include leading zeros in the entries as appropriate. For example, all of the following -- 16,079 or 18,079.2 or 16,079.9 -- should be recorded as

itelffh for notes that Indicate that the odometer goes only up to SS,f99, and; that the odometer has "turned over" (i.e., actually gone past 100^600), in this case, tnter y&ar best understanding ef the total number of miles that the vehicle has been driven.

B-34

1985 RfECS 0ata Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-35
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 19

Card 1V02 - FORMTURN (cont'dl

griding odometer readings (cols 47-61)

This information will usually be found in the end*of-ycar contact questionnaire.

In some cases, ending odometer readings w111 have been obtained in an earlier contact if we learned that the household had disposed of the vehicle.

The ending odometer codes are similar to those ustd for beginning odometer readings.

1. If an ending odometer reading is not available, all of the spaces for ENDING ODOMETER READING should be left blank, including col 47.

2. When an odometer reading has been obtained, code 1 should generally be used for col 47.

Code 2 should be used when a note indicates that the odometer reading is an approximation or suspect in some way.

If code 1 or 2 is entered for col 47, both the odometer reading and the date must be filled in,.

3. Enter the codes for odometer not working (3) or not obtained for other reasons (5), as appropriate.

If code 3 or 5 is entered for col 47, both the reading and the date should be left blank.

4. If tenths of miles are included in the odometer reading, drop the tenths from the information that is entered. Include leading zeros in the entries as appropriate. For example, all of the following -- 

18,079 or 18,079.2 or 18,079.9 -- should be recorded as

018079

5. Watch for notes that indicate that the odometer goes only up to 99,999, and that the odometer has 'turned over" (i.e., actually gone past 100,000). In this case, enter your best understanding of the total number of miles that the vehicle has been driven.

Just as in the case of beginning odometer readings, ending readings should not be picked up from fuel purchase record questionnaires. In some cases, however, it may be desirable to look at odometer readings in fuel purchase questionnaires in order to resolve discrepancies or apparent inconsistencies between beginning and ending figures obtained 1n other data collection 

contacts.

B-35

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-36
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS • PAGE 20

Card IV&g - FORMTURN (cont'd^ 

Disposition codes (colsjB.3-771

If not already in the file, these codes should be entered when the vehicle has been disposed of prior to the last contact with the household. All codes are tefi blank if the household still had the vehicle at the time of the most recent contact.

For vehicles disposed of, the codes in col 63, and in 65-70 and 72-77, depend on information available about the data.

The basic rules for vehicle disposition codes and dates are the same as for acquisitions; see rules for card 1V02, cols 15-29, including the special rules for definition of the RTECS year.

B-36

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-37
Coding Instructions for Turnaround Forms (continued)

CODING INSTRUCTIONS FOR TURNAROUND FORMS - PAGE 22

gard 1V02 - FORKTURN fcont'dl

Supplemental status codes (VSUPP - col 80

Heavy truck* ...................... U

Business use only** ................. V

Dismantled or dilapidated; used for parts; Immobile 

vehicles used as a source of power for a piece of 

machinery, etc. ................... U

Used primarily for display or competition

(racing cars, antique cars, etc.) .......... X

In permanent storage; other vehicles not

intended for use for transportation purposes. .... Y

*Farm trucks, dump trucks, wreckers, flatbeds, 

and other trucks over 1 ton should generally 

be assigned this supplemental status code.

**A government-owned vehicle, company vehicle, or 

other vehicle not owned by a household member 

is eligible for inclusion in RTECS provided it is 

ordinarily kept at home and is available to 

household members for their personal use 15 or 

more days out of the month.

Summary of Rules for Disposition Dates and 

Supplemental Vehicle Status Codes

Supplemental

Disposition Vehicle 

Code and Date Status Code

Household currently

has eligible vehicle None None

Household has (or had) Ineligible

vehicle Yes U,V,W,X,Y

Household no longer

has eligible vehicle Yes None

8-38

TMlr

i 

Hr^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-39
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output

RAC«739 

071086

1$8S RTECS 

•VALIDITY OF BLANKS IK HVJ fILE

MANE

HHIB

TEHHUM

CARD

KHGP

SAMP MO

RECSDATE

RECSD ATE

RECS»ATE

MILESGP

SAMP CELL

HHSTATUS

HUKVELIG

BOCOKCT

BODOMRC

FUELPCT

FUELPRC

MIDTRCT

HIByRRC

EOBOMCT

EOCOKRC

LASTHO

LASTBY

CARP

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OH01

OHOT

OH01

OH01

OK01

OH01

OH01

OM01

OK01

OM01

OHD1

OH01

COLUHK 

RANGE

1 — »

?--6

10--13

15

17 — 18

20 — 21

22 — 23

21 — 25

36

*2— «3

*5--«6

H9--50

52

53

55

56

58

59

61

62

6» — 65

66 — 67

BLAMES IK FIELD

AL8A?S ! SOMETIMES ! NEVER 

ALLOWED ! ALL08ED * ! ALLOWED

X

: ! x

x

: : x

: ! x

! ! X

! i " X

t f y , i A

! ! X

i : x

: x i

; i x

! x ;

; x !

: x

: x

: x ;

: x :

! X !

! X !

X ! i

X !

* Blanks are valid in these fields prior to the final phase of HV! coding.

G-26

1985 RTECS.Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-40
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

-

VARIABLE 

NAME

LASTTR

HHID

VZHNUM

CARD

VTIPE

KAKEC

VTEAR

MODELC

C1LS

AIR

TRAHS

DOORS

JOBUSE

NONBUS

DRIVES

HPGEST

HHID

VEHHUM

CARD

ACQNUM

BHOACO

BDTACO

BYRACO

CHOACO

CDTACO

CYRACO

CARD

OH01

1V01

1V01

1T01

1V01

1V01

1V01

1V01

1V01

1 V01

1 V01

1 ¥01

1V01

1¥01

1 V01

1 V01

1V02

1V02

ivo2

1¥02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

COLUMN 

RANGE

68--69

1--«

7--8

10--13

15--16

18--T9

3*--35

37--38

66--67

69

70

71

73

7*

75

77--7S

1--4

7--8

10--13

15

17--18

19--20

21--22

2«--25

Z6--27

1V02 : 2B--29

BLANKS IN FIELD

ALWAIS 

ALLOWED

Z

X

Z

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

SOMETIMES 

ALLOWED

X

X

x

x

X

X

x :

NEVER 

ALLOWED

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

G-27

TM|P^

'"HlF

1!P^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-41
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

VARIABLE 

NAME

ODOMBC

SMILES

BMOKIL

BDYMIL

8TRK1 L

ODOMEC

EKILES

EHOKIL

EDYKIL

EYRHIL

SIS HUM

BMODIS

BDYDIS

BYRDIS

CWOniS

CDYDIS

CTRBIS

VCODE

VSUPP

CARD

1V02

1V02

1*02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1V02

1VD2

1V02

1V02

1V02

1VOZ

COLUMN 

RANGE

31

33—38

•0--«1

»2-»3

• «:.«

*7

«9--5«i

S6--57

58--S9

60--61

63

6S--66

67--6B

69--70

72--73

7«--75

76--77

79

60

BLANKS IN FIELD

ALWAYS 

ALLOWED

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

x

X

X

X

X

x

X

SOMETIMES 

ALLOWED

NEVER

ALLOWED

--

X

6-28

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-42
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

12

13

1c

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES

ERROR* HESSiGE

tier and HID do not natch. If: IIGf'1 Tfcen: I1ID»1001-»32S 

IISr*2 IIID-«326-5150 

IICM3 IIID'SIJI-SUSb 

IIID-5»51-*000 

*IID«»001-o375 

IIID«o37»-»»t2 

7001-7102 

IIlD«o«83-»a45 

7103-7203

•ier>7 

IIOMO

DOORS does not patch TTTFE 

DOORS does sot natch »TTP£ 

JOIBSE does act antes NOXIOS 

JOIUSE do.i not n.tch NOKBffS 

EMIL.ES 11 lest than (MILES

blank 

blink 

61 in* 

1V01 ind 1*02 TtBKD«S art not equal

TCIHOKS ar* not in itquanct

S/l«PhO don not equal ITI File Henth 

RECS DO. do»i not natch RECS TR.

RECS WT ii aoc in flICS HO.

C10DOHCT il <) but EOOOKCT » 9) or 

{ CODOMCT II 9 but IOOOHCT is 4)

IODOHCT or SODOHSC n 0 but 

(ODONRC dots not equal IOOOHCT

6-29

HIB»7S01-7521 

If DOORS EQ 4 tbee TTT»E CT 2. 

If DOORS *E 4 then TTT»E EO 1 or 3.

If JOItSE EQ 1 tnen »0»I8S EQ 0, t or 

If JOIOSE EQ 0 or 8 Cnen (QUIDS EQ 4.

If EHILES and VRILES are not blank 

then IHILES is CE IHILCS.

If C1RD EQ If 01 and 1 T02 then 

EO VEIUSHi H02)

TEIKDHS in sequence from 01 -On 

nth OS the next alSoiabi* t.

If m File Oonth EO I then 

5*HPMO EO I.

If RECS NO. EQ 01 -OU then RECS

Tfi EO 95.

If RECS HO. EO 10-52 then RECS rn EQ BK.

If RECS HO EO 02 titan DECS Dir

1* IT 24 or EQ 48.

If RECS KO EQ OU or 11 then RECS

BIT l» IT 31 or EQ 48.

If RfCS HO EQ 01.03,10,12 then

RECS D1T is LT 32 or EQ 46.

If tODOHCT EQ 4 then EODOHCT HE 4. 

If IODOHCT EQ 4 tntn IODOHCT ME 4.

If IODOHCT EQ 0 or tODOHRC EO 0 

taen IODONRC EO IOOOHCT

'IIP

"HP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-43
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

17 

16 

1<> 

20

at

22

23

2*

25

2t>

27

28

24

30

31

32

33 

3«

35

36

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

ajODOHCT or IODOHRC it s but

•ODOUR C <io«f «ee equal tOPOBCT

•ODOHCT IS 1 or J but IODOHRC if 

not 1,5 or fc

PBEt'CT dos a not Batefe

HCLtCT «o*a »ot Mtefe HCLMC

rVCLPCT «o*a sol »«tch

«o*a tot Mtcfe FOELPRC

TB£L»eT or FBELPRC i« « but 

FBELPRC «o*i act aqual rBELPCT

lou»»holO b«« ao v»bici* but

KIPTRCT doci not ««tch KIDTRHC

HIDTRCT floel not natch HIDTRRC

MIPYRCT «ees act natch HIDYRRC

EODOMCT or EODOHRC la 0 but tpDOMRC 

do»i not equal EOCewCT

tOOOMCT ia 1 or 2 but EODOKRC is 

not 1, S or 6

EOPOHCT or EODOHRC is 4 but EODOKRC 

tort set *QuaJ EODOKC7.

IODOKCT an(3 BBST1TDS «o not «jrt«

COCOKCT and EB£TiTDS 60 act »fr»«

IODOMCT >ad UST4TBS do not «gr»o

EODOKCT «a<5 ISSTITOS do 'cot agi-*«

»«»ult Cod* ia 67 » or EQ 0 but 

L»at Contact Datt i» not bleak

Lett Coitaet Date iz bl«nk but 

M*itlt CM* it It * or ME 0

It iODOHCT EO « or (O&OHRC EC <; 

tto»n •ODONHC EQ lODOifCT.

If tODOHCT EO 1 or 1 tfatn 

90POHJIC EO 1.5 or a

ir riEtrcT EO o or mmc EQ o 

tb«a rmrxc so

zr rviLrer to i ta«n niLrRc EQ 1,2.5 or t.

ir rniurcT to 2 t»*a rBELrxc EQ

1 or 2.

If riEtrCt EQ 3 tk*B FBELfRC EQ 

S or o.

If fBELfCT EQ 1 or FgELMC EQ 4

rmm EC MEL»CT.

If th«r« ar» ao It 01 e»rda thor, 

NELPC7 to « or 0.

If RIDTRCr EQ 0 ta*a KtDTRRC EO 0.

If KIDTRCT EQ 1 ta*B HIDTRRC HE 0.

If HIDTRCT EQ 2 th» MDYRRC HE » and 0.

If IODOKCT or tODOMftC EO 0 then 

CODOHCT EQ EOOONRC

If SODOMCT EQ 1 or 

EQ 1, 5 or fc.

ta*B BODOHRC

If KODONCT EO 1 or EODOKRC EQ t) 

than EO&ONCT EO EOOOKRC.

If SODOMCT EQ 0 tn*K MSnTDS £Q 

32 or »1-H3 or 51.

If XODORCT EQ 1 th*r. HST17DS 

CO 11-13.

If EODOKCT EQ 2 tb>a HSTtTCS 

CO 21-23.

If CODOHCT EQ 4 tkcn IlSTaTD£ 

CO 11.

If BODOHRC, r»EL?RC, KIOYRKC •»« 

CODOKRC CT * or EO 0 that LtSTHO, 

USTTft, LdSTDT »r« M»ak.

If LtSTHO, USTTK, USTOT ar« blank 

tk*« IODONRC, rDELNlC, KtCTRRC and 

CODONRC CT « or EB 0.

G-30

1985 RTECS Data Hanipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-AA
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

37

36

31

40

«2

43 

*«

«5

»6

17 

US

50

51

52

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

LiSTHO don not citcH LlSTTR

LiSTXO (3o*3 not aatch LlSTTR 

IjSTMO do»> not «atch LJSTTB

LaSTDY is not to LiSTMO

Laat Contact Data it not blank 

•nd is LT tfi« RECSDlTE

Rstult Cod* i» CT 0 and LT 5 but 

Last Contact 0«tt is blink

is 0 but 'CODE it not 0

ROXBftS is 0 but JOlDSE is not 1 

or fSBPP is act '

CTLS 1« oq but HiKEC is not 75

NiSEC is Othtr Truck put TTYPE is 

not 7

H1CEC is 45 or 48 but HODELC it not 

44

CYLS, ilR, THIN, DOOR, JOCOSE, 

KOJII05, DRIVE or "PC is blank 

but cols. 66*79 »r» not blank

to** not Batch b*fin. and

close, acq. datiis.

JCO»OB to** not aatcD b*(ia. tad

clo»«. acq. datas.

is 1 but btfin. acq. data 

dots not equal !)CCSD1T£

it 2 but b«(ifl. acq. dat« 

it LI XICSDaTE

te*t not •*tc« t>«(in. «ad 

clot*, tcq. dat»s.

iCQUOh do«t not catch b«(in. tad 

clot*, acq. datas

If LJSTHO EO 1 thvn L/iSTTft IQ 85 

or 8*.

If LI3THO EO 2-^1 tn*n LlSTTR to 85.

If LiSTHO CO 12 tlian LiSTTR EO E« 

or 85.

If LtSTHO tO 2 tbvn LiiTDT LT 29. 

If USTMO (Q 1, 3,5,7,8,10 or 12 

tbae LiSTDT it LT 32. 

If L1STHO 10 »,t,c> or 11 than 

L13TBT it LT 31.

If L4STKO, LiSTDr, LJiTT* DI blank 

than L1STHO, LaSTDT, LiSTTK it CT 

tb« RECSD1TE.

IT BODOHKC, rtitLPRC, HIDYRJIC or 

EODOHRC it LT 5 or CT 0 tl«n 

L»STHO, LJSTCr, USTYJ! HE blank.

If lONBOS it 0 thiin TCODE EQ 0.

If MOKtPS it 0 th«n JOBOSE EQ 1 

and TSOPP EO '-

If CTLS EO 09 tlieri B1ICEC EO 75.

If »**EC EO 03, 05, 1U, le, 17,20, 

21. 23, 27, 30, 32, 11, U2, 13 or uu 

th«n TTYJE EC] 07.

If XjtKEC EO '15 or 48 tha-n HOOELC 

EQ 44.

If C7LS, UP., TRIMS, DOORS, JOBDSE, 

HOMBDS, DRITES or IIPCEST it blank 

tHafi cols. 66-73 ittiould all b* 

blank.

If iCQXOH ZO 1 or 2 tn*n SMOtCQ, 

BDY1CQ, BTSICCJ MZ blank.

If iCQXOX EO 1 or 2 t)i«n CKOiCQ, 

CDTACQ, CTRiCO EQ black.

If ICaXOK EO 1 th«n gKOICQ, BOTiCO, 

BYRiCQ EQ

If ICQDCH EQ 2 Cn»n 8H01CO, BOY4CQ, 

ITIiCQ it CT tb« HECSOtTI.

If 1CQHON tO 3 tbfin INOtCQ, IDYaCQ, 

1TI14CQ, CKOaCO, COY4CQ, CTMCQ ara 

HE blank.

If 1COKVH tO 3 Ckna CHOiCQ, CDYlCQ, 

CYRiCO II CT IHOiCQ, 1DTICQ, ITUCQ.

G-31

^P

"11^^

Ifi^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-45
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

ss

5*

57 " 

W

sv

*0

•3

M

71

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

•cut. »cc sate Is IT KEC3DITE

•ECIK MUE4CE OiTE COM net Batch 

ICO. CITES

•IIRIIK >• LT 5 but ICORtli it Bet 1

0MR»e ooat net a*tck ea«in. edew. 

dat«

ODOR*C «<»t BOt eatek (MILES

ODOMIC «o*« not atek bafin. odea.

ODOKIC doa> not sitcl MILES

•ODOMItC is not 1 but b»*iB od».

4*t* » act bl*nk

 ODOIiliC i< net 1 but ODOKIC >s not

n. o<So» dati tfo*< net *steh 

b*fiB. *cq. date or l2/20/i«

CDOHIC it »ot blank but tOOOHKC 

it act 1

«o» Jiot »itch 1HILES

ODORtC «e» Dot ••teti EKILtS or

ODOHtC «o»t not Mteh DIKES or 

e0o**t*r tfst*

CODORRC if not 1 but *nd. e4o«

«at» 10 sot 61«Bk

SODOMMC i* act 1 but ODOBtC 11 BOt

blank

OOOKEC » not blank but EODOKRC l» 

•ot 1

(H01CQ. "DUCO, BI*»CO SI Ot

If tCORIK 1C 3 *ne •MOMZL, SDTKIi, 

iTRKH ar* net blank tn*a •NOHtL. IDTMIL,

>« ec cowoicc, cones, ernes.

If tSIBDK 11 LT S tbae aeOKIH EQ V

If ODMK SO 1 er 2 tb»a MOML, 

WTMIL, ITKKIL it BOt

If ODOHiC to 1 er 2 ttot SMILES 

it BOt blank.

If ODOMIC to 3 or 5 tbn IHOKIL, 

IDTKIL, tTRRIL >l bla»k.

If ODOM»C to 3 er 5 tbac (MILES

H blank.

If tODOKHC RE 1 then SHOHIL, 

•BTH1L, ITKRIL »« blank.

If fODORHC HE 

blank.

ttee» ODORtC i> ^

If BKCRIL, »BTRIL, >T*RIl. it not 

blank tkti IROKIL, IDTMI1., ITHMIL 

>a CE tKOlCO, (DTaCQ, (TMaCO or 

CT 12/20/*«.

If OMR1C RE blank tkac »OOORKC 

EO 1.

If 'TliH EO »5-«t tbaa SMILES is

LT $.0,000.

If mi* EO I* ta.r IHILES it LT

100,000.

If TTS1K EO (3 tba« (MILES is LT

150,000.

If TTSU EO (2 tnan IKILES it LT

200, 000.

If VTElR 11 LT (2 tb»o IHILES ll LT

256, 000.

If ODOHEC EO 1 er 2 then EMILES. 

tHORIL, SBTMIL, ETkHIL «r* IE blank.

If ODOHEC CO 3 or S then SKI US, 

KRORIL, IBTRIL, ETRHIL *ra blank.

ir IOOORIIC RE 1 th«e CHORIL,

SDTRIL, tTKRIL it blBBk.

If CODOMDC Rt 1 t»»B ODOHEC it

Blank.

If OBONEC RE blank then EODCmRC 

«0 1.

6-32

1985 ETECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-46
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

71

73

7»

75 

7*

77

76

71

60

81

82

83 

git 

85 

It

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

(ODOHXC ii not 1 but IXILES it act 

blank

IODONXC ii act 1 but SHILSS i* set 

blaak

It 10DOXRC KK 1 then BXILCS EQ 

blank.

If tOSOHtC »li 1 tlian SHILtS 10 

blank.

Cndinf odoMtar data it LC bafianinf If IMOHIL,IDTNXL. ITXHXL 1C blank

aid IHOHIL, EDYXIL, trRMIL XI blank

odonatar data than tHOHIL, EDTXI1., EYMIL ia GT

IHOHIL,IDTHI1., ITIIIIL.

Endiaf odoaatar dat* it LT b*|iaaiaf If IHOHIL, IOYKIL, 1ITXHIL 1C blank

aid CHONIL, IBTHIL, ZT*HIL Nt blank 

•cqunitioc data than IMOHIL, IDTWII., ITMJL ia CT

Endinf edonftar data it LT cloalnc 

•cqumtioB dat<

Bagin. disposition dat* is LT and. 

odoB. date

Begin, disposition data >l LT ba(in. 

odot« date

Btgin. disposition date is LT cloaa. 

acq. date

Bagln. disposition dat* IB LT b*fin. 

acq. dat*

Clou, disposition dat* is LE bafin.

d: sp. date

IRSTiTOS is GT 23 but EXILES ii not 

blank

IIST1TDS is CT 23 but ODOHEC is act 

blank

IH04CQ, ICTaCQ, ITSilCO,

If IHOMIL, IDTWL, 1ITRNIL EO blaak 

aad CKOJCO. C9T1CO, CTHiCO >E blank

tban EHOHIL, IDTKIL. ETTBHIL it CT 

O, CDTtco, crn.icq

it tKoois, jorois, irsois it ire 

blank and EHOHIL, EDThIL, ITRHIL 

ia »E blaak than INODIS. 1CTDIS, 

ITKDIS it Ct IBOH1L, IDTHIL, ETMIL.

If 1HODIS, SDYBIS, ITBDIS is KE 

blank aad iHOHlL, SETHIL, 1TKKIL 

ia lit blank taan IKODIS, JOrBIS, 

1TROIS it CE (NOMIL, IOTHIL, ITRKIL.

If IHOOIS, BCTDIS, iTXDIS it HE 

blank aad CNOiCO, CUTICO, CTJUCO is 

HE blank than INODIS, JOTDIS, 

(TXDIS 11 CE CKOlCO, CDT4CQ, CTHiCQ.

If »HOCIS, IDTCIS, BIKDIS is ME 

blank aad BMOtCQ, IDTiCQ, ITRlCQ 

it HE blank tnan 1MODIS, 1DTDIS, 

ITROIS is CE 1H01CO, BDTICQ, JTRlCQ.

if CKOOIS, corois, CYHDIS is HE

blank ttttn CHODIS, CETDIS, CTREIS 

la CT IMODIS, BDTDIS, BTKDIS.

If HST4TDS is CT 23 taan EXILES 

CO blank.

If USTiTUS is CT 23 tnan ODOKEC 

CO blank.

IIIT1TUS it CT 23 but and. odoa. data If IISTiTOS is CT 23 then EXOXIL,

it not blaak

OISMCX doas lot «atca b«|in. and 

clota. ditpotition datas

DI3KOM doat not Htea bajin. and 

eloaa. ditpoaition datat

CDTHIL, CTKKIL EQ blank.

If DI3P«M CQ 1 or 2 tban 1HOC1S, 

1DTCI3, JTKDJS It blank.

If DI3S.BM EO ^ or 2 than CKOOIS, 

CCTDIS. CTIHIS EO blink.

G-33

: 1fB^

i W

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-47
Information for Editins CHECKUP PrQgramOutpu^ (continued)

87

"to

IS 

93

It

*»?

100

101

102

103

HVl CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

DISH OK SOBS not anted bsjie end 

elo»». diaeositioB data*

«oes net match 

elose. mspotitiee «at*t

VCODE 38 1 but BISKBM is aet blank

fCODI dose aet *atefc kefis. fliep. 

fist*

tCODE «o»* aot •ateb elea*. tiiap. 

Sat*

VCODE is 1 but VSIX8K it 0 

SCODE it 0 but DI3RBK is bias*

does act aatek begin.

»SBFI= is aot bJaale but »COD£ is 

not 0

fSVtP is net fcl»nk but DISBBM si 

net 1,8 or 3

puElj f but JOEBSE it act 1 

VSDPF squElz » but MOH8BS u aot 0

TSCPP »qii3ls C but TTYPE it 81 

t or 7

t*(3n. *cq. sooth tout not Bitch 

btgin. &CQ. year

. *eq. aoeth oo*t not «>tch 

clot*. «cq y**r

t*tJH. 0o*s not »»tcb

tad. edo*. eontk oo»» not »*tcb 

**tf. etfe*. ye»r

If SISKBIt EC 3 then BHOD3S, iCTDIS, 

iTRDJS «r» HE

If DISHBK SQ 3 then CHODIS, CCTDJS, 

CTSPJS ar« N£ bleak.

It fCDD! tQ 1 tb*£ 8ISK8K in Dlask.

!f fCODE SS 1 tfeno BMOEIS, SBTDJS, 

ITRDIS *r* blink.

If VCODE 1C 1 tfe»e CHOWS, CDTD1S, 

CTRD1S are blank.

If ?COBE 1C 1 th*i> »£BI!BH ii CT 0. 

If ?eODC SO 0 ta*e CISRDK is not

It tCODE EQ C tb8B JHOD1S, iBTSIS, 

9TRDIS ar* aot MSB*.

If ?3BF? 18 eot blank tfeea VCODE 

EC 0.

If ?SB1>P is not blank thvc DISMDR 

EQ 1-3.

If ?SOF!> EQ ? tbtn JOiJSE EC 1. 

If ?SB?P EQ T taan RORIDS SQ o.

Jf fSBPP EC 5 thfti fTYFI EO Ofc

or 07.

If SH01CO EO 10-12 than tnuCG

CQ I* or ts.

If IH04CO EO 07-04 tb>£ ITRtCC

EC ££.

If BHOtCO EO 01 tb*t> BTR1CC EC

S5 er 86.

If CHOiCQ 10 10-12 th«n CTR4CO

EC l« or 85

If CHOtCO EQ 02-04 th»B CTRiCO

EO «£.

If CM01CQ CO 01 th*B CTR4CO EQ

tS or 86.

If BMOHIL EO 12 than BTftwIL EQ 

t« or 15.

If IKOMIL tO 01 tbao BTSKU to

85 or (e.

If tHOKIi. tO 02-11 tbae

EQ tS.

If EHOMIL EO 01 tb*n EYKRIL EO 

85 or 16.

6-34

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-48
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

105

106

107

109

110

112

113

11«

115

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

If |HOH!L EQ 02-11 then

lafin. diap. •eat* tot* act 

••ecu b«|ia. diap. yaar

Closa. diap. loath doas not 

•atcb clean. dl»p. yaar

10DOHCT it o but S4HPHO or IIGP 

if not 1

BODOHCT is <) but SiHPHO is not 

5, o,7, 8 or 1ICF it not 7

EODOHCT is 9 but SAHFHO it not 12

EODOHCT is t) but StHFKO is not 1 

and IICP 13 IE \

IIST1TUS does not natch EODOHCT

IISTiTDS dots not oatOi EODOHCT

do«s aot aatch EODOHCT

Diy is invalid for lonth

Day is invalid for »ontn

Day it invalid for aenth

If EHOMIL EO 12 tlita ETRNIL CO 

tn or 65.

If 1HODIS CO 01 tlitn BTRDIS EO

as or lt>.

If INODIS EO 02-04 then ITKDIS

EQ «S.

If INODIS EQ 10-12 then 1TRDIS

10 M or 85.

If CHODI3 EQ 01 then CTKDIS EQ 

IS or 16.

If CNODI5 EO 02-0<J than CTRCIS

to is.

If CHODIS EQ 10-12 then CTftDIS 

IQ I* or 85

If IODOHCT td <l tlitn S1HPMO EQ 

01 and IIGP t.Q 1.

If IODOHCT IQ <> than S<H>HO EQ 

OS, 06, 07, 01 nad I1IOP EQ 7.

If EODOHCT Etl 4 thin S1H?HO EQ 12.

If EODOHCT EC) <? tlun S1HPHO EO 1 

and IIC? is (IT i.

If MSTlTUS is GT 23 ta»a EODOHCT 

EO 0.

If IISTITDS I'.Q 21-23 t»*n 

EODOMCT IQ 2.

If IISTiTBS EQ 12 or 13 tn«n 

EODOHCT EQ 1.

If IH01CQ EQ 2 taon SDTiCQ is

LT 29.

If IHOiCQ EQ 1.3,5,7,8,10 or 12

ta» IBT1CO is LT 32.

If IHOiCO £0 «. f>,') or 11 then

BDTJCO i> LT 31.

If CNOiCQ EQ 2 tana CDT1CQ is

LT 29.

If CHOiCO tQ 1,3,5,7,8,10 or 12

than CDTtCQ i* LT 32.

If CHOaCQ EQ «, (J, <) or 11 than

CDT1CQ Is LT 31.

If IHOHIL EQ 2 then IDTHIL is

LT 29.

If IHONIL EQ 1,3,5,7,8,10 or 12

tnaa IDTHIi i« LT 32.

If IHOHIL EQ », b, » or 11 than

IDTJIIL is LT 31

G-35

"IP

TM^

H^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-49
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

11* D»Y It f or

11? 0«y 11 j»v«lid for Beach

116 D»y it invalid for •oath

120

JnviliC co»bo of s«»ple »or.lh 

»nd vehicle card 12 d«t*s

1«hicl« eari] *2 d*t*s invalid for 

tlui •••p}« •onch/IEIC

If EKOHH EO 2 th»n CDTHIL u

LT 2<).

If EHOHH EO 1,3,5,7,8,10 or 12

then EDTHIL 11 LT 32.

It EMOKIL EO «,6, * or 11 then

EDTHIi. is LT 31.

If MODJS 10 2 tk« IDTCIS is

LT jq.

If MODIS EO 1,3,S,7,«,10 or 12

tt»D BDIC1S 19 LT 32.

If 11)01118 10 «,«,« er 11 then

IDTDIS 11 LT 31.

If CHODIS EO i tb»n COTDIS it

LT 2<!.

If CHODIS EO 1. 3, 5,7.1,10 or 12

then CDTDJS it LT 32.

If CHODIS EO H, t,9 or 11 then

CDTDIS is LT 31.

If S1HPHO EO 01 er 12 th*n tHOiCO,

IDTICO, trmco, CHO*CO, CETICC, CTRICO, SHOMJL, BCTKIL, tvRML,

IKODIS, tDYDIS, trKCI£ »Bd CMODIS, 

CDTDIS, CTHDIS «r» LE 12/31/85.

If SIMPHO is CE 02 tnti LE 11 sn<! 

IIIC is CE 5151 tben IMO1CQ, 

SDT1CQ, ITRlCQ, CM01CQ, COTtCQ, 

CTRICO, tNOHIL, tCTHIL, KTRMIL, 

>HODI£, tDTCIS, STRDIS «n<S CHOCIS, 

CDTDIS,er*CIS *r» LE 12/31/85

If StHPMO is CE 02 »»« LE Ofc emtf 

IEIC is CE 1001 and LE «325 

then IHOiCQ,

•DTtCO, tTKtCO, CHOtCQ, CDTlCO, 

CTR1CQ,tHOKIL,tDYHIL, ITRKIL, 

CKODIS, »BrOI5, BT»CI£ *n« CHOCI£, 

CDTOIS, erRCIS «r« LE 12/31/85.

If S4BKIO is CE 07 «»tf LE 11 aBd 

HID i* 01 1001 «ad LE «325 then 

BH01CQ, »DT*CO, BTR4CO, CK01CQ, CCT*CQ, 

CTRtCQ, kHOHIL, 1DTHIL, (TRKIL,

•HODIS, IDrOIS, tritDIS and CNOOI5, 

CDTDIS, CTKCIS *rc LE 01/10/8b.

If SaMPHO n GE 02 *ad LE 11 »nd 

HID is CE «32fc «KD LE 5150 tb*n

•KOiCQ, tDTiCC. (TMCQ, CMOtCQ, 

CDT4CG. CTflCO, IMOKIL, SDTKIL,

• TRHIL, MODIS, »CTOIS, ITRDIS and 

CHODIS, CBYBIS. CTKftlS *r« LE

6-36

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-50
Information for Editing CHECKUP Proeram Cutout (continued)

121

122

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR MESSAGES - (cont'd)

HODELC invalid for (UKEC

LiSTCRTC <l»*t contact data) It 

not co»titt«Bt tun raauJt codes, 

SiHPflO or IICP

123 IODOHRC EQ 1 but LaSTCKTC <ia«t 

contact data) it LT 12/31/85

Sa« tat ukt and aodal aatrix

If iODONRC 10 i and FJELPRC, 

MPTHHC, IODOXSC «r* 6T * or LT J 

and iaMPHO IQ i: and lief EO i 

taaa USTKO, L*3TOT, H3TTR it 

LT 02/01 /IS.

If 100011110 to 1 aail 

HIDYRRC, IODOHRC aro GT « or LT i 

a ad StKMO it SC as tad «C 06 

acd tier tQ 1 th«a LISTNO, L1STCY, 

LJSTTP la LT 02/Ob/tS.

If IODOMKC to 1 and

«CT»)>C, IDOOIIIIC art CT « or LT 1

aid SlBmo la GI 07 aad GI 11 aad

MS* EO t tacn UJTHO, LJSTDr, 

L4STTR it LT 02/11 /8S.

'IIP

If 10COHKC IQ 1 and 

KIDTKIIC, EODOMRC ar* GT 1 or LT 1 

and IIC? 10 1 tfcae USTHO, 1JSTDT, 

LaSTTR it LT 02/16/65.

U tODONKC EQ 1 and fOELPRC, 

MIDTRKC, EODOMRC art CT 1 or LT 1 

and lief to 3 tlian LtSTKO, L1STDT, 

LaSTTR 1» LT 03/01/85.

1C IODOKRC EQ 1 and FVELrRC, 

HIDTRftC, COCOKRC art CT » or LT 1 

and HOP EQ « tfi*n LiSTNO, LtSTOT, 

LiSTTR it LT OH/01 /85.

If IOOONRC ECI 1 and FIELPRC, 

HIOTRRC. tODOMRC arc CT « or LT 1 

and IICP EQ S then LASTMO, L15TDT, 

LISTTR it LT 05/01/85.

If IOOOMRC EQ 1 tnd FUELPRC, 

HIDTRRC, IOOOWRC are CT u or LT 1 

and IICP EQ 0 (nan LiSTNO, LaSTDT, 

L1STT* i* LT 07/01/85

If IODOHRC IQ 1 and fOELPRC, 

NIDTXRC, IODOHRC an CT » or LT 1 

•ad IICP EQ 1 than LiSTHO, LiSTDT,

LJSTTJ i* LT 01/01 /»s.

If IODOHMC EQ 1 tad SJHPNO tQ 01 

or 12 aad 110* IQ 1 or HID is

CT 5150 th«n LJSTHO, LiSTDT, USTTH 

i* 01 12/31/15-

If tOOOMRC IQ 1 and StM'IIO it CI 

02 and Ct Ot> and IIC? EQ 1 th»n 

LISTHO. LaSTOT, LISTTR l« CC 01/05/86.

G-37

•TMll^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-51
Information for Editing CHECKUP Program Output (continued)

HVI CONSISTENCY CHECKS AND ERROR RESSAGES - (cont'd)

It EOCOHRC CO 1 »n<J SJMFMO IB St

07 *B« C£ 11 tut IICF EQ 1 then

USTHO, L»STDt, LtSTYD if CE 01/10/8b.

If tOOOHRC tQ 1 •»<! IICF CQ 2

thec USTRO, USTBT.L1STTR it

cr

1Z« MIDYRIIC EO 1-« but LiSTCKTCt l»»t 

co»t»ct O.tt) j* iT 0?m/»5.

If MIBYKRC EQ 1.2,3 er * then 

LiSTDO. J-iSTCt, L»STT» i* CT

6-38

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-52
Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) File Coding and Data Entry Instructions

PART B. CODING AND DATA ENTRY INSTRUCTIONS

RAC F4739-131 

Revised 011366

•

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data Entry

1. Materials Mill be prepared for data entry 1n a separate batch for each record month.

The record north Is the month for which purchase records were 

obtained. It 1s possible that in some cases the fuel purchases will be spread over more than one calendar month - 1n these cases 

the record month should be designated as --

- the assigned sample month, If that month 1s part of the period covered by the purchase record Information;

- otherwise, designate the record nonth as the month in which the beginning odometer reading 1s obtained (or, if there 1s no beginning odometer reading, the month In which the first purchase occurs).

2. Records for a household are included in the batch for a record month 

only when some data were obtained for one or more vehicles. If no data 

were obtained, the household is not included in the batch of materials 

for a record month.

It is not necessary at this point to determine whether fuel purchase 

records are complete or whether they will be useful in deriving an 

MPG estimate for the vehicle.

In most cases, the "presence of data" 1n the record will mean that 

all or most of the information that we have asked for has been 

obtained. However, all of the following qualify as "presence of 

data" for purposes of processing the record for data entry --

- the record Indicates that a vehicle was not driven during the 

month;

- a vehicle was driven during the nonth, but the record indicates 

that no fuel purchases were nade;

- an odometer reading for a vehicle Is available in the record, even if no other information 1s available.

If there are fragments of Information, and you are not certain 

whether to include the record in the batch for data entry, show the 

record to your supervisor.

8-1

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-53
Fuel Purchase ttlcerd CFPR) File Coding and Data Entry Instructions (continued)

When you conclude that a record should not go into the batch for 

data entry, sort those into a separate "NO DATA" group. After 

these records are received, the contact record sheets will be 

stamped *NO DATA" and the data collection forms will be returned to 

the household folder.

3. Preparation for data entry Includes editing and coding for three types

of cards --

- a card for each household (Card 5H) — the same household may 

appear in two or more different record months;

- a card for each vqhjcle (Card 6V) for which data were obtained 

for the record month (including cards for vehicles that were not 

driven during the month);

- a card for each fuel purchase (Card 7P).

Cards 5H and 6V are coded on separate coding sheets. Card 7P is edited 

directly on the record of purchases for the vehicle.

4. Edit the purchase record data for Card 7P in red. The primary tasks are 

to clarify entries, as necessary, and to round off entries when more 

digits are recorded than we want in the final record. Follow the specific 

instructions for each item.

In some cases it may be desirable to copy a record over onto another 

form so that it will appear less confusing for the keypuncher.

5. Unless otherwise specified, use standard codes -- "6" for no answer; "9" 

for not applicable. For multi-digit codes: no answer is coded as "98," 

"99S," etc.; not applicable is coded as "99," "999," etc. Some 

exceptions are noted for the purchase record card.

-6. After coding is completed for a household, detach the purchase record 

page(s) from the rest of the material for the household. Only the coding 

forms for Cards 5H and 6V and the purchase record pages for Card 7P will 

be sent to keypunching.

B-2

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-54
Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) File Coding and Data Entry Instructions (continued)

Revised 011586

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records fcr Data Efttry 

Supplemental Instructions

1. Vehicle with two fuel tanks

Card 6VfJl, cols 37-39: Use code 995 for vehicles for which two or more

fuel tanks are reported. This rule applies even 

1f the capacity is given for each tank separately, or in combination.

Thus, special codes for cols 37-39 tre as follows:

Two fuel tanks ........... 995

Unknown tank capacity. ....... 998

2. Special rule for vehicles disposed of prior to beginning of fuel purchase record month

In this special case, all card 6V01 codes from col 20 through col 65 are treated as not applicable; use code 9, 99, 999, etc., as appropriate. The remainder of the codes on this card are:

Cols 68-69 One of the codes for vehicle

disposition must be used. .... ]1-15 or 18

Cols 71-72 Number of purchases recorded. ...... .00

Col 80 Summary code. ............... 1

Note, however, that if a vehicle was disposed of after the beginning of the purchase record period, there are a variety of types of information about the vehicle that might be present in the record (including some fuel purchases) and the usual codes for "unknown" apply if the information is not available in the record.

3. Special rule for vehicle not driven during the month (other than those 

disposed of prior to the beginning of the month)

For these vehicles, all card 6V01 codes for col 41 through col 66 are treated as not applicable; use codes 9, 99, 999, etc., as appropriate. The codes at the end of this card are:

Cols 68-89 The appropriate code for reason that the vehicle was not driven

Cols 71-72 Number of purchases recorded. ...... .00

Col 80 Summary code. ............... 1

B-3

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-55
Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) Pile Coding and Data Entry Instructions (continued)

011586 

Sutmlemerital Instructions (continued!

4. pules fqr dates of beojnnin? and ending odometer readings. If actual 0idon(ftcr rtid 1 no 1s un kn own.

If the beginning odometer reading (card 6V01, cols 25-30) Is unknown, also code the date (cols 20-23} as unknown.

The same rule applies for ending odometer readings -- if the odometer reading (cols 46-51) 1s unknown, also code the date (cols 41-44) as unknown. (Note, however, that 1f the vehicle was not driven during the month, both the ending odometer reading and "the date are coded as not applicable.)

5. Hisslnc Information for type of fuel -- card 7P. cols 51. 5Z. S3

If there Is no Information about type of fuel, the three codes that should be entered and circled are

That Is, treat the leaded/unleaded and premium/regular codes as net applicable.

Occasionally answers are narked for leaded/unleaded and regular/premium, but nothing has been marked In the "fuel type" column. In this case, assume that the fuel type Is 'gasoline" -• mark that answer and circle code "1" in the fuel type column.

B-4

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-56
Card 5H Coding Instructions

F4739-132

1230SS

Columns

1-4

7-8

10-11

12-13

17-18

25

27

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data Entry 

Card 5H Coding Instructions

Household I

»

Card type (5H) 

Sequence (01)

Record month This 1s the month for which the purchase record was collected.

Use normal calendar month codes (January 

01, February • 02, etc.)

22-23 Assigned month

Month code

Data collection 

procedure

Month assigned In the RTECS sample (will 

usually be the same as record month).

Use normal calendar month codes.

Record month is:

Originally assigned month ..... 1

Substitute month. ......... 2

Additional month. ......... 3

Code for procedure used to collect purchase 

records (This may differ from the procedure 

normally used to contact household)

Telephone ............. 1

Mail. ............... 2

Mixed-telephone and mail. ..... 3

B-5

W

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-57
Card 5H Codins Instructions (continued)

Card SH 

Columns

29 Number of vehicles for which data were collected

Data my be actual fuel purchase records, or simply an -indication that the vehicle was not driven during the month, or that no fuel was purchased.

The presence of an odometer reading in the record also qualifies as "data", even if no other inforwation is available in the record.

If there is fragmentary information, check with your supervisor to determine whether it qualifies as "data".

B-6

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-58
Card 6V01 Coding Instructions

Columns

1-4

7-8

10-11

12-13

17-18

20-23

25-30 

32-33

F4739-133 

123085

'llpF

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data Entry 

Card 6V0I Coding Instructions

Household I 

Vehicle # 

Card type (6V) 

Sequence (01) 

Record month

Date of beginning odometer reading 

(month/day)

Beginning odometer 

reading

Beginning fuel gauge reading

This is the first day of "record month" 

unless otherwise indicated.

If odometer is not working 999995

Beginning fuel gauge reading is assumed to be on same date as beginning odometer 

reading. If date is different, code "unknown" for fuel gauge reading.

Code is from "00" (empty or below empty) to "16" (fuel or above full) for sixteenths of tank.

I

(

1 ) ,

1/4

I , J r ,

i,

7

> i

H

9 

3 1

3

11 1 

0 1

/*

13 

2 1

F

15 

4 1 6

If fuel gauge not working... 95

B-7

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-59
Card 6V01 Coding Instructions (continued)

Card 6V01 Columns

35

37-39

41-44

46-51

53-54

56

56-59

63-66

Is fuel gauge 

accurate?

Fuel tank capacity as reported by household

Date of ending odometer reading 

(month/day)

Ending odometer 

reading

Ending fuel gauge 

reading

Are all purchases 

recorded?

Number of missing 

purchases

Was vehicle driven the usual number of miles?

Usual number of 

Biles

Yes .....

No. .....

Doesn't work.

Tenths of gallons

Assumed to be last day of "record twnth* unless otherwise Indicated.

If odometer not working ... 999995

This is assumed to be on same date as ending odometer reading. If date is different, code "unknown* for fuel gauge reading.

If fuel gauge 1s not working ... 95

All included in record. ...... i

One or more missing ........ 2

About usual number of miles . . . . ]

More than usual .......... 2

Less than usual .......... 3

Applicable only If code "I* or "3" 1n column 61.

e-e

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-60
Card 6V01 Coding Instructions (continued)

Card 6V01 

Columns

68-69 Reason, If vehicle not driven

71-72

74-75 77-78

Number of purchases 

recorded

Editor codes

Disposed of vehicle, 

Given away. ........... 11

Sold. .............. 12

Traded-1n for another vehicle . . 13 

Destroyed In accident ...... 14

Other .............. is

Disposed of vehicle method unknown. ......... 18

Driver related reason

Don't drive at this time of year. .......... 21

License lost or suspended .... 22

Driver away (vacation, business, service, etc.). .... 23

Driver ill............ 24

Other .............. 25

Driver related, reason unknown. . 28

Vehicle under repair or waiting for service ........ 31

Other reasons ........... 35

These codes are used in the MPS review process to restrict the series of purchases to be used 1n MPG calculations. These codes are not included 1n the Initial coding and data entry procedures.

8-9

"ilr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-61
Card 6V01 Coding Instructions (continued)

Card 6V01 

golumns

80 Sunnary code for type of information about vehicle

Vehicle was not driven month (or not driven during purchase record period}

Vehicle wis driven during •sonth •- Information in the record indicates that no purchases were raade ....

Vehicle was driven during month -- Information in the record Indicates that some purchases were made, but there is no significant In formation about purchases .

Vehicle was driven during the month -• information is available in record for one or »ore purchases ..... 4**

Unknown whether vehicle was driven during month — some other type of information about vehicle has been coded as part of record ......

*No 7P cards for this vehicle

**0ne or s»re 7P cards for this vehicle

8-10

4

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-62
Card 7P Editing Instructions

F4739-134 

123085

^tJF

Preparation of Fuel Purchase Records for Data Entry 

Card 7P Ed1t1no Instructions

Columns

1-4 Household t

7-8 Vehicle I

10-11 Card type (7P)

12-13 Purchase #

17-18 Record month

20-23 Date of purchase 

(month/day)

25-30 Odometer reading

Check to be sure that HH* and Vehicle * are clearly written 1n upper right-hand corner of record sheet.

Every line must be used. If a line has been skipped (or crossed out) the purchase numbers must be changed to be consecutive, or the entire record must be rewritten.

If a continuation sheet has been used, the numbers must continue consecutively from one sheet to the next.

Keep in mind during the coding process that all records 1n a given "batch" must be for the same record month.

If 1t 1s necessary to clarify an entry write all four digits in red. For example, March 12 would be written as "0312".

However, it is not necessary to rewrite entries such as 3/12 or 3-12 if they are unmistakable in meaning.

The two primary editing tasks are to clarify entries and drop decimals for numbers that are written 1n tenths of miles.

B-ll

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-63
Card 7P Editing Instructions (continued?

Ctr-d 7P

Columns

32-34 Gallons purchased (tenths of gallons}

36-39 Total cost (SScc)

41-44 Price per gallon (tenths of cents)

46 Was tank filled?

Clarify entries, as required. In some cases liters must be translated to gallons; sometimes gallons must be rounded to tenths from «ore detailed entries.

Leading zeros need not be entered (however, if you are rewriting any part of a number, write all three digits 1n red}.

For example, if 7.0 gallons has been written as *7 -*, rewrite the entry as "070".

Some new pumps show gallons purchased in hundredths or even thousandths. Round off to the nearest tenth of gallon. If the detail of the entry is "5 hundrsdths" or "50 thousandths", round to the next higher number of tenths. _

For examp'e --

Round 7.35 gallons to '074" 

Round 8.650 gallons to "087"

To translate "half-gallons" to gallons, divide the entry for half-gallons by "2".

To translate liters to gallons, divide the entry for liters by "3.7853".

It is not necessary to put in leading zeros. However, if you rewrite any part of the entry, write in all four digits.

If the price is recorded for liters or half-gallons, the figure must be translated to price per gallon.

Fjyltiply a half-gallon price by "2". 

Hultiplv a liter price by "3.7853".

Circle the appropriate code number and box. If "no answer", circle "3".

8-12

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-64
Card 7P EditingInstructions (continued)

Card 7P

48-49 Fuel gauge reading after purchase

51

52

Fuel type 

Leaded/unleaded

53 Regular/premium

Code 1s from'OO" (empty or below empty) to "16" (full or above full) for sixteenths of gallons.

If fuel gauge 1s broken ..... 95.

This code must always be written 1n and circled In red.

Circle the correct code number and box.

Question applies only 1f gasoline was purchased. Circle the correct code number and box.

If dlesel or gasahol was purchased, write in and circle "9".

If gasoline was purchased, and there 1s no answer to this question, circle the box and code number "3".

Question applies only 1f gasoline was purchased. Circle the correct code number and box.

If dlesel or gasahol was purchased, write 1n and circle "9".

If gasoline was purchased, and there is no answer to this question, circle the box and code number "3".

B-13

t|

"pP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-65
Card 7P Editing Instructions (continued)

4 Coded by

Checked by

123085 

F4739-137

TRANSPORTATION STUDY PURCHASE FILE 

Card 5H Coding Form

HH* 

J-« 7-8

00

00

00

ee

00

00

02

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

10-13

5H01

SH01

5H0!

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

SH01

SH01

5H01

5H01

5H01

SH01

SH01

SH01

5H01

Record 

Month 17-18

Assigned 

Honth 

22-23

-•

Honth 

Code 

25

DC 

T/M 

27

DC 

#v 

29

B-14

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-66
Card 7P Editing Instructions (continued)

CO ^>

IV*

1

1 I

i r

1 ! 

§ 1

isa.

|

„

V

T; .M c< u

« »>

<M> U

S

* £-g « G

v» t w

. *

* *t

o e x ^

3«^

w ^ - .• ST 5 Ms

c ^ v

— tf O*

C W w> 

1^ O*

r

» «!

I:

' 

U C O. 

U> ** U'

J» <J

- J I *; r-i;

?: « w s. c i/ *** ^l 1 p>o w >

fig;

Ji;

i

<

^ <

X X •

c

1

Chtp 

ac

-i

2

7>

9

hO 

A

V 

kA

f1^ 

hA

LA

u»

w

w"W

•^ 

V

?»

•*»

^ 

•»>

A

•n

•> 

•^

•M

•j

R

A

Sd

«^ 

s<$

c

1

V

••»

D

C

v

,

5 | 5

B-J15

vo *

-

>0 5 | s «o

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-67
Card 7P Editing Instructions (continuMl

IV)s 

1

B-16

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-68
Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor

F4739-138

TRANSPORTATION STUDY PURCHASE FILE 

Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor

Summary of task

This task Is divided Into 12 batches -- one batch for each purchase record month (01 through 12). Each record month must be put on a separate tape.

There are three types of records. Put ill types of records pn one tape for each record month -- the sequence Is not Important.

He refer to the three types of records as Cards 5H, 6V, and 7P.

The format for each of the three cards 1s attached. Cards 5H and 6V should not present a problem.

Card SH is keypunched in cols 1-29. Columns are blank if they do not appear on the coding sheets.

Note that cols 7-8 and 10-13 are the same for all Card SH records. 

Also for any one record month, cols 17-18 are the same.

Card 6V* 1s keypunched in cols 1-80. Columns are blank if they do not appear on the coding sheets.

Note that cols 10-13 are the same for all Card 6V records. 

As for Card 5H, cols 17-18 are the same for any one record month. 

Card 7P is keypunched In cols 1-53.

See data sheet and notes attached.

Note that data are being entered directly from data collection forms. Data are often edited in red. Red entries always take precedence over black or other colors.

All codes on all record types are numeric except for col 11. Col 11 is alpha.

All data entry must be 100* verified.

Show charge number on invoices as RAC 4739-FPR.

•These materials refer specifically to card type 6V01. Cards 6V02 and 6V03 are not part of the initial data entry procedure.

B-17

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-69
Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor (continued)

TRANSPORTATION STUDY PURCHASE FILE 

Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor (continued)

Card 7P ...-_- Layout and notes -s see attached data pace)

1-4 HH identification

5-6 Blank

7-8 Vehicle number

Always 2 digits -- put in leading zero if not present. 

9 Blank 

10-11 Card type (7P) 

12-13 Purchase number

Always 2 digits -- put in leading zero if not present, 

14-16 Blank 

17-18 Record month

Always 1 digits •- put in leading zero if needed. 

19 Blank 

20-23 Date of purchase (month/day)

All four digits must be punched.

Note that entries are made in a variety of ways. Examples:

3/3 should be punched 0303 3/11 should be punched 0311 3-8 should be punched 0308

24 Blank

25-30 Total vehicle mileage (odometer reading).

Must be 6 digits. Put in leading zeros if needed. 

31 Blank

B-1B

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-70
Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor (continued)

TRANSPORTATION STUDY PURCHASE FILE 

Instructions for Key Entry Supervisor (continued) 

Card 7P •- Layout and notes, continued 

Cols 

32-34 Gallons purchased (tenths of gallons)

Three digits must be punched. Put 1n leading (or sometimes trailing) zeros as required. Examples:

73 should be punched 073

7- should be punched 070 

35 Blank 

36-39 Total cost (JJcc)

Four digits must be punched. Put 1n leading or trailing zeros as required. Examples:

14- should be punched 1400 

725 should be punched 0725

Note: 9998 may be written in; 1t 1s a code for "no answer" or "unknown".

41-44 Price per gallon {tenths of cents)

Four digits must be punched. A leading zero will sometimes be required if the price per gallon is less than one dollar. Example:

999 should be punched 0999

Generally speaking, the price range valid for this year is about $0.89.0 to $1.89.9.

Note: 9998 may be written 1n; It Is a code for "no answer" or "unknown".

45 Blank

46 Was tank filled?

Valid codes are 1,2,3

B-19

lii^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-71
FPR Editing Procedures: Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

1

Columns

IfARD 5H

1-4

17-18

22-23

25

27

29

CARD 6V

17-18

20-21

22-23

25-30

32-33

35

37-39

41-42

43-44

46-51

53-54

56

58-59

61

I

I

2

3

4

5

6

7

e

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

1985 RTECS FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE RANGE CHECKS

Ranges

Household l.D. 

Record month 

Assigned month 

Month code 

Collection type 

Number of vehicles

Record month

8 Beginning date month 

Beginning date day 

Beginning odometer 

Beginning gauge 

Gauge accurate 

Tank capacity (tenths) 

End date month 

End date day 

End odometer 

End gauge 

Complete

I missing purchases 

Use

1001-6495,7001-7205

1-12

1-12

1-3

1-3

1-8

1-12

1-12,t9

1-31,98,95

0-150000,999998,999995,999999

0-16,98,95,99

0-1,8,5,9

90-400,998,995,995

1-12,99

1-31,98,99

0-150000,999995,999996,999599

0-16,98,95,99

1-2,8,9*

1-10,99,18

1-3,8,9

•After MPG editing begins, codes 3 and 4 are valid.

C-2

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-74
FPR Editing Procedures: Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

Columns

7CARD 6V.Z 

63-66

68-69

71-72

80

CARD 67" 

20-21 

22-23 

25-30 

32-34 

36-49 

4]-44 

46 

48-49

51

52

53

21 Usual miles

22 Why not drive

23 * purchases

24 Summary code

25 Purchase month

26 Purchase date

27 Odometer

28 Gallons (tenths)

29 Cost (JS#)

30 Price/gal (tenths)

31 Tank filled

32 Gauge

33 Fuel type

34 Lead/unlead

35 Grade

C-3

Ranges

10-5000,9998,9999

11-15,18,21-25,28,31,35,98,99

0-31

1-5

1-12,98,99 

1-31,98

0-150000,999995,999998

10-400,998

100-5000,9998

750-1750,9998

1-3

0-16,98,95

1-3,8

1-3,9

1-3,9

I

W

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-75
FPR Editing Procedures: Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

4 1985 RTECS

FUEL PURCHASE RECORD FILE 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR RELATIONSHIP CHECKS

Error * ' Message

1

7

8

9

10

11

Month code of I but actual not • assigned date

Month code of 2 and actual • to assigned date

NOT ASSIGNED

Record month differs from parameter month

HH card vehicles not - 6V 

cards read

7P purchase dates not in ascending order

6V begin month not 

parameter month

6V begin date not 

date month

end

6V begin day > end date 

day

6V begin odometer > ending odometer

6V odoms Indicate no 

miles, but why not 

driven 59

C-4

Instruc.ljpn.s

Pull the file. Either the month 

code should • '2' or the assigned 

month has been coded Incorrectly.

Pull the file. Either the month 

code should • '!' or the assigned 

month has been coded Incorrectly.

This is probably a keypunch error. 

Check to see if all other dates are 

correct. If the situation is not 

clear, pull the file and show the 

supervisor.

Pull the file. This is probably a 

keypunch error, (e.g., either the 

number of vehicles recorded is 

incorrect or a vehicle card has 

been duplicated, etc.).

Pull the file. Make sure the 

purchase card belongs to that 

vehicle. In most cases this is a keypunch error.

Same instructions as for error #4.

Same instructions as for error #4.

Same instructions as for error #4.

Pull the file. This is probably 

a keypunch error (e.g., beginning 

odometer is 135600 and ending 

odometer is 035818. The leading 1 

was probably left out of the ending 

reading. It is also possible that 

a beginning reading might include 

a decimal figure, 17251.1 Is 

keypunched as 172511).

Pull the file. If the vehicle was 

not driven, there should be a reason 

why it wasn't. Correct as 

appropriate.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-76
FPR Editing Procedures; Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

Error » Message

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

6V same vehicle number on two successive 6V cards

6V successive 6V cards not in ascending sequence

6V purchases not • number of 7P cards read

7P purchase date is not in

parameter month

7P odometer reading less than previous reading

7P purchase cards for this vehicle not In sequence by 1

7P record month not • parameter month

7P gallons purchased price less than cost

7P gallons purchased price greater than cost

7P tank filled say yes, gauge not reading full

7P last purchase odometer greater than 6V end odom

C-5

Instructions

Pull the file. This is probably a

keypunch error, (e.g., a household cannot have two vehicle Ol's).

Pull the file. This error should never com up since TSCHECK sorts the purchase file before checks are run. This may Indicate a serious error has occurred.

Pull the file. This is probably a keypunch error. Either the number of purchases is not correct or there night be some 7P cards nissing.

Same instructions as for error #4.

Pull the file. This is probably a keypunch error, (e.g., a leading 1 was left out or the mileage Includes a decimal figures).

Pull the file. This is probably a keypunch error. Either the purchase cards were misnumbered or a purchase card was not keypunched at all.

Same instructions as for error #4.

Errors *19 and 20 will not come up until we are ready to do MPG. It will be located in the relation exception file until then.

Pull the file. If this is keypunch error, correct as appropriate. Respondents may have recorded the gauge before the tank has been filled. If the situation is not clear cut, leave this error alone.

Pull the file. This is probably a keypunch error, (e.g., a leading 1 was left out or the mileage includes * decimal figure).

TM"

'IIP

1985 STSCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-77
FPR Editing Procedures: Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

Em>r f Message 

23 . NOT ASSIGNED

25

26

27

26

29

30

3J

32

7P this f. fuel differs 

from first purchase

7P diesel fuel with lead or grade not • 9

7P non-diesel fuel with lead or grade « 9

6V beginning date day 1s not in month

6V ending date day Is not in month

7P purchase date day is not In month

6V begin/end gauge 95, 

but accurate is not 5

7P Ust purchase gauge is 

less than 6V end gauge

7P gallons purchased exceeds tank capacity

C-6

Instruction*

Pull the file. This error checks 

for use of dlesel and gasoline in 

the same vehicle. This may be a 

keypunch/coding error or 1t is 

possible the particular vehicle 

uses both types of fuel.

Pull the file. Either the fuel 

type is Incorrect (i.e., it is not 

dlesel or gasohol) or lead/grade categories were Incorrectly checked.

Same instructions as for error 125.

Pull the file. This is probably a 

keypunch error (e.g., you cannot 

have a 31st day in February).

Same instructions as for error #27.

Same instructions as for error #27.

Pull the file. Either the gauge hasbeen coded incorrectly, (i.e., it 

does work) or the gauge accuracy code is wrong.

Pull the file. In most cases this 

problem arises from sloppy gauge 

markings (e.g., the last purchase 

gauge may be recorded as 13 and the ending gauge is marked more towards 

14. If the situation is not clear cut, leave this error alone).

This error will not come up until 

we are ready to do HPG. It .will be 

located in the relation exception file until then.

When we are ready for this check, 

pull the file. If the respondent's 

answer seems more logical than the 

standard tank capacity, change the 

tank capacity to the respondent's 

answer. If neither the standard 

tank capacity or the respondent's 

answer solves the problem, see the 

supervisor.

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-78
FPR Editing Procedures: Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

Error I Hessaoe

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

6V no missing purchases 

but number missing not 99

6V purchases missing, but number missing 1s 99

6V normal or no use, but 

usual miles not 9999

6V more/less than usual 

use, but usual miles 9999

5H mailed resp. -- cols 35, 

61 not 8, 63-66 not 9s

6V one editor code is 

blank, the other is filled

6V gauge accuracy is 5, 

but begin/end gauge 1s 

not 95

6V gauge accuracy is 5, 

but not all 7P gauges 95

6V odoms Indicate miles, 

but why not driven not 99

7P vehicle number does 

not match vehicle card

6V summary does not agree with purchases

C-7

Instructions

Pull the file. There may be missing 

purchases indicated and that column 

was keypunched incorrectly or there 

are no Hissing purchases and the 

number of missing purchases field 

has been Incorrectly coded. Correct 

as appropriate.

Same instructions as for error 133.

Pull the file. Either column may 

have been coded incorrectly. 

Correct as appropriate.

Same Instructions as for error #35.

Pull the file. This is probably a 

coding error. If the data were 

•ailed In, the Information for 

columns 35 and 61 were not asked 

and should be made unknown, (col 

63-66 becomes 9's).

This error will not come up until 

the first" round MPG checks have 

been completed.

When this error does appear it is 

probably an input error as these two 

columns will be created by editors 

to indicate which parts of a record 

are usable.

Same instructions as for error #30.

Same instructions as for error #30.

Same instructions as for error 111.

This 1s probably a keypunch error. 

It nay Indicate a missing 6V card. 

Check with supervisor.

Pull the file. This is probably a 

coding error. Check real number of 

purchases and change either number 

of purchases or summary code.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual /October 1986/B-79
FPR Editing Procedures: Ranee and Relationship Checks (continued)

Error f Message

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52.

53

54

4

6V sunmary 1s 1 but reasonnot -driven not 99

6V sunmary 1s 2 to 5 but 

reason-not-driven not 99

6V 1st odom unknown begin date known

6V 1st odom 99 begin date 

not 99

6V last odom unknown last 

date known

6V last odom 99 last date 

not 99

6V vehicle not driven but 

purchase not 0

7P Fuel • 8 and lead or 

grade not » 9

7P Fuel not » 1 and lead 

or grade <3

6V vehicle not driven but 

fields 20-39 - 9

6V vehicle not driven but 

fields 41-66 not - 99

C-8

Instructions

Pull the file. This is probably a 

coding error. Change either suranary 

code or reason-not-driven code.

Sane instructions as for error #44.

Pull the file. If the beginning 

odom is really unknown then change 

the beginning odom date to 9998. Otherwise correct beginning odom.

Pull the file. If the beginning 

odom is really not applicable 

(vehicle disposed before purchase 

record month) then change beginning odom date to 9999. Otherwise 

correct beginning odom.

Same instructions as for Error #46 

but for ending odometer.

Same instructions as for error #47 

but for ending odometer.

Pull the file. Either the vehicle 

not driven field or the number of 

purchases field is incorrect and 

must be corrected.

Pull the file. Correct either the 

fuel type so that it is not 8 or 

change lead and grade to 9.

Pull the file. Correct either fuel 

type (change it to 1) or lead or 

grade (change to 9>.

Pull the file. Most likely error 

is that one of the fields in 20-34 

was coded as not applicable (99) rather than as unknown (98). Correct 

as appropriate.

Pull the file. Most likely error 

is that one of the fields in 41-66 

was coded as unknown (98) rather than 

as not applicable (99). Correct as 

appropriate.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-80
FPR Editing Procedures: Ranee and Relationship Checks (continued)

060486

Rtaf* Exception* 

»•••: CH6812. PRO. mi5- MGCXO: HOKTI..

(1--M) (7-8) (10-13) M5-1t>> 

HID TC8 * CJftD TYPE ERROR *

Cod«d by: _________________ Dttt: 

Input by _„______„_„____._._

C-9

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-81
FPR Editing Proceduises: Range and Relationship Checks (continued)

4 O60286

Relation Exceptions 

til* «•**: CH6Z12. fltO. WHS. MtMCP: HOHTI.

C1--4) (7-8) (10-13) (15-U) 

HID fEI I C*HC TYPE IRROR t

Cod«« by: ._.____________ 0«t«: 

Input by' ...................... DateC-10

1985 RTEGS Pata Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-82
MPG Editor Review Procedures

KPG Editor Review Procedure

The purposes of this step »re to review the MPG program output and, following 

the guidelines 1n these Instructions, to --

- tdd missing Information to the basic record when possible (usually 

by referring back to the original purchase records);

- correct obvious errors, particularly when Inconsistencies 1n the 

record are Identified by relationship checks;

- determine, when appropriate, that only part of the record of purchases should be included In the HPG calculations; and

- revise summary codes (card 6VJJ1, col 80) for type of Information about the vehicle, as necessary, based on your review of the total 

record.

Materials available to editors are the output of the MPG program, a list of 

range and relationship errors that have not been resolved at earlier points 

in the process, and a list of vehicles for which the respondent reported 

that one or more purchases had not been recorded 1n the purchase data (these 

coded entries also appear in the HPG program output).

Listing of unknown/unmatched vehicle tanks

Before the editors begin the MPG review, the supervisor will review a list 

of vehicles for which there was no match to the tank capacity tables. Each 

vehicle In the list will be examined. Possible treatments include: 1} 

leave as is (the respondent estimate will be used), 2) modify the model code 

or vehicle type, 3) modify the existing entry 1n the tank capacity tables, 

4) add a new entry to the tank capacity tables, or, 5) insert the correct 

tank capacity 1n the field for the respondent estimate. The supervisor will 

use fuel purchase paper records, a hard copy of the tank capacity tables, 

automobile brochures, Industry periodicals, and calls to automobile dealers 

as guidelines when choosing the best solution for a particular vehicle. 

Specimens of each form used by the supervisor In the tank capacity review 

procedure can be found on pages C-13 and C-16.

C-ll

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-83
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

«73<J 

05058b

4DDITIOHS TO T4« CiUCm FILE 

File n»«e. CM6212. fRO. TM85. TtKKCit

Edittd by date Input by twtt

Hltt

CODE 

01—02

KOOEL 

CODE on --05

-

TYPE

07—08

TES YR FIANCE

10--H*

CriXDR 

16—17

DOORS

-

FL TDK 

CtfCTt 

21—23

COMMENTS

85— HO

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS '85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - JITECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS '85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS • 85

EST - RTECS • 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

KST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS '85

EST - UTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS '85

C-12

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-84
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

4739 

0512»b

HODIFIcmOlfS TO Tm C1P1CITT Till 

Source: MPG Oakno«n/Dn«»tch«d taok c»p*city litt:

£dit«d by

Fil»

Dcti

H6212. MO. m<5. TAMKC1P

CaCt

(TILS) 

UXK *

CODS 

01 —02

MODEL 

CODE 

0«-.05

mi

07—08

• *.

TM TH

RiXei 

10 — 14

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CTLTOM

16—17

--

DOOA3 

19

_

-

FL THI 

CiMTTf 

21—23

C-13

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-85
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

1n »739 

05071*

fOITOX CIIITGES 

MESrOKDEXT EST1IUTID ItVl CmCITT

rni piftcitss ucofto nit

J

MIC iwirri

-

-

•

-

tit

*

____

lfc

1

tm c»nciTT

{ IISEKTKD)

CIS3EL OiS

COL 74 

CiKD 

»?01

2

2

2

2

2

2

.2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

«>*H

2

2

«

2

2

-

HID HQJCTt

TCI

A

• **•*.

W*M

T*« C 

(XB3I

BItSEL

»r*eiTT

RTED> 

043

— ,

COL 7* 

C*RD 

bV01

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

_ 2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

C-14

«

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-86
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued^

»73<l 

050686 fllr

TIHI cmcm/iTi nut IFDATE IORKSICST

( input cbiai•« to »MO. ITI. MORTKl. OOOOxVOO)

HOVT1

HID

*

1-»

•» •>.

TE8

t

7-8

MODEL 

CODE 

37-38

HC «

HC *

HC •

HC •

HC •

HC •

HC •

HC -

HC «

HC «

HC «

HC *

HC «

HC "

MC •

HC *

HC *

HC *

HC •

HC -

HC •

NC *

TEI

TT»E 

15-U

?T «

TT •

¥T "

?T •

TT •

»T -

fT •

TT •

»T -

TT -

TT «

TT *

TT •

TT •

TT •

TT *

TT «

TT -

TT •

««•«*•«

TT -

TT •

TT --

OTIER 

CI1HCES

C-15

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-87
Editor Review Procedures (continued)

4 UPS program output

The MPG program processes one month of purchase data per run and provides a 

formatted hard-copy display for Inspection by the editor. The display 

includes the complete coded record of purchases (7P cards) as well as the 

coded summary records from the Fuel Purchase Record (FPR) file for the 

household (card SK) and vehicle (card 6V01). In addition, the hard copy 

display Includes --

-• vehicle identification (make, year, model) picked up from the HVI file - this appears in card 6V02 of the MPG printout;

-• standard tank capacity of the vehicle -• cols 66-66 of card 6V02;

-- results of calculations of MPG figures: 

o MPG for each purchase 

o cumulated KPGs for sets of purchases 

o overall MPG for the vehicle's entire purchase record;

-- highlights of missing information and variations from the average pattern of fuel consumption for the vehicle;

- - an overall evaluation of quality of the record (alphabetic status code) based on criteria contained 1n program MPG specifications.

The hard copy display is designed to systematize and simplify the editor 

review process. Page C-31 shows an annotated specimen of the printout. 

Because of the large number of items of information displayed, ths detailed 

printout is not annotated. At the outset of your editing activity you will 

often find It necessary to refer to Page C-31. Earlier experience indicates, 

however, that you will quickly learn to Identify the symbols and location in 

the printout of specific items of Information. 

MPG proorani calculations

The procedure used for MPG calculations takes Into account the number of 

miles driven between purchases and Includes an adjustment for differences

C-16

1985 RTECS Data-Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-88
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

'BP

between fuel gauge readings at the times of fuel purchases. The adjustment 

1s made as follows:

NPG • N11es/(Gallons purchased + Adj}

where Adj . Startq>U<K • EPJqJUqe * t ,nl( C jpjc1ty

Following Is a numerical example, using selected Information 1n a purchase 

record:

Fuel Odometer Gallons gauge Purchase * reading purchased code9 ' Miles U££

1 012427 n 16 n n

2 012647 4.2 8 220 15.5

g - Fuel gauge reading codes are to nearest 16th of tank capacity n - Figures not relevant

Fuel tank capacity * 20 gallons

Adj - j|- * 20 » 10 gallons

MPG « 220/(4.2*10) - 15.5

The example shows the importance of taking changes in level of fuel 1n the 

tank into account. Calculation of MPG based on miles traveled and gallons 

purchased, without the fuel gauge adjustment, would have resulted in an MPG 

of 220/4.2 - 52.4 MPG compared to the 15.5 MPG calculated with the 

adjustment.

The adjustments are particularly Important to the procedure for evaluating 

the patterns of Information recorded for a series of purchases as well as 

for calculation of overall MPG for vehicles not used a great deal during the 

purchase record month. On the other hand, vehicle fuel gauges vary in

C-17

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-89
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

accuracy and In the ease with which they can be read. Thus some leeway for 

gauge errors and recording errors must be allowed 1n the evaluation of the 

purchase record. (The criteria used by the MPG program to evaluate the 

overall record are described in the next section.)

When the required information is available in the purchase record, the 

program calculates and displays a number of different HPG figures, with all 

figures appropriately adjusted for differences in gauge readings --

- HPG for the first purchase, based on miles traveled between the beginning-of-month odometer reading and the first fuel purchase;

- MPG for each purchase after the first based on miles traveled between purchases;

- for the final purchase of the month, an HPG figure is computed to take into account the accumulated miles traveled between the purchase preceding the final purchase and the end-of-month odometer reading;

- an overall MPG for the entire purchase record based on total miles traveled and total gallons of fuel purchased during the purchase record month.

The program also executes a number of variations in procedure under the 

following circumstances.

If fewer than 150 miles are traveled between two purchases, or between the beginning of month and the first purchase: In addition to the individual purchase MPG, the program computes an HPG based on an accumulation of 150 miles or more for two or more purchases. The HPG "grading" system is based on these cumulative HPG's for combinations of purchase.

If the beginning-of-month odometer and/or gauge reading is missing, the HPG calculations start with the first purchase for which both readings are present.

If odometer and/or gauge readings are missing for a specific purchase (within a sequence of purchases), an MPG based on that specific purchase 1s not calculated. However, the purchase with the missing odometer or gauge reading is placed in a combination of purchases in which the first and final purchases (or when appropriate, the beginning or end of month) include complete Information on odometer and gauge readings.

C-16

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-90
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

of overall purchase record 

The MPG program display Includes an overall evaluation of the record 

(alphabetic status code) as well as symbols to show variations from normal 

patterns of fuel consumption. The status codes are based in part on coders' 

Interpretations of the type of Information available 1n the record (summary 

codes Inserted in the record at the time of the Initial coding step) and in 

part on MPG program evaluation criteria.

The complete 11st of alphabetic status codes Is shown on the following page. 

Codes based specifically on coders' Interpretation of records are I, X, Y,

and Z. All other purchase records are "graded" according to criteria 

specified in the MPG program.

wl^

w

C-19

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-91
HPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

4 MPG Program Alphabetic Vehicle Status Codes

Summary Alphabetic

Code -- Status --

Card 6VJ51 Card 6V03

gql80 Col 80

4 Vehicle was driven ISO or more miles during 

purchase record period and:

All cumulative MPGs* are within 25 percent of

the overall MPG for this vehicle 1n this month. . „ A

All cumulative MPGs are within 50 percent of

the overall MPG for this vehicle. ......... B

All cumulative HPGs are within 25 percent of

the overall MPG for this month after an

adjustment of 25 percent of the tank capacity

1s made in the appropriate direction. ....... c

All cumulative MPGs are within 50 percent of the 

overall MPG after an adjustment of 25 percent of 

the tank capacity is made in the appropriate 

direction ..................... D

One or more cumulative MPGs are outside plus

or minus 50 percent of the overall MPG, after

an adjustment of 25 percent of tank capacity

is made in the appropriate direction. ....... F

Vehicle was driven less than 150 miles during

purchase record period ................ Q

Information in purchase record 1s incomplete;

MPG cannot be computed because of missing odometer

or gauge readings ............... ... R

Vehicle was not driven during month (or not

driven during purchase record period) ......... I

Vehicle was driven during month -- information in

the record indicates that no purchases were made ... Y

Vehicle was driven during month •- Information 1n

the record indicates that some purchases were made,

but there is no significant information about purchases ....................... l

Unknown whether vehicle was driven during month -- some other type of information about

vehicle has been coded as part of rtcord ....... X

*Ctfli>ulative MPGs refers to calculations for combinations of purchases, as 

necessary, to equal 150 or more miles traveled as the basis for the MPG.

C-20

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-92
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

"IP

Making changes based on the MPG output i

Eich new run of the program starts with the current generations of the HV1 

and FPR files. Thus, required changes In the relevant computer files are 

Bade In three different Mays --

- changes 1n vehicle Identification (card 6V02 of the MPG file): 

These changes must be made In the corresponding version of the HVI file, card 1V01.

- changes In FPR Information, cards 5H, 6V01, or 7P: These changes are nude directly 1n the appropriate cards of the FPR file.

- changes 1n computed Information, such as total miles, or HPG figures: 

These changes will automatically be made 1n next. MPG run, based on updates you make to FPR Information.

C-21

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-93
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

general.-guidelines for HPG review

The HPfi program systematically identifies vehicle records thit require editor 

attention and flags specific aspects of the records to be Inspected closely. 

The alphabetic status codes provide an overall set of priorities for editor 

attention as follows:

LEAST 

AftEKTION 

should be 

given to:

1,R,X,Y,2

MORE ATTENTION 

should be given to:

HOST ATTENTION should be given to:

B,e,D,F

Based on coder examination of the complete records, or on criteria within the HPG program, Information 1n the record cannot be used to compute an HPG.

Status Q indicates that the vehicle was driven less than 150 miles, fienerally, MPG computed for these vehicles will not be used in estimates based on RTECS data because they are too subject to variation due to small errors in fuel gauge readings. However, the cost per gallon information will be used.

Gallons/cost relationship errors should be checked, along with any other specific aspects of the record that are flagged as possible problems by the MPG programs.

Status A vehicles generally display a consistent pattern of fuel consumption. There are, however, specific circumstances related to A status vehicles that should be carefully inspected. These are discussed below.

Our experience Indicates that about one-fifth of vehicles will be assigned one of these status codes in the initial set of HPG runs. These codes indicate the presence of minor or major variations in the pattern of fuel consumption reported for the vehicle. The record for each of these vehicles should be carefully inspected.

C-22

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-94
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

In carrying out the MPG review you will be able to Inspect the display of the 

entire FPR file for the household, vehicles, and purchases, as well as 

statistics computed by MPG and flags for various types of problems. You will 

want to refer to original paper records for many kinds of problems. Using 

the points below as general guidelines, your judgment should be based on the 

entire array of materials available to you.

1. Keep In mind that the principal uses of the FPR data are (1) to compute 

an MPG for the vehicle and (2) to compute an average cost per gallon 

for the period during which purchase records were kept. Generally, the 

reliability of each of these figures Increases with the number of fuel 

purchases on which the computations are based.

2. Some variations in fuel consumption occur, of course as a result of the 

pattern of use of a vehicle -- for example in the difference between 

in-town and long distance driving. These kinds of differences could 

easily result in variations of 25 to SO percent in HPG over a series of 

purchases. Nonetheless, when the MPG flags variations in the pattern 

of fuel consumption, the objective is to look for possible explanations 

in the materials available to you --

- look for likely transpositions of figures in the original record of fuel purchases;

- look for errors in transcribing figures or in data entry, or for possible differences 1n Interpretation of figures.

- check the 11st of fuel purchase records for which respondent has reported one or more missing purchases; use the procedure described in the guidelines on the following page to help determine how each of these cases Is to be handled.

C-23

'IP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-95
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

3. Although, 1n general, as many purchases *s possible should be retained 

1n the record for computations of HPE and average cost per gallon, it 

will sometimes be desirable to restrict the calculations to & reduced 

list of purchases. A missing purchase, or error that cannot be 

corrected in some part of the record, 1s the usual reason for 

restricting the MPG calculation to part of the set of records obtained 

for the nonth. The likelihood of a missing purchase ctn be judged from 

the presence of extreme variations In the M?S calculations for cumulated 

purchases and/or from reports by the respondent at the time of the 

original data collection. If an editor concludes that the MPG 

calculations should be restricted to a reduced list of purchases, codes 

must be added to card 6VJ31 to indicate the first and final purchase 

record to be used. These codes are added as follows:

Purchase number of first purchase to be used in calculations (00 if beginning of month record should be used for odometer and gauge readings). . .Cols 74-7S

Purchase number of final purchase to be used in calculations (95 if end of month odometer and gauge readings are to be used) ......... Cols 77-78

4. Each respondent report of a missing purchase (Card 6V01, col 56, code 

2) must be reviewed and the code edited to 3 or 4, based on your 

conclusions about the total record.

One or more purchases missing in period covered by record ................. 3

Purchases appear to be complete during period covered by record .............. 4

5. Status A vehicle records must be reviewed carefully when the MPG is 

based on only one cumulated purchase.

6. In some cases »n editor will conclude that a vehicle record graded by the MPG program as A, B, C, D, or F, should not be used «t ail for calculating MPG. For these vehicles, the summary code in card 6V01, col 80, must be changed from 4 to 3.

C-Z4

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-96
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

GuldeHnes for gallons/cost relationship errors

Relationships of gallons of fuel purchased, price per gallon, and total cost 

of purchase are checked by the relationships program (checks 119 and 120). 

An error Message appears when the total cost of the purchase differs by SI.00 

or more from the product of number of gallons and price per gallon. These 

relationship checks Mere not Included In the earlier phase of work with the 

FPR file but are now Included as part of the MPG review procedure.

There are, of course, a number of possible reasons for errors 1n the 

gallons/cost relationship checks. Any one (or twre) of the three figures 

could have been communicated or recorded Incorrectly at one of the multiple 

points of the data recording and entry process. It 1s also possible that the 

total cost, as recorded, Includes purchases in addition to fuel for the 

vehicle.

Checks for gallons/cost relationships are included as part of the HPG review 

so that the fuel consumption pattern of the vehicle can be used among the 

guidelines for resolution of errors. If the number of gallons purchased, as 

recorded, fits within the normal pattern of fuel consumption for the vehicle, 

chances are good that the error is in the price per gallon or in the total 

cost of the fuel purchase. Conversely, if gallons as recorded falls outside 

the normal pattern of consumption for the vehicle, the chances are good that 

the error 1s In the gallons figures.

These relationship checks are carried out only if all three of the figures 

-- gallons, price per gallon, and total cost -- are part of the FPR record. 

(Under some conditions, when two of the figures are present in the record, 

but the third 1s not, the HPG program automatically Inserts the third figure 

correctly. This 1s done when gallons and price per gallon are present 1n

C-25

'1!^

''iIP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-97
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

4 the record, and also when total cost «n<J price per gallon are present).

Principal resolutions of the gallons/cost check are to --

- accept two of the three figures, and recompute the third;

- accept only the gallons figure, and convert both price per gallon and total cost to unknown;

- convert all three figures to unknown.

The choice among the above depends on the amount of Information available In 

the complete FPR for the vehicle as well as on the general consistency of 

Information 1n the total record and for the specific purchases.

Each gallons/cost relationship error must be checked. The starting point is 

the set of FPR paper records. Look for possible errors 1n the Interpretation 

and/or data entry for figures Involved in the discrepancy. Look also for 

obvious defects or errors in the way Information was recorded in the original 

records. Some examples include •-

- misplaced (or missing) decimal points

- entries consistently in round numbers for both number of gallons and 

total dollars (one or the other is likely to be Incorrect)

- number of gallons far above a reasonable tank capacity

- price per gallon far outside a reasonable price range.

A good deal of judgment must be used in resolving gallons/cost discrepancies. 

If however, there is no reasonably definite indication of the source of the 

problem, the guidelines on the following pages should be used.

C-26

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-98
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

Guidelines for Gallons/Cost Relationship Checks

GALLONS*PRICE<COST GAI.LONS*PR1CE>COST 

(Relationship Check t!9) (Relttionship Check *20)

MPG for cumulated pur- Accept gallons; delete Accept gallons; delete chase (150 miles or More) price/cost data for price/cost data for is within 10% of overall purchase. purchase. MPG •- flr MPG comparison not possible (all A records based on a single cumulated purchase, plus all Q and R records)

MPG for cumulated pur- Gallons purchased is Delete all gallons/ chase is more than 10% likely to be too low. price/cost data for •higher than overall MPG purchase, for vehicle. Edit gallons purchased to b« consistent with

cost/price.

MPG for cumulated pur- Delete all gallons/ Gallons purchased is chase is more than 10% price/cost data for likely to be too high. lower than overall MPG purchase. for vehicle. Edit gallons purchased to be consistent with 

cost/price.

C-27

"Ulr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-99
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued)

Guidelines for ojtlens purchase exceeds tank 

Relationships involving gallons of fuel purchased and fuel tank capacity 

(check 132) are also included as part of the MPG review procedure. This 

error message appears when the number of gallons purchased exceeds the tank 

capacity reported by the respondent.

Ail gallons purchased/tank capacity errors »ust be checked. Editors should 

begin by checking the fuel purchase paper records. Look for possible errors 

in the interpretation and/or data entry for figures involved in the 

discrepancy. If no problems are encountered, bring the problem to the 

attention of the supervisor. The supervisor will look for an incorrect 

entry in the tank capacity tables by referencing sources used to compile the 

tables. Sources include industry periodicals, automobile brochures, and 

calls to local automobile dealers. If necessary, the existing entry in the 

tank capacity tables will be modified to reflect the correct value. Other 

options include adding a new entry to the tables or editing the model code 

to unknown (in which case the MPG program will use the respondent estimate).

C-28

1985 RIECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-100
MPG Editor Review Procedures (continued!

Editor chinoes 1n Card 6V01

Changes made during the HPG editor review procedure, In any variable on Card 6V01, should be coded In col 79, Including changes to or from unknown codes.

Beginning or ending odometer and/or gauge reading codes (may also Include other changes) ................ 1

All other changes (not Including odometer and/or gauge readings) ............ 2

No editor change ............... Blank

Editor changes 1n Card 7P

Changes made during the HPG review procedure, 1n any variable on Card 7P, should be coded In col 55, including changes to or from unknown codes.

Co'1 5S

Number of gallons purchased (may include other changes)

Price and/or total cost (no change in number of gallons purchased, but nay Include other changes) ............

All other changes (not Involving numbers of gallons purchased, price per gallon, or total cost} ..........

"IP

No editor change ............... Blank

C-29

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-101
HPG Editor Review...Procedures (continued)

4

I

I

i

•

.1

«

t

©

4

ooooooeeooeo

588 S 888888 s

e ooooooooooc

S

aftttfynnfftiir*ft«».wW 

oooooooooooo

9~ "fpaftnivflrnfv

jff. i i\ A'»". «*« •*. A •*, V\ «P» **• «\ *% .%

®! S--

w> •» •* ** •• o o tn o f»nrjt f »>3 ^ f» e * 4 » •> t: 4 • > •> » n

b* fll 9 — I

f - O - •

rv - - fun » r> * ^ • »• e - p»« o pooooooooo — »— •»

3 l&fcfcifcfcfcfcftifefci

4) • rf d « •

CO ^ ^ ^ *O e coco

VI .a -t- o—

o cooooooooooooo

*l

s !

ii

5 £ !BII!S?55i?SI

C-30

if11

7?

W >*V •»

* a *'- < ,Z£Z)t* ~

n f4.<Li! ;!!iii.i

ilslli 11! iifr""i"l"

saeBsa § £ M £ f £

2 * I ,1 * i! I

S J I Si I ' =22

lift1 li^LJtJ

•-

i f I* II Jjlil ? Ill I 1

is •

an A

ssr« s !!*!.•

iiiilr T r r i ""iT

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-102
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations

Procedure for Imputation Group Al

These are ATTRITION households. The RECS Interview (RECS5DATE) was completed 

sometime before 1/1/85. However, there was no RTECS update after the RECS 

Interview. Therefore the period that we're Interested in is Period Y -- 

the entire span of time from RECS date through the end of the RTECS year. 

We hive no Information for period Y and Bust Impute for the entire period.

RECSDATE 1/1/85 12/31/85

Follow the rules on the next page to select a donor household for each of 

the households in Imputation Group Al. After the donor is selected, any 

acquisition (ACQJ and/or disposition (DIS) activity of the donor household, 

within period Y, is imputed to the imputation group household. Record 

information for ACQ on the form for IHPACQ (see p. C-12) and for DIS only on 

the form for IMPD1S (see p. C-I3).

i-l

'ITM

"HP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-103
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Group ftl (continued^

1. Find same donor subgroup: VEHICLES INCOME RTECSYR YRNEW (doesn't apply 1f VEHICLES - 0)

I. Within donor subgroup, find sane REGION and AREA1980. 

3. Locate specific position in PSU-SSU-HU sequence.

4. Donor HH Is first one listed above Imputation HH with same month of RECSDATE.

Notes: If natch not available for REGION, AREA1980, and month of RECSDATE, drop AREA)980 and circle back through HHs in region for same month of RECSDATE.

If match still not available for REGION and month of RECSDATE, circle back through all of subgroup for same month of RECSDATE.

5. Do not impute ACQ or DIS of Ineligible vehicles (letter symbol shown in 

VSUPP column).

6. When DIS(s) are to be imputed from multiple possibilities, dispose of same VEHNUM, or closest possible to same VEHNUM (randomly select lower or higher VEHNUM when necessary).

7. Check off Imputation group HHs as you go along.

C-3

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-104
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Group A2

These are also ATTRITION households. The RECS Interview (RECSDATE) was 

completed sometime before 1/1/85. In this imputation group, however, there 

was at least one RTECS followup after the RECS interview. We therefore know 

about any ACQ and/or DIS activity of the Imputation group household during 

period X — the period between RE5DATE and the date of the last RTECS vehicle 

update {DATELAST).

RESCOATE DATELAST 12/31/85

Note: For group A2, RECSDATE is before 1/1/85. 

DATELAST may be before or after 1/1/85.

Follow same procedure as Group Al, but also match on ACQ-OIS pattern between 

RECSDATE and DATELAST.

ACQ-DIS pattern 1s simple count of number of actions of each type (not including ineligible vehicles).

C-4

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-105
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Notes en Seeds! Rules for Imputation Groups ftl and A2

Special

Rule II. Using the normal matching rules, a donor HH is selected that has a 

Vehicle IDS or higher, but no ACQDATE is shown for the vehicle.

The interpretation of this special case Is that the vehicle was 

not listed in the RECS questionnaire. However, it was later 

reported by the HH as having been part of the HH vehicle stock at 

the time of the RECS interview.

The procedure to use depends on whether the donor HH has been 

selected for a HH in imputation group Al or A2 --

If for an Al HH: Impute the vehicle as acquired, but do not 

show an acquisition date.

If for an A2 HH: Do not Impute the vehicle as acquired.

The reason for the difference is that group A2 HHs have already had a chance to report this kind of special case at the time of 

one of the RTECS contacts. However, the Group Al HHs were not 

contacted during RTECS and thus did not have a chance to report 

this kind of special case.

Special

Rule #2. This rule applies only if VEHICLES - 1 or 2.

If YRNEW is unknown for an imputation group HH, use donor group 

for YRNEW - 2.

Special

Rule 13. This rule applies only if VEHICLES

4

1 or 2.

If match cannot be found within a subgroup as normally defined, go 

to the "next" YRNEW group as follows:

Imputation

group HH 

YRNEW

1

2

3

Go to

donor group YRNEW

3

1

2

C-5

10ft 1; PTFP.R Ttat-tt Manitiul ahi on Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-1O6
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Group B

These are LATE ENTRY households. The RECS interview (RECSDATE) was completed 

sometime after 1/1/85. The period that we're interested in is divided into two segments.

4-

1/1/85 RECSDATE 12/31/85

Segment X is the part of the period preceding RECSOATE. Segment Y is the part following RECSDATE.

All of Group B HHs were contacted at some time on or after 12/31/85 and vehicle stock brought up-to-date at that time. Therefore, we know about all ACQ and DIS in Segment Y.

How much we know about Segment X depends on whether we have a RECS personal interview (HH ID# under 7000) or a mailed questionnaire (HH ID* 7001 or higher).

Personal interviews: We know about vehicles ACQ in Segment X (provided the HH still had the vehicle at RECSDATE). These vehicles have a month and year of acquisition shown under RECSACQ.

We do not know about vehicles disposed of in Segment X. 

Mailed questionnaires: We do not know about either ACQ or DIS in Segment X.

Steps 1-3 in the procedures below are the same for personal interviews and mailed questionnaires.

1. Find same donor subgroup: VEHICLES !

INCOME YRNEU (doesn't apply if VEHICLES - 0)

2. Within donor subgroup, find same REGION and AREA1980.

3. Locate specific position in PSU-SSU-HU sequence.

C-6

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October T.986/B-107
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Grouc E (continued) 

4P. Personal interviews only (ID* under 7000}

Find first donor HH preceding the position determined in Step 3 that 

matches the imputation group HH on --

- ACQ pattern between 1/1/85 and RECSDATE for imputation HH (Segment X).

There are two types of imputations for these HHs.

{1} Vehicles disposed of between 1/1/85 tnd RECSDATE for the imputation 

HH (Segment X). These vehicles must always be listed on the fiCJJ 

i",01$ list -- this is because the vehicle does not yet appear in 

the computer file for the Imputation HH, and thus must always be "acquired" before it is disposed of. The date of acquisition is--

• - 12/31/84 if donor household did np,t acquire the vehicle on or after 1/1/85

- the actual date of acquisition by the donor HH if the vehicle 

was acquired (and disposed of) by the donor HH on or after 1/1/85.

(2) Vehicles ACQ and/or DIS between RECSDATE for the imputation HH and 12/31/85 (Segment Z).

Follow the same rules as those used for Imputation Group Al.

4H. Mailed questionnaires only (ID* 7001 or higher)

Find first donor HH preceding the position determined in Step 3. No 

additional matching is required for these HHs.

There are also two types of imputations for these HHs.

(1) Nothing is known about Segment X for the imputation group HH. Thus we will sometimes be imputing a date of ACQ for a vehicle 

that is already part of the computer record for the mailed questionnaire HH. These AGO dates oo on a special list (see p.r.i*)

In the same way as for personal Interview HHs, vehicles disposed of 

by the donor HH in Segment X are both "acquired" and disposed of 

for the imputation group HH. The guidelines for dates are the same as those for personal interview HHs.

(2) Vehicles ACQ and/or DIS between RECSDATE for the imputation HH and 12/31/85 (Segment Z).

Follow the same rules as those used for Imputation Group Al.

C-7

PTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-108
Instruct!ons for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Group Cl

These households »re LATE ENTRY and ATTRITION. The special characteristic 

for Group Cl Is that we have only the vehicle information that we obtained 

at the time of the RECS personal interview or mailed questionnaire. The 

period that we are interested in is divided Into two segments:

'llF

1/1/85 RECSDATE 12/31/85

This time we call the second segment "Z" because we have no information for this period of time for the imputation group HHs.

Steps 1-3 are the same as for Imputation Group B, for both personal interviews and for mailed questionnaire HHs.

"IM^

C-8

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-109
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Group CI {continued)

4P. Personal interviews only (ID* under 7000}

Find first donor HH preceding the position determined in Step 3 that 

matches the imputation group HH on both --

- ACQ pattern between 1/1/B5 and RECSDATE for imputation HH (Segment 

X);

- ACQ and DIS pattern between ftECSDATE for imputation HH and 12/31/85 (Segment Y).

The only vehicles to be imputed for this group of HHs are those disposed p_f between 1/1/85 and RECSDATE for the imputation HH. These vehicles must always be listed on the ACO and PIS list -- this is because the 

vehicle does not yet appear in the computer file for the imputation HK, 

and thus must always be "acquired" before it is disposed of. The date of acquisition is --

- 12/31/84 if donor household did not acquire the vehicle on or after 

1/1/85

- the actual date of acquisition by the donor HH if the vehicle was 

acquired (and disposed of) by the donor HH on or after 1/1/85.

4M. Mailed questionnaires only (ID* 7001 or higher)

Find first donor HH preceding the position determined in Step 3 that 

matches the imputation group HH on -••

- ACQ and DIS pattern between RECSDATE for imputation HH and 12/31/85 

(Segment Y).

Nothing is known about Segment X for the imputation group HH. Thus we 

will sometimes be imputing a date of ACQ for a vehicle that is already 

part of the computer record for the mailed questionnaire HH. These ACO flates QO on a special list.

In the same way as for personal interview HHs, vehicles disposed of by 

the donor HH in Segment X are both "acquired" and disposed of for the 

Imputation group HH. The guidelines for dates are the same as those 

for personal interview HHs.

4

C-9

jn-jL.v..... i not 10 i i n
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Imputation Groun C2

These households are also LATE ENTRY and ATTRITION. For this group, however, there were also some RTECS contacts. Thus there is a middle period (Segment Y) between RECSOATE and DATELAST.

<..... x ------>

— 1 ————

<„„.---.. Y ....-...> <...... 2 ------>

————————————— ( ———

1/1/85 - RECSDATE DATELAST 12/31/85

Steps 1-3 are the same as for Imputation Group B, for both personal interview and mailed questionnaire HHs.

4P. Personal interviews only (ID* under 7000)

Find first donor HH preceding the position determined in Step 3 that matches the imputation group HH on both --

- ACQ pattern between 1/1/85 and RECSDATE for imputation HH (Segment Xj >

- ACQ and DIS pattern between RECSDATE and DATELAST for imputation HJ1 (Segment Y).

There are two types of imputations for these HHs.

(1) Vehicles disposed of between 1/1/85 and RECSDATE for the imputation HH (Segment X). These vehicles must always be listed on the ACQ a,nd PIS list -- this is because the vehicle does not yet appear in the computer filed for the imputation HH, and thus must always be "acquired" before it is disposed of. The date of acquisition is--

- 12/31/84 if donor household did not acquire the vehicle on or after 1/1/85;

- the actual date of acquisition by the donor HH if the vehicle was acquired (and disposed of) by the donor HH ort or after 1/1/85.

(2) Vehicles ACQ and or DIS between DATELAST for the imputation HH 12/31/85 (Segment Z).

Follow the same rules as those used for Imputation Croup Al.

C-10

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-lll
Instructionsfor Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

Procedure for Iinoutrtion Group C2 (continued)

4K. Hailed questionnaires only (ID* 7001 or higher)

Find first donor HH preceding the position determined in Step 3 that matches the imputation group HH on --

- AGQ and DIS pattern between RECSDATE and DATELAST for imputation iffl (Segment Y).

There are also two types of imputations for these HHs.

{1} Nothing is known about Segment X for the imputation group HH. Thus we will sometimes be imputing a date of ACQ for a vehicle that is already part of the computer record for the mailed ques tionnaire HH. These ACO dates oo on a special list.

In the same way as for personal interview HHs, vehicles disposed of by the donor HH in Segment X are both "acquired" and disposed of for the imputation group HH. The guidelines for dates are"~the same as those for personal interview HHs.

(2) Vehicles ACQ and/or DIS between DATELAST for the imputation HH and 12/31/85 (Segment Z). -.

Follow the same rules as those used for Imputation Group Al.

C-ll

4

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-U2
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

CN6212.PRO.ANN85.IMPACQ

1<»85 RTECS

IHPDTED VEHICLE ACQITISITIOMS

IKPMID

(b-7)

DONOR

IBID

(9-12)

DOBOR 

TEH

{ 14-15) (17-22)

DITCOIS

C-12

^l&

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-113
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

CN6212.PRO.AfW8S.WDIS

1«5 BTIC8 

IHPBTEB »EIICL« DISPOSITION OULT

IHMBID 

(1-H) Cfc-7)

DiTECIS XHPIBID 

(1-tt) (b-7)

C4TEDIS

C-13

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-114
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

1985 RTECS IMPUTED ACQUISITION DATES ONLY - HAILED QUESTIONNAIRES

File Name: CN6212.PRO.ANN85.1MPACQDT

IHMIID n-«)

*»•*

IMMEII

(b-7J

D4TI1CQ 

<9-1«)

XHPIIID

(1-4)

IHFTEIt

(fc-7)

-

D4TI4CQ 

(9-10

C-14

'HP

-TMTM

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-115
Instructions for Vehicle Stock Imputations (continued)

0508 8 b

T4« C4P1CITT/STI riU trfiiTE IORCSISET 

< iaput ebaB(«* to MHO. ITI. NOKTIsz. OOOOvTOO)

Nomri

"

•IIP t i-»

-

TEI 

«

7-8

MODEL 

CODE 

t?-38

HC «

HC •

HC >

HC "

HC «

HC »

HC >

KC *

HC -

HC '

HC "

HC «

KC *

HC »

HC -

«C «

HC •

HC *

DC •

HC «

HC «

KC *

TEi

tits.

tS-1b

?T «

TT •

T T »

ft »

fT -

ft »

TT •

ft •

fT «

TT «

TT •

TT »

TT =

TT »

TT «

TT «

TT «

f T -

fT •

fT -

f T •

TT «

OTIER 

CIAROES

——————————————————

4

C-15

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/B-116
TMBP^
APPEHDIX C: 

FORMS USED DURING DATA MARIPDLATION

Form Rams

Initial Coding Form......................................... C-3

Odometer Reading Call Form.................................. C-4

Turnarotmd Coding Form OH01 (specimen copy)................. C-14

Turnaround Coding Form 1V01 (specimen copy)................. C-15

Turnaround Coding Form 1V02 (specimen copy)................. C-16

Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire....... C-17

Vehiele-Disposed-of Card.................................... C-27

Vehicle-Acquired Card....................................... C-28

Address Change or Correction Card........................... C-29

1985 RTECS HVI Generation Log............................... C-30

Transportation Study .Purchase File: Card 5H Coding Form..... C-31

Transportation Study Purchase File: Card 6V01 Coding Form... C-32

Telephone Data Collection Form (specimen,

coded for Card 7P).......................................... C-33

1985 RTECS FPR Generation Log............................... C-34

Additions to Tank Capacity File Form........................ C-35

Modifications to Tank Capacity File Form.................... C-36

Editor Changes: Respondent Estimate Tank Capacity Form...... C-37

Tank Capacity/HVI File Update Worksheet..................... C-38
TMp^

TMif^
Initial Coding; -Fora

ec

'£*o

ec **

0 2.

X Z WO 5 2 ae

v e

s g wo~^£

* 0 —

• ec i

•e C O

e

O • --4O ^j 03 ^*

* . . It

CO " * "

— O ec — i > ui O *-

ZCZ BSD W "

£

O

C OOOOCtn'-

"o t-osz*n.* 0 *.

•0 f*. "" to •«

'c *•>•*

w

o

_ "** "X

u

OJ a. .-..-.

2%

o —

5o«•>•"•

> WZ« *

o

* JL

, , i i i i i i i i i i i i i i

,,,1111111111111

1, , i i i i i i i i i i i i • i

t 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i f

1 || | 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 | f 1 1 1 1 1 f t 1 1 1 1 1 f

1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 < 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 < 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1

lilliiliiiiiiiii!

1 1 1 1 1 i I 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 i t 

1 l l I I 1 1 1 1 1 l t t 1 1 |

* 1 ( 1 1 t 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 t 1 1

i l 1 t l I 1 1 t t 1 1 1 1 1 t

i i i < i l 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 I t l

i i i > 1 l t r i t i i i 1 1 l

i i t t i i i i i i i i i l t i 

i i i i i i f t t t i < i i i t

* 1 1 1 1 1 1 t I 1 t 1 t ! 1 t

1 1 1 1 1 t 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 t t 1

10

LJ P <-> l/l UJ <! 4C<< — z </>ec_j< *- *-offi x < ec ui.jt-»-_j<O""OC3»-o«e«-2 uj ^ ^ <c 0 ^ c •"•oujccoos? 

>o</>«s>»-tfeE*c«-oazGceczo <«Z>«-3UJO< l «—•-•< O — O: ru£>u_;uz:v>cce.cuwo.CD<

u u z i

-J J •- O »- «• —• w is w ec •

S 03 «l * _l Ui >• 55 CCXt-Socu) <ZO3 O _i eci O ee i/) s: o oinw)(-)Owi>xot->>owi guecoo*>>*-w_iflc r ujecececi EO «!«'2 0 S*g 0 a* 10 *: ii.<u.OOS»-Ouj5u.CcjuJu.C

§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§§'

ooooooooooooocoo

(TIOW'O* — P«^-C^tN<SfNW<^«¥>^

^> * pw ^ 40 on*. V 40 0^ — O^ — fl^O^O^O^O^C^O^^O — fNf^r^fiifiiriin©

lilt

1 1 1 1

1111

1 1 1 1

till 

1 1 1 1 

till

1 1 1 1 

1111

till

III!

N (N fS tS g § § §

1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

III!

1 1 1 1 

1 1 1 1

till

III!

*"* iaV f> — •- c? f> CC i- Z * 03 tu < -I MJ 5 •- "• — J U </>

c «r « v

ULUMUJtllLt /

CfCVROLET aCHEVROLET 7

FORD 8

5 S § §

O O O O

o o o rt

5 O O O

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-3
Odometer Reading Call Form

F4739-40 

Form: Yellow

HOUSEHOLD ADDRESS

0MB NO. 1905-0086 

EIA 429

NATIONAL SURVEY OF FUEL PURCHASES FOR 

VEHICLES - ODOMETER READING CALLS

RESPONDENT RECEIVED $1.00 IN 

MAILING WITH ODOMETER READING 

CARDS.

CALLS START JANUARY 2, 1985

1

"c

3

4

5

6

7

8

Ct

DAY OF

WEEK

U.L RECORt

DATE

)

TIME

UJ -J

— J CO

g

et z -j UJ UJ •— 1- — 3 O «S _!

— j ar o < !/•> ix

£ to t/l 1— i^ 31

O ±3 O LU O UJ H- <-> oo z a z: a: o

C B NA X R 0

C E NA X R 0

C B NA x R 0

C B NA X R 0

C B NA X R 0

C B NA X R 0

C B NA x R 0

C B NA X R 0

INTER 

VIEWER NOTES (EXPLAIN OTHER RESULT) AT

-

•EXPLAIN

ASK FIRST TO SPEAK WITH THE PERSON WHOSE NAME APPEARS ON THE LABEL. IF HE/SHE IS NOT 

AVAILABLE, THE INTERVIEW MAY BE COMPLETED WITH HUSBAND OR WIFE.

Hello, this is _______________. I'm calling from Response Analysis in Princeton.

New Jersey, about the Department of Energy survey on vehicles.

Do you have the total mileage (odometer) reading(s) for your vehicle(s)?

IF RESPONDENT HAS CARD(S) OR GETS COMPLETED CARD(S) WHILE YOU WAIT, CONTINUE WITH 

ODOMETER READING(S) ON COMPUTER PAGE.

IF RESPONDENT CANNOT GET CARD(S) WHILE YOU WAIT, ARRANGE DATE AND TIME TO CALL BACK. 

MARK RESULT AS "OTHER."

1985 KTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-*
Odometer Reading Call Form (continued)

Date specified for odometer

Aft*r left usv on Monday* December 3J ,

12 

HH*

I have a descri p-t i on of the vehicles mentioned at the tint* of our mo ft re cent 

contact with Your household —

VEHICLE #

TYPE

MAKE

MODEL YEAR

MODEL NAME

utlO YOU Still

L«v« (VEHICLE JUSTED ABOVE)?

•

SEBSBS=SSSSS8£SSBS

IF HOUSEHOLD 

STILL -HAS 

VEHICLE: Have 1 

deter it-ed it 

correct 1 v?

What was the

total mi lease"1

Wa> the nii lease 

recorded on 

(DATE SPECIFIED 

ABOVE)?

IF NO: On

u'hat d*t« was

it recorded?

J 01

AUTOMOBILE

DODGE

S5

DAYTON A

< ) YES

< 3 NO — 

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

= =:===;== = =:=: = =:=:=:

" -

< ) YES

( ) CHANGED 

ABOVE

( ) YES 

f ) NO

MONTH: ___

DAY: _____

02

PICKUP TRUCK

FORD

SI 

P-ISO PICKUP

( ) YES

( ) NO —

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

as = s= = s's: = s:ss = = sr =. a:

( ) YES

( ) CHANGED 

ABOVE

( ) YES 

C ) NO

MONTH: ___

DAY : ____

OS

PICKUP TRUCK

CMC

&l

C-2500

( ) YES

( ) NO — 

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

= == = SSIS = = = = = = = =

( ) YES

( ) CHANGEEi 

ABOVE

( ) YES 

( > NO

MONTH !_» ___

DAY: _____

< ) YES

( ) NO —

USE GREET*' 

PAGE

=== = === = =; = = =: = = =

( ) YE S

< ) CHANGE!'- 

ABOVE

( ) YES 

< ) NO

MONTH: _____

DAY:_ ___

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-5
Odometer Reading, Call Form (continued)

USE THIS PACE OMIT IF HOUSEHOLD HAS

ONE OR MORE OT VEHICLES LISTED OH OTFUTDI MfiE(S)

Form green

VEHICLE I RECORD VEHICLE t EXACTLY AS SHOW OH OPWTBI

In «*it awith and y»«r *Ud j*v dispose 

of this

Do you happen to know the total 

•U*«oe (edaaeter) reading of the 

vehicle «t the ttae that you disposed 

of It? (Just ipproilMtely.) NILtS

RECOftD VEHICLE * EXACTLY AS SHOWN OK COMPUTER PACE

In «*«t Booth Mtf of this vehicle?

year did you dispose

TWiTh YEAR

Do you happen to know the total •lleage (odoaeter) reading of the 

vehicle at the tine that you disposed of it? (Just approximately.) MILES

) DON'T KNOW

VEHICLE RECORD VEHICLE * EXACTLY AS SHOW ON COMPUTER PASE

In vhat aenth and year did you dispose

of this vehicle?

Do you happen to know the tots! 

•ileage (odometer) reading of the 

vehicle at the tiw that you disposed 

of It? (Just approximateIj.)

WNTH YEAR

K1LES

) garraov

VEHICLE RECORD VEHICLE * EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON COMPUTER PACE

In «hat atxith and j*ar did you dispose 

•T this MMcltT

•o you happen to knov the total

•lileage (odometer) reading of the 

vehicle »t the tiiw that >ou 

Of it? (Just tpproilMtely.)

YEAR

MILES

) DON'T KNO*

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-6

TMTM
Odometer Readinp Call Form (continued)

ir HOUSEHOLD HAS ONE OR MORE VEHICLES LISTED ON COMPUTER-PRINTED PAGE, CONTINUE KITH Q. 85.

IF HOUSEHOLD HAS HONE OF THF VEHICLES LISTED ON COMPUTES-PRINTED PAGF. SKIP TO 0. BIS.

MATCH VEHICLE NUMBERS TO THOSE ON

COMPUTER-PRINTED PA6E

•5.

6.

7.

0.

11.

Mov mtny cylinders does

the engine ntve, or is it

* r«*r/ engine? 1-CYL1NDER

2-CYLMOER

3'CYLINDER

•-CYLINDER

S-CYLINDER

6-CYLINOER

8-CYLlNDER

ROTARY

ELECTRIC

°THES (SPEC!FV):

DON'T KNOU

Does me »en v c"ie naif

air conou«oning? YES

NO

Does it have m automatic A'jTCWATIC

transmission 0' t lW»u>'

Snift I'-'..-.. Sljr"

IF AUTOWKJlE 05 S*AT10:.

EC. Is U a ?-cooi' t<- 2-DwG'

4»fiaf)f Or nhil? & »«•.«.», 3*1/00"

<-o;:--

^•DOO*

Is tins vehicle use: or. the

JOt by tnyont in your house- yf, 

hold, not counting going to

«M«rwwrt? 90

IF "YES", ASK:

810. Is It *Vie v«d for nonbusiness (personal) purposes? NO

About ho. Mn; people NUMBER OF

drl»e thij vehicle on REGULAR

* res^ls' »f*i-s'* DRWRS

VEHICLE «U»!B

w n

Cl[]

w(3

04 []

05 13

w 13

w[]

wl3

w [J

*I3

Mt3

: 11

cI3

Jl3

;:;

n " T * t J

j[]

» f ^

J []

J[3

«[3

M3 .° n

w [3

e?[3

03 (3

o«[3

0s [3

01 13

MI3

M[3

JoT3

«[3

MI3

: []

c 13

j[]

• [ J

• "

j[]

«I]

s •;

J[3

• 13

U3 c[]

«[3

OJ []

03 [3

0« []

05 [3

o« [3

OB[]

w[3

-o [] ., n

M[3

J []

c[j

jf]

• LJ

^ "

J

<

c

U3

«t3

n} en

Pv-2 

M739-03

812. About no» **ny miles per gallon 0o ye« uSuill) s*" *''l '- <1 lhvi vehicle? 

(IF RiS'OKDiKT GIVES «*>£ r'£» 

IN-TCWK AND 

KV.fi i f-V'G

66-67

1985 RTBCS Data Kanipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-7
Odometer Reading Call Form (continued)

B13. Do you or other members of your household 

own or have the regular use of any cars, 

trucks, vans, or similar vehicles, in 

addition to (MAKE AND MODEL YEAR FROM 

COMPUTER-PRINTED PAGE)?

IF "YES." ASK:

614. Mow many additional vehicles do 

have?

you

"lf(P

0 [] NO -- SKIP TO Q. B 31.

1 EJ ONE

2 [I TWO

3 [] THREE

4 [] FOUR OR MORE

• SKIP TO Q. 817.

IF HOUSEHOLD NO LONGER HAS ANY OF THE VEHICLES LISTED ON COMPUTER-PRINTED PAGE, ASK:

3'5. Do you or other menbers of your household 

no* own or have tne regular use of any 

ears, trucks, vans, or similar vehicles?

1 [] YES

0 [] NO — SKIP TO Q. 8 31.

816. Ho* many vehicles do you have? 1 [] ONE

2 C3 TWO

3 [] THREE

4 [] FOUR OR MORE

ASK Q. B17.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-8
Odometer Reading. Call Form (continued)

F "ONE OR MORE VEHICLES" ON Q. EU OP. B16 ASK:

B17. What tyoe(s) of vehicle(s) 

is it (are they}?

STATION WAGON 

AUTOMOBILE

JEEP OR SIMILAR VEHICLE 

PASSENGER VAN OR MINIBUS 

CARGO VAN 

PICKUP TRUCK 

OTHER TRUCK 

MOTOR HOME 

OTHER (SPECIFY):

IF "PICKUP TRUCK" OR "OTHER TRUCK." ASK:

P-i

Odometer Readings

BIB. About how many tons capacity does the truck have, — quarter-ton, half-ton, three-q-arter ton, or 

•ore?

TONS

DON'T KNOW

9. Please tell me the make and model MAKE year (of each vehicle). (ENTER 

LAST TWO DIGITS OF MCDEYEAR.) MODEL YEAR

B20. What is the model name {of each one)? KODEl NAME

B21. ]r> what montt", ar.i ye>-

did you get this vehicle.

B2it. What was the total mileage (odometer) 'reszir.; g/ter 

last use of the vehicle on

DEC S 1

22b. Us the odawter reading 

recorded on the date specified?

IF "HO." ASK:

MONTH 

YEAR

MILES

K2c. On what date was It recorded?

A

02 n

o;[3 03 n

«E3 os n

06 [3

07 [ 3

o*I3

[3 1/4

13 1/2

[3 3/4

[J

19

19

a-

[3 TO

B

OJ. L J

OS L J

03 []

04 [3

05 [3

06 [3

07 []

o»[3

[3 1/4

[3 1/2

[3 3/4

n

19

19

E3 VES

[3 NO.

c

QJ L J

C2 \ J

03 n

w[3

05 []

06 [3

07 [3

o*I3

[3 1/4

[] 1/2

[3 3/4

"

19

19

t3 YES

[3 NO

D

OJt3

o^[j

03 [3

o< []

05 []

06 []

07 [] ;;!]

[j 1/2

E33/4

[j

i

19

19 i

t3 NO

L * '* w

1985 KTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-9
Odometer Reading Call Form (continued)

IF "ONE OR MORE VEHICLES" ON D. 61* OR B16 CONTINUE!

823.

824.

E25.

How many cylinders does 

the engine have, or is 

it a rotary engine?

Does the vehicle

have air conditioning?

Does it have an ajtor-jv;: 

transmission or a manual 

•shift?

IF AUTOES iIE OR £"ATIO>. 

WAGON. ASK:__________

E26. Is it a 2-docr or 

4-dOCr or *r.st?

1-CYLINOER

2-CYLINDER

3-CYLINDER

4-CYLINDER

5-CYL1NDER

6-CYLINDER

8-CYLINDER

ROTARY

ELECTRIC

OTHER (SPECIFY):

DON'T KNOW

YES 

NO

AUTOMATIC 

MANUAL SHIFT

2-DOOR

3-000= 

-5-000= 

5-DCG?.

Is IMS vehicle usec or, trie 

jot Oy anyone in your househdC. nt* cSyntinc cci": tc 

an; fro-n v»ork.~

jr "YE.". 4.5<:

YES 

r;C

S2S. Is it a'is3 _sed ':••• ncr-- 

Dns'"ess fpe-sone 1 ; 

Purposes"

829. About how many people 

drive this vehicle on 

a regular basis?

NUMBER OF 

REGULAR

DRIVERS

830. About how many miles per gal lor 

do yo. usually get with this 

vehicle? (IF RESPONDENT GIVES 

MPG FOR BOTH IN-TOWN AND HIGHWAY 

DRIVING, WRITE. DOWN IN-TOWN 

ff>6 ONLY.) MPG

A

01 C]

02 ft

03 [3

04 [3

os[]

06 1}

08 [3

09 [3

10 [3

9fit3

i []

°[]

' [j

f •«

? !"!

J LJ

4 []

C * "

J []

0 ll

7 7 -

* L .

C' LJ

B

01 [3

o_ []

03 [3

04 [3

05 [3

06 [3

oa [3

09 [3

10 [3

22 n

9s n

J []

°n

M3

. [j

« []

c f -

• J []

c n

, r -

^ - -

C

01 [3

07 [3

03 C3

04 []

05 [3

«[]

o« [3

09 []

10 [3

«[]

98 [3

1 []

o r i

. r »

- 1 LJ

3 []

.' [j

< [j

5 LJ

J []

C -

. r-

>• -

c LJ

0

Cl []

02 []

OJ[]

04 []

05 n

06 [3

oet!

09 []

10 [3

*i t]

98 []

7 r " 

1 L J

C [j

J " "

2 •• -

,. ,

3 «• -

< LJ

c

J " ":

J

'. -

c [;;

pif!IP^

il^F

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/Octobtsr 1986/C-10
Odometer Reading Call Torn:' (continued)

P-6

£31- Does anyone who was i nembe'- of your household or November 1, 198* live somewhere else now? 

o[3 NO -- SKIP TO Q. 634.

"YES." ASK:

OKC2

30

B3J. Who is that? DESCRIBE PERSON OR PERSONS BELOW

A

B

C

D

E

RELATIONSHIP

SEX

FEMALE «ALJL_ AGE

B33. FOR EACH PERSON MENTIONED WHO IS AGE 16 OR OVER, ASK:

We may neei tc b£ in. touch with (him/tier/each of ther-) about this surve>, else. 

you tell me Where 1 can reach (him/her/them)?

PERSON' _ 

CITv

PERSON _

cm

fiAMi :

STREET:

WC STATE: ZIP:

PHONE:

(Arec CDOt i 1

KAME :

STREET:

AKD STATE: ZIP:

PHONE :

{Area coce;

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-11
Odometer Reading Call Form (continued)

ASK EVERYONE

B3<. Is there a possibility your household will 

move any time within the next six months?

IF 'YES." OR POSSIBLY," ASK:

POSSIBLY

NO -- SKIP TO Q. B38.

B35. Do you know when you (are/might be) moving:

836. Do you know what your new address will be?

NAME: ___________________

STREET: __________________

CITY/STATE: ___________________

PHONE:

MONTH/DAY

[] DON'T KNOW

(Area code)

IF THE NEW ADr-"EI£ IS L'KKNOUN. AS'::

B37. Would you please give me the names, addresses, and telephone numbers, two friends or relatives who will kno* where you car, be reached after 

move?

TM|F

NAME : 

STREE':

CITY ANC STATE: 

PHOr.E:

KEJ.AT:0'.'S-.T:: 

TO RESPONLEN*:

HAME:

STREET:

CITY AND STATE: 

PHONE:

RELATIONSHIP 

TO RESPONOiNT;

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-12
.Odometer Readinr. Gall Form (continued)

P-B 

Odometer Reading Calls

B3B. Thank you very much. We will be sending a note to you soon to tell 

you about the next phase of our study.

Have a nice (day/evening).

{Interviewer) (Date Completed) Oime completed)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-13
Turnaround Coding Form PHOT (specimen copy)

r> o >-

<

•i ~* t <

•c

V

•C I

8| * o : *• Z 1

» 1

e

X

oc >• < L 

> t

o :

£ 1.

5-

u

| _,! £ h

cr> a

c

•o 

o o o a

I Ei

W o C

C B

3

<*. 

O

o

o

a; j o. a

^O J

i

c

0- •a 

<

h f-

' O t

i i

8 s

1

K

in. in -o

IU

a

Ul

t*

2 0- ui <n

UJ

a

LUa c

> If.

If. If.

i

>4^

> 0 1

2 n

Uj a 

Iu

> in r

cowieNt rust 476 [

in «•

lu

IM 

1

in o

W tt

K

n

lo 

o «

IS

i -o •} < 1 -o i| -o 1 -a 4 n ! -o i| -o ' < < 4 B (J CO B 'ICD'CD CD CD'03 10) 03 ffl CD

^ifl «• ^/> 'iri * QV fi'v |^ ^ ^ ^ o>oo-o 1 o o o o o loooo , i

i : i

o o o o , o loooo. o loooo

1 I ' '

' , : 1 1 1

i i ! ; 1

J : . : : j

i

n» •;. r> «•> .1 n . »• u» — c * n i ^ Ji •»

i i :

' ' 1 • ' : '

L i ; ; J ft. — ri rj r< r« ni rj f* rv ! o n fn < rj n rv

i ! i

• J I'll 

— o ri — — J — i— r| n ! 4 A *• — ri —

-0- r|rj-.1-;- -.-i--.-,- T~

i ! i ! • • • :

' • J

* i : ( ;i i i ,i MI i » , i i MI i t

= j i !

!

«•« Ji - «, H| -'- -* - iv -i -,'- 4* —

- I

: • j

•« . r-~ f. at — •» no <> KIO o o-ni m n _ ; _ .1 — rt •* -. , — r i -• n ft N.n Oil n ooeioo9O>ocoooo'O9O

1 .. i ........ - ! - X -

oo<» 00900000*0000

: j 1

' f 1

-J M " " "" M " * w " - "i"/ "//

i i

»'f--oi-o>»oA'«r-orii2r* — iv » n o f*. o",o nt n » o> o- o fi »

;!,-;•

S t Bi2 S

1 i

1

o o — : o o

I

- - - - t 0.;

1 ID

Ci

n * n r. «• (u

rii rL n n • > ^

U.I.

! <U

- - - r" c *., 

' 9.

i F

O

<+..

j;::

c

i ;i i i {i TJ

; i"

' 0

8 S 8 * 1 S

O (? O : O O §£

ci

i ! W

0 0 0 1 0 O '" i 1

5 | S 5 | £

o $ 2,5 $ ::x

» - — i n i. "*•

V « 0- ' 0- fc f» £ r» iv fi ^

i

'Hr

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-14
Turnaround Coding Form IV01 (specimen copy)

K

8o

•

•"

V)

B

X

X

t

•*

e

3

e

*M«

,:>

o

LL.

_^_

C

TJ

0

C

o

rec

•^ ;

O |

c

o>

J£

u

OJ a. to

j

C i

a>i

a. u i

*>«

01

*- B i

O > .

•

** ** *

"

1

""I

i j

>.VJ

I

1

-,-B.

0 J

IB r? in*!"

v ft & t^

::W — ;

•'- 10 -i '

:;:*«

: Jj- '

!-" i>.

: . ;=.

^ M. *

" .*--»" ' 

S

|S

iij m

! . .. .-. gj - •

VIR e: n

«,...( ...

w n

:c i

:«•»

I.O'.-

hji *N

"*• -i

II

o

* 1 .X"

O

I *

I-

: *

i

: J tt

; o

: g

:

•1

-

h8

: X

U

s

8

I

5

0 >

£

fit 0-

o

"ftf n

o

S

> M

t

t

I i

s j

O r B f

t

tu i

I!

W 1

8 ;

§ f

- T

H i

B- 9-

S £

1 n

1

v

•M

O

s

o

*w

K

n

B

D

Sk.

•M

8

5

s

»•

o

ft

*»

IV 0-

o

Vf t

«• «

s :

i £ u. .

•C f

o r

n c

K f

2

K

j i

n <

n c O (

5 f

S f

^ i

i

i

n *> M «m

f §

» ft

T «" T "

| S

M «

: i

> -0 i —

1 0- 

> N

^ 1

I

<em 

1

8

" I

$

5

o

S

n B « •«•

= i i

o- * ft " i "

! |

§ S if

1

1

l\

* t

*? ?

0 1 |

2 T 2

n B K

1

<r 6 B SB $ N

!

w ! a o o .

S g g , 0 tl h. ;

' :

•>»»•

~ T ~

S 1 8

i '.

t

: t ! ;

o o o

i

<

i

«

t•

J

*

K 4

g :

in £ U <

JS S

i

£ ?

<

o O

S S U. b-

^ ?

8 S

§ $

*• «• c 9

0- »

5 S

t

t ;

; i

i e- i (V t O

; g

LL) i

u

n o

£

VOLKSWAOEN

pi

s

§?

8!

o

1

(

' r

i

»

ft

o

K

WM

|

U

fth.

n

B

Ku

^

5

su

ft o

s

£

o

po

1

1

I

(

I<

<

1

j<

r

i

1

W

8

O

su.'

T

«

f

r

^

8

t5 2

; i

i <r » -

' -

E S

<

5 ^

i 1

j ••

> »••

ft

• B

> r»

- "

u 

jj :

«• 

««

8

S

:

s

0

ft i —

8" 2 1

*

O 9 1

i

£ »

- 5

,

« 5 1

0 | I

i

§

n i

X

O

i: u

1 I O

§

1 o _ 1 ; K

i : u

k. (i B

n J -

S IS S

1

roRD «ooae

VOLKSWAOEN

j

s ± s

888

~ i w i

§ ? §

1

3 r 5 -

i

i

§ !

B «

5 J

<r fi N n

liif ! S !

R <

fr1 *

ft < O 1

•

§ !J

- ?

t _^

g

n

n

«M

g

. 5

«

1 0

n B

VOLKeWAOEN

n

n

o

M 1

S

§

I

f

o

n

n

o

u. 

d

f, o

B

Z u o

n

x

n

8

§

S

1985 RTECS Iteta Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-15
Turnaround CodinE Form 1V02 (specimen copy)

1 i

f- t

a i

5! J

•e i

Run tf«t»

t cj

0 -DISPOSITION- <

r ni

ta. i > |

I i

o o

LL. Z 

U 

O1! '

1 1 l

<_> ! u o e

i

TT ! .... ^

pecimen of Turnaroun

[ C1

t O BEOINNINO 1—— 

D 1[

Z • o ; 

n

§

1

>.,

j

O

o

Ul »

H 1 2

ft 

r*

— O

U N 

(- 1 < 10 

Q -0

^2

U — c

i- -a i 21 i •0 1

f>

U 1 Z •» 1 Q 1 I « 0 1 UI « 1

(r i

O. 1

READING DATE1E313-38 4043C

(MO- i

z er \ < » i

a ft ;

"TM

2^S

r, j

n

o -

£o

n * i

.•X

Q

ii

1

i

039310 12318!

1

3

o

n

o

o

i

c <

n *

03 I

n

o r 

O

n «

09 0

•N «

g E

o

n r

i

03 e

•c -

0 O

- "t

ni n c c

>I9 o;?

M9 «*-J— 

1

(

1

ccivoo 9 icc;

1

) O83I83

_ o

n

- 1

1

o

o

03

o

i

c

«r

0

111 

q

e 

<

t

c

r 

S

0

1 1

; t

I O337OOil 384

03a 

o

|

0

•a «

o 

1

033033 12!

8

o

1

c

•0

'

i

c

r r

\

c>>

-

i

i

r i

i

T

!i t

i i

OB39O3 123 IB!

( 1

i

(V§

•o

o

S03

o

Ct §

0-

o

'

C

tta• fl 

o•

is

1 •i

i

i

i

1

tt

t > " '

T

f

T

'

c

2 013183

03n

n.

o

;

i

j

i

O14348 12319:

> 053165

0 n

O

ru 

o

s>

,

a

9

t

i

Q

T

6,

1 

v

1

13182 OI048/ 1 

Sn

o

ru

0

o n

*

!

4

i i

i

OIO984 061447 

B 

O

O

rj

8

i

«

! 

1i

c r

c

• 

i

1

1 

1

S

9

iT

M

!

T

1 1

CBIOZI CBCC

1

> OSIOOO 12138:

i

0 , O

3

|

c

** i

1

£

n

0

OD

g 

O

n

c 

«

,

/

S<

1

! 

i

1 § i

3

i

T4 <

§ !

• 1

- r

i i

! 

I : 

f 1 " i

•« -c 03 e

o o 

o o

CD 3) 

N ^

o- '~r> 

n • o

O 0

0 C

1

!

O43083 ) 

| _. _..-... 

IP3JB3

03 03

o o

0 ~

ft* ru o o

> 5>

^ «D s e

*n •»

'II

TM"

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-16
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire

HOUSEHOLD "ADDRESS:

F4739-31 0KB HO. 1905-0068 (E«p1r« 8/31/B6) EIA-141

NATIONAL SURVEY OF FUEL PURCHASES FOR VEHICLES 

DATA COLLECTION — THIRD CALL

FUEL PURCHASES IK JANUARY 19B5

CALLS START FEBRUARY I, 1965

I

2

3

«

S

6

CALL KECOttO

OAT "DT

WEEK DATE TIHE

< 

§sc 

« £ S «/l UJ UJ Ul 4kJ t*f VJ >- 2 C O Z _J >- acC.tnE«K «f «*> * iaeo5Oflr^..j >• »• 2 t>- CSuSsE; S4f v» x «/* ac %i» £ ±>OUJ ^»Ml(Z ««fO CD «£cc _>oeaeu

01 2 3 « 5 689

01 2 3 « 5 6 8 9

012345689

0123*5689

012345689

012345689

I8TERV1EHER KOTES

•MOTES BELOW OH: { ] Contact person [ ] Best time for eont»et [ ] >toving [ ] Other

ASK FIRST TO SPEAK WttH TH£ PERSON «HOS£ MAtC APPEARS OK THE LABEL. IF HE/SHE IS 

AVAILABLE, THE IHTERVIEK MAY BE COMPLETED «ITH HUSBAND OR WIFE.

HeMo, this ^i .. .,,' . _______ I'lti calling frwi Response Analysis In Princeton, New Jersey, about the Department of Energy

Would this be * convenient time to collect the Information en fuel purchases for vehicles that you've been keeping for us?

(Let's begin with . . . tEAD MAKE, MODEL tEAR, AND MODEL NAME FROM FIRST ATTACHED SHEET.)

NUMBER Or VEHICLES 

FOR THIS HOUSEHOLD:

FINAL RESULT

•

COMPLETE DATA 

PARTIAL DATA 

CONTACTED. NO DATA 

NO CONTACT

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-l?
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

fc-

* «. f O

TMIF

*m^

"J W

e c |

TMTM

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-19
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

A. What was the total vehicle mile age before the first use of the 

(VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION) In January?

BEGINNING 

ODOMETER READING

Bl. How full was the tank before the first use of the vehicle?

FUEL GAUGE 

READING

I 1/4 1/2 3/4 F

ill

B2. To the best of your knowledge, is the fuel gauge accurate?

/ C 3 

o E ] NO COMMENT:

C. About How many gallons does the fuel lank of this vehicle hold?

GALLONS

NOTE DETAILS BELOW IF VEHICLE HAS MDRE THAN ONE FUEL TANK:

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-18
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

0

5*••

fei

*

•

i

1—

Ul

I

sz

i—>

u.

^

i

1

m

^

s

i

i

UJ

u.

Z ^J UJ U

? * S •"* >

g u. £ £ £

S3 c( £ K = ~ *" » _i ^ e B i/i • «E UJ X _l O = 1_> O

•1 *5 Uf UJ Ul U) "• ^ U*

•3 ». * -Si." B — u. oe •- >- •- u/ If • SB

JC — UJ Z U b. O UJ ~"

* o? o — u! i 5 55. «

MI i/i z <-> .. a. *- ooc •• S

»j ui S u. _ < — u, S «•• ^J ^y 3C ••• jy fr* ^" ^* 

*^ *_* Ui *TM ^J ^^ ^J ^^ ^* ^J BC U> 2 ^ ^ ^ ^^ **^ ^ ^ S ^ *** ^ *""

« u- j ~SfS. «guj~ &S!

St- ui z SS« et-i?££« "Ji

V* V ^( ^ -^ *f ^^ * ^~ ' 4«J *"* *"— **• ^i/ ^^ 

d 3 *^ (9 ^O ^~ ^3 •i^ «j O ^J •« i5 C1 ^C ****

3 *•? 5^5 • ui ae

t ^ pv» Co— UJ t_> OC

EkkoM ec ^ t

5 j 3 z « S »o

« •• « ""^ ^^ *~" *~"

S U

u. ——— 5f

irt

^^_____ «MMHi JkJ H> » X *—— — •

"° 5 u/ S o- S —— TV- § ^ 1r • ^J fc *i. . fc^^^B^I^ y o ^ * ^^ z ^ *« __ —^

X ? t; ' u 2 e X -^ c .c u UJ ui E if », ^ w (\j >, u C a ., _

|f | " _ \i i e « I 1

1*5 « » _ =^ i i r i b s

5f *2* - .,t.--~«'i?s§ •£' S -u — Si'2 u- u- - o x« *r s . si i.s - •* s >. 15 ^f K *• » u, —— rt* « § *• ul *f 3 V B

a*. ts ~ j: v a c ui 2»*w-£ • _^J g|

» ii e O «* uj * ^A v It *

S

" £5 wo ""S => *-sf»< Kti «r ta • a

• ? ^ 3 s is "i- I *

! If 15 """ Jjf S; £

no u-' *r

u

•i

•1

*• ^

c r _ ^, _j x '^ *

« jr «/? O vi s s e ? V> •/> l/> 3

x e * toJ V^ >•

w» § i

< o

•c ^ E UJ — U

O 8 t > vi ff *->=

_J C U ^1 9

UJ 0 « »- i 5 s

UJ C •- UJ

!/"> ft? UJ ^

S 5 S §

u.

C 11

°T ;F t. ^

« (4,

1- «

-= ; i i i s

31- z r> 3 5 S 3°*- ^".— _, J iJ =Z3= =

- n M i -

S

v c :D uj wo i/

*^ * O OC ^ u, liu.s § i s ?

Iss ZZZ 8 -|- ., ^ ^ j

o s

i— X *J S

^ri i

f'f |

•* <" X

«J «J 1

sit t

ct

,

— z

J= Z %( f*

> X

•" K

f3> s

^5 *" = 1 =: *» *

x u

= H

u w

ft,! 3 &•»

*« 1

= "ic*

c*"u

c

S JS s >>

II

INJ

a

ft 

1'

ft

Ik

IS*

::

E:o

S .,* X ....

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-20

IIP
Fuel Purchase Pats Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

-.*

F

2~ 

H

IS' 8«

ii

s

M 

ft

9

£

w

V

1

2

If

*

i

«n

i

^.

If i

J

I g

i l

o «« B .» ¥

II a!

E

tftC^r «

ih fe

*

.

»|jr X

.ts *s st »* «-=^ »5

«• %• c ki •»

X ~

§ «

-

* r S -

*

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-21
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

*

1

i

i

I

M r soil n

1

!

4

i 

i

1

>

«

:

•

S

M 

V «• 

•

a

5

£

Sc 

••

I

to

C 

J

ft

2c

5 «

• ^.i s; 5:

a.

i

Iw 8* §

-•e

fc

i

M

S**

" w

5-

t

;§

'^

'S

e

Itoi

i

»i

i?

I

_,

ill ' S r

•* *••

I* 

I*

XX

a s

•** •»•* *

•* «» <

•MB

^•M

••*. mi in.-.-

..-Bjtai 

•V. ••«• 

••-•

red

c

-:

^5

• a*

*i

l|

?l

— »

«-•> 

P«

•» •

MB

« 

•*• *

« 

•i 

1

'

S £ .

S t .

^J ^C *

.i

M

XXI!

ii! a s a

xxx

hb -MM.*.

•MM

V

•^ .~M.-B.MI •>

MMM

•w

^ .-^------M 

•*

r

*» •!! II II

= t 2

•

£

31 ; i E

.' C C

S XX

• S . K S

;**:

J XX-5

1 *

- - !

«( S

as:

•Mr *^ ta 

•• •* • 

I

• MMN

•jS ———— 

J __

i^- ^** •^•^TM

| w -" 

- —

._

Et :

I

cr

iihii.

XjXXXXX"

.?!-?!.

f|XXX)XX^

i a sa! a i; j

f 'XXX: xx -a

-i*. —— ;^. _ 1 n — —

• ^ •»••-•-«•• *X» aMHMHMI

• *••••« ^M^B

t i 2's i 2

t 

t

1

!

1

1 !

S S

9 5

SXX 1!

.?!•

f XXt

» tart tart tai

•1 •» •

tz

tq m^mm

rf — . ——— ni_

t 

« •••••i

Ii ^.*^WBH.*B 

l*~

1 ————

......

I

,

Jf:

?

••-* ta-t ta 

*-> * «

'*!•

rxx*

!f|[

f xx-s

f-

•& —

j _

J5; ____ i""

• ^-*^*H 

«^«^-l-^B>.-fl

;,:

e

llS C •

XXI

ii:

XX?

Ill

xxx

•.••i

V«-*^»-BH

«-••-«

•M-V

•.**•••

5«:

8

• If•!!•

f X X *

.si Ii:

fXXlB

X ., III

xxx

«••>•

•MB*-*

**

•B-JPM.M

st:

£

I S

;SI . ff i< sxxjl

•XXI

hi

t^ ^ff ^

«-|i»*

V «*••• 

.'•V.4M.-MM

T ——

• "N. 1 !«-• t*""

• mtmim

• *I-.«M«BIM

s»:

2

3|

i

i

VJ

—

o

^

£

X

S

£

O

i

to*

J

«A

«• 

t*«

S

F CONTINtll

1

r

s•c a.

i

s

i

V

«fl

u

«»J

K

m

e

i.O wi

sJ

rs 

gs

J5«> i S°

il

V

5

k.

.c — •

-« at ^ w C *•

»s •"

-» fc. ... &

*

*

•

^

i

V i

k «

•* .

%i «

•s i

*• k. — a

k

-K C

G e

• •

-

E'

if

9 k t 

I

U

k 

i, »»

s

^

.......j

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-22
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

^^

cc

i

•

ee

-5

I

i

g

UJ

0

5

u.

h

S 5i 5 »«* 5 c S ^ 5

UJ x uj I*

•" Jt — ' C" * *^ « o u a £> «—<•—•

l»j «C wJ O 9 L^ O

U >» ••» K » ^

*• kh. tK *** >* •"• kW ff • *

j£ It • • S -.:« uT eT Cw — ^ t.) x hj •««• f> «/» ••" c) ••••

* f o — tj z 5? tc » «e

» ^ S «j ~ *" *~ " £ ^i *

I *"' ;.... .: :« ,~ 1C- •- 8 5 to £" BE "

S g*S: s 'c u.~ t B ^

•4 W U> "*" ^J V kW t/1 >> (.J flC ||u

j£ x 5 «: o fc « ~ S 5 i £! <cw •^ uj ai "i^feijm UJcr %«»hn A.UJ

Ee > m .s •— «c B ku i- D o. O * »« ee oc oc v> •»ui K uj«BCO»-ZwJUjec «— S

>h > tej O C2 ** Ul Ul * UJ ^ ft^ LkJ OC k «r >. _j st »« z »-zt_)C. £>x uj z • • S *^ •*<* O'"K' *uj *^ cov^ar tc** OO - *g tt-«««*-'So -{S-.gSe g«g

3 w-s S 5 • • uj oc

i— g«0— rrX'X^wt *".,fs^'^' CJCK

:kkOb<^ ec bju.

OU9Z< O »O

^i w -c

5

K*

« 

X

S

o

o

o

"

u.

-

te

S

i

•i 

i

i

v>

s

c

6J

-

j_

*D

S

VI «c 

>- _J 

«!

u. Bb. 9>

UJ

i

w bJ

«.

*" •*»

X 

3•T1

**k

X

fx

!I

i z

V

f

— •»» 8 ...S --H

?E 2*

•c

k V

O «J w *^

M *

O ^^ ac v^ —- jr

o *

«»•»• V W <^*

&

>/>

s

UJ

X

UJ

^

C

« « o P v> w y a IE 

— w uv § JE •* o

• » > •» U.«C k " IT

$1 f^ 5f£i it

: !^f i

S *• » 2 u JB •*• ^D JC a

* £„- §

»±f r 5,1 &

» 4?

||

INI ee

O UJ t»- K

O

k 

o

*

*

L. 

O

I

g

V «

o

JC k —• c

E

C7< 

c

£ e

c c.

c

c -^ £ X

•J ID

T5 i ~*

«.' CJ

C.'

— C. e. >

S c

E c

E

X

c

• w c.

k

•c

^ *

tfl c — c

z

C u. C

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-23
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

•>

*•>

•5

O) 

v<

9

•* 

««

V

^>41

O!

•1

JC

«) O w 

J= Z O

«J "•

S

4J t/l 

U UJ =

O K

c o •* v X ac •»

2f- •- UJ V. >, z t- -. •» u ae uj %-

?s o5 « a, c uj £ J= ^: * «DO —

1"' *

e fc «>— o

u, — — —

«^TM»TM

«

r->

4M^M^

«M

V

""

————

. . n

1^-

V

*4 

<o

5

<o

•1

•B 

cn

s

j£*

**

JC

•

CS •e

w

•« O

S

OJ

o_J _J

(JJ I

UJ

£

OJ

o

o —

a; .c

S -1 *

o

.c

o 5 <_>

1985 STECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-24
Fuel Purchase Data Collection Telephone Questionnaire (continued)

1

£

Iir Msount rwwsto 

I«GUl*V iPtrMIIM 

I

e f

-§gs

SK «E

Is

ir

• i

& (

;§J £'

E 5

sr~ »

* 

•

S

*

•

V

* :

S

ft

C *

f *^ ^i

S

1*

#~

i

i

If^

» 51 • 5 5*r ' s t:» •?*•*

• :l 

5 5-v*J

litf S 95 85 "jp'-isr irf *TM if •?

U6 S- Af *O C Sf S *^ W

«£»••£•> •£•

'**.".""*.":.""." J'.* ** ^|  ** , "* "^

- -.. - -

= =fi;gp^;

|||i5;:;l;s;i

. '. *

« £ i* 1 i* £ 1 1 •;!§ | «;i| | «•

3 £ 3,9 e 3' 5 £ 3i

||

M £ «

t'sr's

K 4M

*•* ««* *• 

W ^*l 1*1

ill

- •= :.:-.v -= :. :..- r-":-'" . : I

-.- :: ..•::...:::.::-:-:::,- . | .

i

^ ;

!V -' -!

•:.:-. :*.~.-.. .

*^ "^Jr- r,,n 

V """ '"^W - •

|^«MMB«W to' OBMMMMM

.»(:.. *

t

;

. • ,

r^^S^S •'tt:xx,!>s^r"=x's

.-= = -.-=•-..,:•- .. .-: = .- ±.. _

,;J!i^ ..'.,'

)

..,.' 

.: --. . .:,.....:.

!

" ; " " ..;-..;-;? .:.':. 

.,.:._., .*..._ 

, . ,,

;;li:r

. I

* '--- i

\

s t

-- 1 of •no

J

1

,^

i

••*

i «• l

1

•• •

i 

1 1

•rf «• ;•

•i

ml_ t,

M> (MBBB^M^I 

•HMMM

m s» •*

<••«••

V

^. ••••••^H

r

1 1

• • C •

f .tr. x t

fi:

..«•. «* *

**• •••»•

••MM

^i.«lH«aBgM

1IIHIMM

rv

* %K iMMWHHW

••••••• 

*W*MMBBMM

««•••

,

r f 5 *>* o •

I

'

1

i

i

s s

t

i 

i

t £

9 f

705. ; s s «

* •«« »«* <

li » B iv *

i S t «

S rX 1!

0 e

t

£f :at ^ ^ • ' B tow • s t :is i :

* te« *-* ta •• *» «

* «•• «H> %,.

>i *k •« •<

•9 f

« s> «

« 0 W W

» to< 4K 

» * t •

%•»»•»

i £

M:

> <••» ••» «H

•***•"

* * * tfi* * i i I*i § iiii I

S«5|3S3I3E3

•; rx«jr«xjrr<

»*• muiJiJi-ui— 

«••«•

^k MIBaHMM 

•KOMI

rw

*W MBHMMM 

•BMW

•r

•^> I" IIIIIH.il !

mmumm

.

S t «•

1

Jte» — ________

Jr_ __

» flHMMH

;

» 4^.«mn>». r —

.

? f 5

-•sxl-'sx

I

S S

i

V *•». «MMB««i

• «••••• 

*

* m

[

5 t 5

•r •%•%

o

*

* 

k

IS VCHICU. H«K {J noi irCONTINUAMON wcu l$osto.

X

S

W

ac 

I

W

i

to/ « a

.f £

M *'«f CWtlNUAUn* WHTfS) J» N0*t JH«*10 PlIRCM* 

•no NOttS *T PICHI ASNmVUMV!

1' n»*b«v« eurehtft • qu*nltttts «ny ort«'!c*< for Ml«» *••«• fulf.flilfoni or 

'o fiplun « mlftlnt) «ny entHet

to d*u. .h*t proMf^ iny rfUtH In

n>rch(nr\ tbnv

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-25
••»•»»•»•»«

e 

3

UJ

i

i

>•

GC

K

ac

Ul s»

I 

sX

•s* « *

u.

C

|

U. •«•

«M— •—

>• 

or c*

•

*

s••a

W

« 

u

C•*

a

u a

fa

' i

i 

Z

- x o »- c

•" i

5 2

. s

5 .£

•E G

> s;

¥< V>

JE «• Ul _J «•• O

2 *

UJ

£^ ui 

SI* 5 • • 2'

.. u1 ? «:

3 «•? £2

Z -F Sz I1 ! oJ

E *-i z<

£ *•£ ~

£ *S

S . < ""

k ••- « k *» <c •» 3

c

*3

vehicle mile* vehicle ini

; -£

; «• ,, 5% S 

i *> *• 1 .. j; ^ S

» a« — = «

53 *- ,£ ;s

^ «« 5E $£

^ 0

- _>| e

.

UJ_J «_»

s

S?

S 5 

5 H 

1 " 5 S

i -

S * e

2 - S-

* 00 

JE UJ OC ^ s s s ^ 2: o « u . 40 VI >— O

" *, «s *n ^

t

- — •

L

H

f

I ,

k. '

f

k».

«

e -S S "» •-

£ »t V

9 -u ui j; 1' «c • 5 JE — «-•

ac >

J- ^5 !* -5 il S^

^0 > 0

— V •«• «^ 3 a

I?

.

to^

— - ———— - ——————————— • —

UJ 

O

S « 1

^ " 5t «^ 

2 b 5? j g

Ul IriJ U^ ^* ^* ^^ * 5 S .- g

>• •- uj JE • ~ i^ a. ° ui ^ » «/i «« — »J *•

.. gg^Si .- s 

E 7=^K I s ^

0 Ou|W»>- «-> OC*^ u» *« » o < -i ui 3 rt S sg-sift gg —— •tB g BCOE - ««/>,

S srS^»£ «,:

1 II5i il II

r^ BJ.-.^^^ u* «

w g;-,^«»« y£

- 1""" g i

^ — ' — WJ *~* l~-

5; «^

—— - ———————— - ———— • —

__ __ i

*/i

un

•-Z i- Js * n ——— ^ " ° s -

0 «J Z V> —

Cl «> —— = ^

^•«» ftj ^ *

k jr o "C ..

U UJ UJ C b^ - __ r= s s t § - ——— * c ri z * ^

^ ?! =! Si :i

» y *. r- •" <f k £ 2 — sl? u-u- § a |« 2«S - " S ? ?«•

W k •— 5r S

u. ——— fe j e * *

l*£ g 5

W i - «°* ST" * g 2-5

1« =-1 - II

** Hi ? .

- I-T te

.

u.

_ — . ————— - —

a

V

»-

5 >-

•>! Ul

W e-, (0 5 r s • p s s s |

is* a

,§ £ i

„ e * .

« u

5 J! u!

£ (9 - JE «UJ ~

I $ ft 1

0 1 S §

1C *•" •* Ul

S C s » 5B

w e: »- uj i^ «; w +- i ji S s

S: ».:

_* 

i c ^ 5 £

n uj "^ S

c^ kz 3- f y i*•

k 1} ^. „

S^ fc -- 5 •f S X >. 0.

__» = s s Z «j — J ^^"* L :| ^*J %* 5 « « =>2 E ?

= k Z =5 S9 ^> C— *

"0 £ £ = * 0

3 .£ S* = S ZJ=w oi>-* =zz s t; £• f ss e f -1 S |*

— C >- un — '

^<ec IJUJK-I kOk«; 

0-3 « 0 Cf f* ui » = % c B C uj -t 5.— i 

*<~-' <SC-1 • ... o e w * ^,^^< ec tl< fii--- Hi

J»l" § e' •sf 3 :: ,5 •" ' 5 S

t ?S 5 j? >»

^i* 8 il f.- i 5S « «/ •

S=| u. ~

at B « — «

*••

o:

~^r'

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-26
Veh i c1e-Disposed-of Card

RESIDENTIAL 

ENERGY 

CONSUMPTION 

SURVEY

PLEASE RETURN THIS CARD TO US ...

E1A-141

OHE No. 1905-006E

Expires 6/31/86

VEHICLE IDCNT1F 2 CATI OK

I If your .household has already disposed of this vehicle 

or

I If your household disposes of this vehicle anytime before January 15. 1986. 

FILL IN BELOW BEFORE RETURNING CARD

• Date that your household 

disposed of this vehicle Month Day Year

t Total mileage (odometer 

reading) of the vehicle on 

date of disposition {if known) . . .

Miles

PLEASE SEE REVERSE SIDE OF CARD FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR HELP!

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Hanual/October 1986/C-27
Vehicle-Acquired Card

RESIDENTIAL 

ENERGY 

CONSUMPTION 

SURVEY

PLEASE RETURN THIS CARD TO US...

EIA-141

0« No. 1905-006''

Expires 8/31/86

w

HOUSEHOLD ADDRESS

• If your household has acquired a vehicle that is not listed on a yellow 

card, or

• If your household acquires another vehicle anytime before January 15, 1986

FILL IN 8ELOW BEFORE RETURNING CARD 

• Vehicle make: __________ Model year: Model name:

t Date that your household 

acquired this vehicle . . Month Day Year

I Total mileage (odometer 

reading) of this vehicle

• Date that you recorded 

mileage (odometer reading)

Miles

Month Day Year

PLEASE SEE REVERSE SIDE OF CARD FOR ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR HELP!

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-28

"IfTM
Address Change or Correction Card

EIA-141

flW-Hc. 190£-006£

Expires 8/31/86

ASORESS CttftNSE SR CWRECTJW

PLEASE SET13RE "THIS CARD TO US ...

t If tte wwe, address, if»d telephone 

twaber shown at the right ire *»t 

corr-ect

.or . 

• Jf household Moves

time btfore January 15, 1986

or ..

f If your telephone nunber changes

fcefere January 15, 1986

MAKE CHANGES BELOW BEFORE RETURNING CARD

HOUSEHOLD A~ORE £••:'

Street -Addre ss: _____ 

City and State: _____

Telephpine ntMber at which 

you can be reacted: __

Zip Code:

Please circle location of telephone: 

Home Uork Other

PLEASE SEE REVERSE SIDE OF CARD FOR ADDITIONAL IKSTRUCTIOKS.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-29
1985 RTECS HVI Generation Log

RTECS CEKEfUTIOM tOC 

&PRO. KVI. HONTH01

Date: __________________ Job *: "fllpp7

File updated by: _________ Run fro*

£ LOGON ID):

Progra* run (if not CHECKUP): 

Input generation #: ________

idditional input files:

Output generation t (if job ran successfully):

Source of this group of changes:

FORMTURN — OH01 - Date 

1V01 - Date 

1702 - Date _

Other batcn changes:

Special Changes:

HHID I ! Vehicle $ I Source of change

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-30

TMIP^
Transportation Study Purchase Pile: Card 5H Coding Form

d by

Checked by

123085 

F4739-137

TRANSPORTATION STUDY PURCHASE FILE 

Card 5H Coding Form

HH# 

1-4 7-8

W

00;:

'; 00;

0i

00;

-, M

00 '

w

'• W •

; w

00

0S?

00

00

p

00

00

00

00

00

10-13

5H01

SH01

5H01

5.H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

SH01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

5H01

Record 

Month 17-18

Assigned 

Month 

22-23

Month 

Code 

25

DC 

T/M 

27

DC 

*v 

29

-

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-31
Transportation Study Purchase File: Card 6V01 Coding Form

-•8

_ , wo

< E

«/>

z 

o

cr 

O o. \ft

5

cr

X f.

SS'SS

VI E w

•o O

f. u

u c a. < a « «•>. 

u. «* u<*>

f

o •? , si-

'11^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-32
Telephone Data Collection Form (specimen, coded for Card 7P)

X.

til 1 i*

* V

r GASotmt 

to/

U*(MKO

•"' 5

le

s

it "-•It-:

Jar

*

IE ;: £2:

:,. -f-r-.

: «r .

fg

-Is

Is

If

• 5 

ft»•>> r

i

•«-

s s J

XXX

iH

3 S «l

•x-s9gi •%^. <*••••>•

••MHM

^**'^k

S:

^

i

•s.

"0

^

r

$

*

r

«>

4h

Ii. = 12

XXX

3 £ 3

to* ••• «•«

fete OIBtHBBIM 

•••MB

ST.

4RHMBM

^••OMMMM

••••••

S.2

o

!!:

si .

XXX

- - tf

••••M

?...,.,

•IBMMMI

———

r*2

o

9 i

11:

{ „„_,

ifXXX

III

«MHM

5.

——

^•MB

S t 2

s

t 5

H:

Is:

XXX

V «

ill

•am

•MBMI

ttOMnr

•*» NNMMMN

•MMHM

£«:-

o

9 S

if,-

XXX

*"* IM*«c ^«r

—

•n

WMMi

., ——

MMMMH

= «:

*

H:

ifXXX

Is! 1 = 1

«MMMI

V

4MMHI

^MBUg

•^»«MMMM

«HMM

** M •MB*

•

s

ii. B C »

|I..

XXX

* ,,

XXX

*. —

—

—

—

e • 2

S

H:

ifrxx

S - tf

ten fl^B^g^^

*^«IBBia«BB 

""•""

^» mftammmam

•MMHM

~ * -

S

S S

11:

si . 112

XXX

- tf

«. —

—

—

—

Sv2

- . .,

o

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-33
1985 RTECS PPR Generation LOR

4739

022086

1985 RTECS - FPR Generation Log 

&PRO.FPR85.MONTH__

Date: _________ Job #:

File updated by: ______ Run from:

Additions to 4PRO.FPR85.RNGEXCP:MONTH__ ? [ 3 YES DATE ______ [ ] NO 

Additions to &PRO.FPR85.RELEXCP:MONTH__ ? [ ] YES DATE ______ [ ] NO

Source of this group of changes:

CHECK run -- Date _________ Time _____ 

MPG run -- Date _________ Time _____

PROGRAM RUN: &PRO.FPR85.JCL:CHECK [ ] 

&PRO.FPR85.JCL:MPG [ ]

INPUT GENERATION I : 

OUTPUT GENERATION I: 

NOTES:

illP^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-34
Additions to Tank Capacity File Form

050586

ADDITIONS TO TJHX CAPICITY FILE 

File name: CH6212. PRO. FPS85- TAWKCIP

Edited by Date Input by Date

MAKE

CODE 

01 —02

MODEL 

CODE 

041—05

•»"""•**"•«•*"

. . - -

•

' 

-*. —...-.

•

TYPE 

07- -08

. .

?EE YR 

RANGE 

10--1H

1

C¥LK0R 

16-- 17

^

DOORS

19

«. —

.. — «.

i

FL Tlfl 

CAPCTY 

21—23

"" "-""*" — — —

COMMENTS 

25— *»0

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS '85

EST - RTECS '85

____, — __„ — __ 

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS '85

______________ 

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

___________ 

EST - RTECS '85

EST - .RTECS ' 85

-_ -»

EST - RTECS ' 85

EST - RTECS • 85

EST - RTECS ' 85

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-35
Modifications to Tank Capacity File Form 051286

HODIFICiTIOlfS TO TANK CAPACITY FILE 

Source: MPG Unknown/Uneatcned tank capacity list

File na«e: CN6212. PRO. FPR85. TANICAP

Edited by Date Input by Date

(FILE) 

LINE 1

MAKE 

CODE 

01—02

MODEL 

CODE 

OH--05

TYPE 

07—08

"

TEE YR 

RANGE 

10— K

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

•» "

^

_^_

^

—

—

—

—

_«

CYLNDR 

1b— 17

DOORS 

1<)

FL TNK

CAPCTY 

21 --23

*• — -.«.

"TM^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-36
Editor Changes: Respondent Estimate Tank Capacity Form

EDITOR CBAHCES

RESPOKDEKT ESTIMATED TAHS CAPACITY 

FUEL PURCHASE RICORD FILE

050766

BBID

h~

HONTB

fEI

i

- -- -

'

•

. -

t

fABX Cll»iC2TY 

(IK3ERTED)

D2E3EL

.

- .

• • -

(US

COL ?«J 

CARD 

b^01

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

-

2

2

2

2

2

5

2

2

2

2

... -

"

. 

-

-

'

EEID

. . HOKTI

?£E 

t

TIME CAPACITY 

( INSERTED)

DIESEL

„„„„„

t

CAS

COL 79 

CARD

6T01

______

2

2

Z

2

Z

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-37
Tank Capacitv/HVT File Update Worksheet 4739

050886

tt» CIPiCITY/ITI PILE OPDATE HORCSIEET 

(input ching** to WHO. Ifl. HOKTIzx. COOOrTOOJ 'Hr

1 

HOHTH

-

T

HID 

* 

1-H

___

•. « _•»_•

TEE

t 7-e

— — — — -

MODEL 

CODE 

37-38

HC «

______ ___

HC «

__ 

HC «

HC *

HC «

HC *

-. * *-

HC «

HC -

HC *

HC *

HC *

HC *

HC *

HC *

HC =

HC *

HC *

HC «

HC *

HC «

HC =

MC =

TEH

TYPE 

15-16

TT «

TT »

?T -

TT «

"""""*"""'" """"

TT •

TT «

TT «

TT -

TT -

TT »

TT «

TT *

TT =

7T *

TT =

TT -

TT •

TT -

TT -

TT «

7T -

VT -

OTHER 

CIAKOES

""TM"~ "" "

— , « _—_

—

TMIB^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/C-38

"•IF
APPEHDII D: 

FORMS PRODUCED BY RTtCS PROGRAMS

The following forms were produced by the programs HVILABELS and 

HVIPAGES.

Form Pages

Vehicle Labels.............................................. D-3

Background Questionnaire Page............................... D-4

Vehicle Stock Page.......................................... D-5

Odometer Reading Page....................................... D-6
TM|r

''HP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/D-2 TMrTM
Vehicle Labels

.£

X!IB

_J

OJ

U

ff

f

r*

f

1 §

o V j?

0 ' «

E 0

* „ tn •c * • f* o * E >

0

Jf Z

* O

E. ...... 0.

O

1

i 1 

s

"»

1 i 1 « a E. . u

"•..*.••'•'«

•0 * f" « *

E >

* > *

c i • • 5

i i ,s P .= i E u.

8

f 0

i 1 « 0

2 ^ ^

e o

• c n

•0 « P* e •

w

> 0

. 1

E U

81 s

I g i

9>- — U

O * •- 

* 1 1

————— —

I

o

o- — d

E •? ff

c O

C U

i; §

£ • 

E >

E «

ii _o

1

o

I -* > «. 1

0 * O E t> c 

* 0

c u

*'*.' PS • 4. O

ts « N ^C * CD

0 *

w

> O

a

* >

i S E U

a i _ ! <M c. § : •::§

1

! t ..-«

w ' JJ 1 ..«•.-

O • ..;=« c IS

** • r»

t» 5 N

c •

E>

- : f "%

x ^t 1;!

i O — _! ! i

Q> — W

s i i

» i. n

v *v ^

o »

E >

bi

1

..,.>;• g

.-•'. •-"•-. 5

-- E O

E *

C «

* 0 •x >

,__

0

1

0-

c

- a

i __ _j I i ^ E 1 § c o

» t O

•V * CD O •

E >

E «

. 5

1 I

£ ———

n e

i • ^

e a E C

•e • N e » E >

£

5 1

£ S

S

j

n K

9 Ul

8 1 ^

e a

E a

• s. »> •« a N

e * E >

U

* 0

i I

r>o

iw ff

1 . . I

1 i | i i

* 4. »• •e # f>- « *

E X

E

I .8

„

f

1

0. —

f 5 f

£ §

7 4. 0

•e * »«- i;

" I

«tf &&I

£ O

©

i

N 

0

O

1

» -

O » C

I 1

U 4. 0

•e « f>-

M .

(N X

S g «•" C

1 K 

». — t

§ -S z e « E E

* *. N

T» e N c •

• 1

i i

1

(V X

1 jj

T hO "« - E •w Z e ••

E T.

fm

« 4. M

•e « rv

E * 1 J~>

t—

t- O 

IT * >

J W * X E U

1

N

£

o * c 

o o

*• t 0

•w « f* o »

E >

lw1

$•> o

« >

^ bl

1 0

*— 

a

« 0

I I

(N

f

t

(V j£

- £

I -i 5

1 r

1 4, «M •e * N

O 4i c>

S * &

1 S

f

<k

1 o> — o

o • z

r « «

1 §

o • E >

(- «

i 1

o

1 o1

* — o

O * Z

E 1 g

E 0

U c. n

e * E >

5

• o

E &

rf

i

&>

0 E

_ —————— ^

?

1

(•> — '

i ^ S| 1 2 !

* 4. »

10 * f^ • 0 • 

E >

1

1

»- u .

• O i

i I

N 

O

i

O

o

1

0- —

g 5 £

1 §

« t *

•0 « fv

e • ;

t

« o

j> o ! « o E a

tN

1

PO

•n Q ^ •"•

i - a 

1^1 

I §

« 4, CO

TQ 0 f^ E *

1

C C ' E O

*> i. » i

•c « rv ,

O 4k '

E>

j :

<j

t- «

• P^ i I

i

(a.

« ^

i s

1985 RTBGS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/D-3
Background Questionnaire Page

HOUSEHOLDS WITH ONE OR MORE VEHICLES 

AT TIME OF MOST RECENT CONTACT

09

HH* S3S3

Bl. 1 Kove a description of the vehicle(s) mentioned at tKe time of our most 

recent contact with your household ••

VEHICLE 

NUMBER

TYPEl

MAKE

MODEL YEAR

MC2£L NAME

Do ucu still 

Kove (VEHICLE 

LISTED ABOVE)'

IF YES \ 

Have I 

described it j 

correct i y?

01

S T ATIQN 

HAGUN

FOPD

76

PINTO

C 3 YES 

) NOli

( 3 YES

( ) CHANGED 

A22V"

C2

i

i 

| AUTOMOBILE

DATSUN

81

2322X

C 3 YES 

( } N3»«

C 3 YES

( 3 CHANCED 

ABOVE

C 3 YES 

C } NOI1

C 3 YES

( ) CHANGED

AS3VE

:

i

1

i

C ] YES

c : NOH

C 3 YES

( 3 CHANGED

A3SVE

TM1P^

• IF VEHICLE IS PICK-UP OR CTHER TRL'CK AND CAPACITY IS NOT INDICATEO ABOVE:

About how many 

tons capacity 

does the truck 

hove?

C ) 1/4 TON

( 3 1/2 TON

C 3 3/4 TON

( ] TONS

( 3 1/4 TON 

C 3 1/2 TON

C 3 2/4 TSN 

C 3 __ TONS

( ) 1/4 TON |() 1/4 TON

( ) 1/2 TON |(3 1/2 TON

( 3 3/4 TON | C 3 3/4 TON

( 3 __ TONS | ( ] __ TONS

HIF HOUSEHOLD NO LONGER HAS VEHICLE:

When was

yen i c I e 

disposed of?

j MS NTH:

| YEAR:

I

| MONTH:

| YEAR:

1

| MONTH:

| YEAR:

1

MONTH: |

YEAR: ]

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/D-4

lir
Vehicle Stock Page

This is our current reesrs of v-.:r>iei«s "or This hcusehc^

) VEHICLE * ' | Cl

j TYPE AUTOMOBILE

f

| MAKE i CHEVROLET i i . j rDDE:. fEAR j. /2 

i s- !

j MODE;. NAME j IMPALA 

1 1

(IF HOUSEHOLD NO J 

j LONGER HAS • | 

{VEHICLE: When J MONTH: }

(was vehic.re. j | 

j diseased of? YEAR: j

1 1 ! I....................................

i 22

j AUTOMOBILE

i 

1

w > i ^ v rv i* i» £. J

! ' 71

-

vUivVETTc.

MONTH:

YEAR: |

..............i

1 C3 i °4 i

AUTOMOBILE j AUTOMOBILE j

i |

FOrcO ! TOYOTA I 

|—— I-.. ,1

1 '* i 7 » j ! I i

MUSTANG j COROLLA |

i 1

!

i MONTH: j MONTH:

YEAR: | YEAR:

1

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/D-5
Odometer Reading Page

s<»«cifi*d for odom«t*r 

Afttr last u*« on Sundar< Junt 30. 1985

09

HH« 7123

I h»vt 4 description of tf>« v«hicl«» *tntiort«d »t th« tim* of our most r«c«nt 

contact mi t N rour household —~

: VEHICLE «

: TYPE

: MAKE

: MODEL YEAR

', MODEL NAME

! Do YOU » t i t 1 

Ihav« (VEHICLE 

: LISTED ABOVE)"'

: IF HOUSEHOLD 

I STILL HAS 

IVEHICLE: Hav« I 

'. d*»cr 1 6«d 1 1 

corr*ct ! f~>

What w*» th« 

total rriil*»s«''

Uas th* mil «»»«

rtcord«d on 

(DATE SPECIFIED 

flBOVE)''

IF NO: On 

what o«t« UIA»

1 t recorded"5-

: 01

: AUTOMOBILE

HONDA

84

ACCORD

< ) YES

( ) NO — 

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

( ) YES

( ) CHANGED 

ABOVE

< ) YES 

< ) NO

MONTH: ____

DAY: ____

02

PICKUP TRUCK

FORD

73

RANGER

( ) YES

( ) NO — 

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

( ) YES

( ) CHANCED

ABOVE

: > YES

( ) NO

MONTH: ___

DAY: ___

( ) YES

( ) NO —

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

( ) YES

< ) CHANGED 

ABOVE

< i Y£5 

< > NO :

MONTH: ___

DAY: ___ ;

< ) YES 

( ) NO —

USE 

GREEN 

PAGE

( ) YES

( ) CHANGED 

A&OVE

i > YES 

( ) NC

MONTH: ____

DAY i _____

1935 RTEC2 Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1985/D-6 w
APPENDIX E: 

VEHICLE HAKE AND MODEL CODES

This list presents the numeric make and model codes that were used 

to identify vehicle makes and models in the RTECS files.

The list was included in RAC's manual, 1985 RTECS Vol. II: 

Household/Vehicle Information Files, which was used as & training 

manual and basic reference manual for RTECS operating staff.
TM^^

"HP
PART H. VEHICLE MAKE AND MODEL CODES

Revised 7/15/86

VEHICLE MAKE CODES

Alfa Romeo (Italy) .. . 51

AM General ...... 01

American Motors. ... 02 Arrow (code as Ply mouth) 33 Aston Martin (England) 53 Audi (West Germany). . 54 Austin (England) ... 55 Autocar. ..... , . 03 a

Avanti Motors. .... 04

Bentley (England) . . 56 BMW (West Germany) . . 57

Brockway ... . . . . 05 a

Buick. ........ 08

Cadillac ....... 09 Capri (code as Mercury) 29

Checker. . . .. . . . . 10 Chevrolet. ...... 11 Chrysler ....... 12 Citroen (France) ... 59 

Courier Pickup (code as Ford) .... . . . . 19

Crane Carrier. .... 14 a

Cricket (code as Ply mouth) ....... 33

Daimler (England). . . 63 Datsun (Japan) .. . . 64 DeLorean (Northern Ireland) ....... 92 Diamond Reo. ..... 16 a

Dodge. ........ 15 English Ford (England) 67

Fabco ........ 18a

Ferrari (Italy). ... 65

Fiat (Italy) . . . . . 66 Ford ......... 19

Freightliner 

FWD. .... 

CMC. ....

20 a 

21a 

22

Honda (Japan). .... 68

Imperial . . 

International 

Isuzu. ...

Jaguar (England) Jeep . .... .

Jensen (England)

24

25

73

69

26

70

Kenworth ....... 27a

Lancia Beta (Italy). Lincoln. ......

Lotus (England). . . LUV Pickup (code as) Chevrolet). ....

Mack ........ Marmon ....... Maserati (Italy) . . Mazda (Japan). . . .

Mercedes-Benz (West Germany). .....

Mercury. ...... Merkur ....... MG (England) .... Mitsubishi .....

Nissan ...... NSU (West Germany)

Oldsmobile ..... Opel (West Germany/ Japan) ...... Oshkosh. ......

7128

72

11

17 a 

23 a

74

75

76

29

35

77

58

64»> 

78

31

79 30a

Pantera (Italy). ... 80

Peterbilt. ...... 32e

Peugeot (France) ... 81 Plymouth ....... 33

Pontiac. ....... 34

Porsche (West Germany) 82

Rambler (code as 

American Motors). . , 

Renault (France) . . 

Rolls-Royce (England), 

Rover (England). . .

Saab (Sweden). . . .

She!by American. . .

Simca (France) . . . 

Studebaker .....

Subaru (Japan) . . .

Sunbeam (England). .

Toyota (Japan) . . .

Triumph (England). .

Volkswagen (West 

Germany)......

Volvo (Sweden) . . .

Walter .......

White. ....... White Freightliner . 

White Western Star . 

Willys (code as Jeep)

Yugo

02

83

84

85

86

36

87

39

88

89

90

91

93

94

41 a 

42 a

43 a 

44 a 

26

62

Other Make ...... 95

Unknown. ....... 98

See page H-59 for model codes.

bNissan code changed to 64 in final stages of 1985 RTECS processing. Code in RECS-4 

file is 52.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-3
Notes to Vehicle Model Codes w 1. A code in one set of parentheses is a general code to be used only if the 

vehicle cannot be classified elsewhere.

EXAMPLE: CHEVROLET

P Series Step Van, n.e.c. ..... (59)

P-10 (1/2 ton). ......... 56

P-20 (3/4 ton). ......... 57

P-30 (1 ton). .......... 58

Use (59) as a code for a P Series Step Van if there is insufficient information to code the vehicle as a P-10, 56; P-20, 57; or a P-30, 58,

The initials n.e.c. stand for "not elsewhere classified."

2. Some makes have one or more models with similar names or numbers. In these cases, it is important to classify a vehicle as a particular model only if all the necessary information to do so is available. The names of models that are partial duplicates are starred * on the code lists..

3. Page H-59 contains the names of makes producing trucks and buses that ar* 

generally used as commercial vehicles. These makes are footnoted on pace H-l.

4. If a specific vehicle make has been coded, but a specific model cannot be assigned, use one of the following standard codes, as appropriate:

Other model .......... 95

Unknown model ......... 98

5. If vehicle make is "other" (code 95) or "unknown" (code 98), assign "not applicable" code to vehicle model.

Not applicable ........ 99

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-A

'Hr
01 AM GENERAL

1/4 ton Delivery (P.O.). . 01

1/2 ton Delivery (P.O.). . .02

1 ton Delivery (P.O.). . . 03

2 ton Truck. ....... 04

5 ton Truck. ....... 05

6 ton Truck. ....... 06

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-5
02 AMERICAN MOTORS (RAMBLER)

TMB^

For Jeeps, see Hake 26 JEEP

Ambassador (includes

DPL) ........... 01

AMX. ........... 21

American ......... 03

Classic. ......... 05

Concord. ......... 07

DPL (See Ambassador)

Eagle. .......... 30

Gremlin. ......... 08

Hornet (includes

Sportabout). ....... 09

Javelin. ......... 11

Kammback ......... 02

Marl in .......... 12

Matador. ......... 13

Pacer. .......... 15

Rambler. ......... 17

Rebel. .......... 19

Spirit .......... 22

Sportabout (see Hornet)

SX-4 ........... 04

1485 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-6
04 AVANTI MOTORS

Avanti II. ........ 01

1985 RTICS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-7
08 BUICK

Apollo .......... 01

Centurion. ........ 02

Century (includes Luxus) . 03

Electra (includes Park 

Avenue). ......... 05

>

Estate Wagon ....... 06

Grand National (see Regal) 

Grand Sport (G.S.) .... 19

Invicta. ......... 07

LeSabre. ......... 09

Limited. ......... 21

Luxus (see Century)

Opel (Isuzu) ....... 10

Park Avenue (see Electra)

Regal (includes Grand National. Do not include Somerset Regal). ..... 11

Riviera. ......... 12

Skyhawk. ......... 14

Skylark. ......... 13

Somerset ......... 04

Special. ......... 15

Sport Wagon. ....... 17

Wildcat. ......... 18

•HP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-8 "ifl^
09 CADILLAC

Biarritz (see Eldorado) 

Calais (62 Series) .... 01 

Cimarron (1981+, 0-Car). . 12 

DeVille (63 Series). ... 02

Eldorado (includes Biarritz, Touring Coupe). . 03

Elegante (see Seville)

Fleetwood (60 Series, Brougham Sedan, Brougham Coupe) .......... 04

Fleetwood Limousine (75 Series, formerly 67 Series) ........ 05

Fleetwood (ambulance, hearse, etc.). ...... 06

Fleetwood Brougham Coupe (1980+) (see Fleetwood)

Fleetwood Brougham Sedan (1980+) (see Fleetwood)

0-Car (see Cimarron)

Seventy Five (see Fleetwood Limousine)

Seville (includes Elegante). ........ 07

Sixty Special (see 

Fleetwood)

Touring Coupe (see Eldorado)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-9
10 CHECKER

Aerobus (Wagon). ..... 01

Limousine. ........ 02

Marathon ......... 03

Superba. ......... 05

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-10 w
11 CHEVROLET

Astro. .......... 06

Bel Air (includes Townsman Wagon)...... 01

Berlinetta ........ 48

Beauville Van (see G 

Series)

Biscayne ......... 03

Blazer (K-5) (1/2 ton utility-type vehicle) (inc 1.udes Cheyenne, Custom, Scottsdale, Silverado in C-10 and

K-10 Blazer) n.e.c . . . . (77)

C-10 Blazer (two- wheel drive) . ..... 78

K-10 Blazer (fourwheel drive) ...... 78

S-10 Blazer (two- wheel drive) ...... 76

T-10 Blazer (fourwheel drive) ...... 17

Bonadventure (see G Series) 

Brookwood Wagon (see Impala) 

Bruin (5 ton). ...... 61

C Series (two-wheel drive pickups, trucks) (includes Cheyenne, Scpttsdale, Si1yefa do» F-44, Custom Stepside, Fleetside, and Blazer in C-10 only) n.e.c. .......... (08)

C-10 (1/2 ton) ..... 60

C-10 Blazer (see Blazer)

C-10 Suburban (see 

Suburban)

C-20 (3/4 ton). ... 24 

C-30 (1 ton). .... 25

C-40 (2 ton), C-50

(2 1/2 ton), C-60

(3 ton), C-65 (4 1/2

ton). ........ 61

Camaro (includes Camaro 

Z-28, IROC-Z) ...... 46

Camaro Z-28 (see Camaro) 

Camino, El (see El Camino) 

Caprice ......... 07

Caravan (see G Series) 

Cargo Van (see G Series)

Cavalier (1981+, J-Car, includes Z24) ...... 72

Celebrity (includes Eurosport). ....... 74

Chevelle (300). ..... 09

Chevette (includes

Scooter). ........ 11

Chevy Van (includes Chevy Van 110 and Chevy Van 125) (see G Series)

Chevy II. ........ 12

Cheyenne (see C Series, 

K Series, Blazer)

Citation (includes X-ll) ....... 71

Concours Wagon (see 

Malibu)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-ll
11 CHEVROLET (Continued)

Conquista (see El Camino) 

Corsa. .......... 18

Corvair. ......... 19

Corvette ......... 21

Custom (see Blazer, C 

Series, G Series, K 

Series)

Durango (see S-10 Pickup)

El Camino Pickup (1/2 ton) 

(Conquista, Royal Knight, 

Supersport). ....... 22

Eurosport (see Celebrity) 

F44 (see C Series)

Fleetside Pickup (see 

C Series, K Series)

6 Series (passenger and 

cargo vans) (includes 

Caravan, Custom, Chevy 

Van, Chevy Van 110, 

Chevy Van 125, Panel, 

Sportvan, Beauville, 

Bonadventure, Nomad: 

G-20) n.e.c. ....... (02)

6-10 (1/2 ton) ..... 14

G-20 (3/4 ton) ..... 15

G-30 (1 ton) ...... 16

G-30 Hi Cube, RV

Cutaway Van. ...... 73

Greenbriar Wagon (see 

Malibu)

Hi Cube Van, G-30 (see 

G Series)

High Sierra 70

Impala (includes Brookwood Wagon, Kingswood 

Wagon). ......... 27

IROC-Z (see Camaro) 

J--Car (see Cavalier)

K Series (four-wheel

drive pickups) (includes

Cheyenne, Custom,

Scottsdale, Silverado,

Stepside, Fleetside, and

Blazer in K-10 only)

n.,e.c. . . . . . . . . . (10]

K-5 Blazer (see Blazer) 

K-10 (1/2 ton). .... 13

K-10 Blazer (see 

Blazer)

K-10 Suburban (see 

Suburban)

K-20 (3/4 ton). .... 2% 

K-30 (1 ton). ..... 33

Kingswood Wagon (see 

Impala)

Laguna. 30

LUV Pickup (1/2 ton) (Mikado). ........ 31

Malibu (includes Con- cours Wagon, Greenbriar Wagon). ......... 32

Mikado (see LUV)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-12
11 CHEVROLET (Continued)

Mirage (Monza) ...... 54

Monte Carlo. ....... 34

Monza. .......... 35

Nomad, 6-20 Van (see 

G Series)

Nova 37

P Series Step Van, n.e.c. .......... (59)

P-10 (1/2 ton) ..... 56

P-20 (3/4 ton) ..... 57

P-30 (1 ton) ...... 58

Panel Van (see G Series) 

Passenger Van (see G Series)

Pickup Trucks (see C Series, 

K Series, El Camino Pickup, 

LUV Pickup)

1/2 ton n.e.c. ..... (45)

3/4 ton n.e.c. ..... (65)

1 ton n.e.c. ...... (66)

Royal Knight (see El 

Camino Pickup)

RV Cutaway Van, G-30 

(see G Series)

S-10 Blazer (see Blazer)

S-10 Pickup (1982+) (1/2 ton, two-wheel drive) 

(includes Durango, Sport, 

and Tahoe) ........ 75

Scooter (see Chevette)

Scottsdale (see C Series, K Series, Blazer)

Silverado (see C Series, 

K Series, Blazer)

Spectrum. ........ 04

Sport (see S-10 Pickup) 

Sportvan (see G Series) 

Sprint. ......... 05

Stepside Pickup (see C Series, K Series)

Step Van (see P Series)

Suburban (1/2 ton utility- type vehicle, C and K Series) ......... 41

Supersport (see El Camino 

Pickup)

T-10 Blazer (see Blazer)

T-10 Pickup (four-wheel 

drive) ......... 20

Tahoe (see S-10 Pickup)

Townsman Wagon (see Bel 

Air)

Van (see G and P Series) 

Vega. .......... 43

Vega Panel Express. ... 44

X-ll (see Citation)

224 (see Cavalier)

2-28 (see Camaro)

Single Unit Truck .... 61

Tractor for Truck .... 62

School Bus. ....... 63

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-13
12 CHRYSLER •'"HP

300. ........... 01

Chrysler Imperial

Prior to 1976: Code as 

Make 24, Model 05

1981+. ......... 10

Cordoba (includes

Corinthian, LS). ..... 02

Corinthian (see Cordoba)

Custom (see Newport)

E-Class. ......... ll

Fifth Avenue ....... 13

Imperial (see Chrysler 

Imperial)

Laser. .......... 12

Le Baron (includes

Medallion, Salon,

Special) ......... 03

LS (see Cordoba) 

Medallion (see Le Baron)

Newport (includes Custom, 

Royal) .......... 04

New Yorker ........ 05

Royal (see Newport)

Salon (see Le Baron)

Saratoga ......... 06

Special (see Le Baron)

Town and Country Wagon , . 07

Windsor. ......... 08

1985 BTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-14

w
15 DODGE

400.

600.

91

92

AD100 Rameharger (see 

Rameharger)

AD150 Ramcharger (see 

Ramchargef)

Aries (K-Car). ...... 20

Aspen. .......... 01

AW100 Rameharger (see 

Ramchargef)

AMI50 Rameharger (see 

Rameharger)

B Series (Passenger Wagons and Cargo Vans) (includes Custom, Cus tom S,£".", Royal, Royal S.E., Big Horn, Trades 

man Vans, Sportsman 

Wagons, Maxivans in B200, B250, 6300,6350; Maxiwagons in B200, B250, B300VB350; and Mini- Ram Wagons in B150 and 

B250J n.e. c.... . . .

8100 (1/2 ton wagon, van) . r. . ....

B150 (I/I ton wagon, van) {ificltides Mi ni - 

Ram Wagon) . ....

B200 (3/4 ton wagon, van) (includes Maxivan, Maxiwagon). . .

(13)

49

77

70

B250 (3/4 ton wagon, 

van) (includes Maxi- van, Maxiwagon, and Mini-Ram Wagon) . . , 78

B300 (1 ton wagon, van) (includes Maxivan, Maxiwagon). ...... 15

B350 (1 ton wagon, van) (includes Maxivan, Maxiwagon)....... 79

Big Horn (see B Series, D Series, W Series, and 

Rameharger)

Caravan

CB 300, 350, 400, 450 

(3/4-1 ton Kary Van).

09

71

Challenger. ....... 03

Charger ......... 04

Colt (includes RS. Do not include Colt Vista). ......... 05

Colt Vista. ....... 34

Conquest. ........ 06

Coronet ......... 07

Crestwood Wagon (see 

Monaco)

Custom 880, auto. . .

Custom (see B Series, 

D Series, W Series, 

Rameharger)

Custom S.E. (see B Series, D Series, W 

Series, Rameharger)

10

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-15
15 DODGE (Continued)

D Series (two-wheel 

drive pickups, trucks) (includes Royal, Royal 

S.E., Custom, Custom 

S.E., Big Horn, Utiline, 

Sweptline for D100, D150, D200, D250, D300, D350, 0400, D450) n.e.c. .........

D50 Pickup {1/2 ton) (includes Ram 50 Custom, Ram 50 Royal, 

Ram 50 Sport, Ram 50 Big Horn). ......

(18)

0100 Pickup (1/2 ton).

D150 Pickup (1/2 ton).

0200 Pickup (3/4 ton).

D250 Pickup (3/4 ton).

D300 Pickup (1 ton). .

D350 Pickup (1 ton). .

D400 Pickup (1 ton). .

D450 Pickup (1 ton). .

0500, 0600, D700, 0800 

(1 1/2-4 tons) .....

Dart (Demon, Swinger, 

330, 440). .....

Daytona. .....

Demon (see Dart)

De Tomaso (see 024 

Hatchback)

Diplomat (includes

Medallion, Salon).

75

84

85

86

23

87

26

88

29

61

12

02

Econo-Van.

44

72

K.-Car (see Aries)

Kary Van (see CB Series)

Lancer. ......... 14

Magnum XE ........ 16

Matador ......... 17

Maxivan (see 8200, B250, 

B300, B350 Series)

Maxiwagon (see B200, B250, 

B300, B350 Series)

Medallion (see Diplomat)

Mini-Ram Wagon (see B150,- 

8250 Series)

Mirada. .... 

Miser (see Omni)

73

Monaco (includes Royal

Monaco, Crestwood

Wagon). ......... 19

024 Hatchback (includes 

De Tomaso). ......

Omni (includes Miser)

Pickup (see D Series, 

W Series)

1/2 ton n.e.c. . .

3/4 ton n.e.c. . .

1 ton n.e.c. . . .

Pioneer .......

Phoenix. .......

08 

2*

(31)

(59)

(60) 

22, 

24

Polara (500) ....... 25

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-16
15 DODGE (Continued)

Power Ram (see W Series) 

Power Wagon (see W Series) 

Ram 50 (see D50 Series)

Ramcharge* (1/2 ton utility vehicle]} (includes AD100, two-wheel drivei AD150, two-wfiii|:Mil6!; AWloo, f our ^he^l dri ve; AWl 50, four-whlil drive) (also includes :vjtny of the above In Custom, Custom 

S.E., Roy|l. Royal S. E. .j: : iind-sfSig . Horn 

packaglsl; . . . ..... 27

Rampage Pickup . ..... 93

Royal Monircp (see Monaco)

Royal (This i s a speci fic 

model, not a package). . . 45

RS (sW Colt)

Sal on (see Di pi omat)

Seneca .. ........ 30

Sportsman Wagon (see B100 through 8350 Series)

St. Regis. . ....... 46

Super Bee. ........ 38

Swept!ine Pickup (see D Series, W Series)

Swinger (see Dart)

Tradesman Van (see B100 

through B350 Seri es)

Utiline Pickup (see D 

Series, W Series)

Van (Passenger, Cargo) (see B Series)

Vista (see Colt Vista)

W Series (four-wheel drive pickups) (also known as Power Ram and Power Wagon) (includes Custom, Custom S.E., Royal, Royal S.E., Big Horn, Swept!ine, 

Utiline) n.e.c. ..... (65)

H50 (Power Ram 50). .. 94

W100 Pickup (1/2 ton) .- 66

W150 Pickup (1/2 ton) . 67

W200 Pickup (3/4 ton) . 68

W250 Pickup (3/4 ton) . 69

W300 Pickup (1 ton) . . 32

W350 Pickup (1 ton) . . 33

W400 Pickup (1 ton) . . 89

W450 Pickup (1 ton) . . 90

Wagon (Passenger) (see B series)

Single Unit Truck ... 61

Tractor for Truck ... 62

School Bus. ...... 63

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-17
19 FORD

Aerostar ..... 

Boss (see Mustang)

02

Bronco U100, U150 (1/2 ton utility-type vehicle) (includes Custom). .... 01

Bronco II ........ 04

Camper Special (see F-250, F-350 Series)

Captain's Club (see £ 

Series)

Cargo Van (see E Series) 

Chateau (see E Series) 

Club Wagon (see E Series) 

Cobra (see Mustang)

Country Sedan (see Galaxie 

500)

Country Squire Wagon 

(see LTD)

Courier Pickup (1/2 ton) . 05 

Crown Victoria (see LTD)

Custom (see Bronco, E 

Series, F Series)

Custom 500 (a car) .... 06

E Series (includes Club Wagons, Econoline Vans, 

Super-wagons in E150, 

E250, E350; and Supervans 

in E150, E250, and £350) (also includes Custom, Chateau, Captain's Club, King of Clubs) n.e.c. . .

£100 (1/2 ton). ....

(54j 

08

£150 (1/2 ton) (includes Superwagons, 

Supervans). ...... 09

E200 (3/4 ton). .... 10

E250 (3/4 ton) (in 

cludes Superwagons, 

Supervans). ...... 11

E300 (1 ton). ..... 12

E350 (1 ton) (in- Mj±

eludes Superwagons, ''KIP

Supervans). ...... 13 irir

Econoline Vans (see E 

Series)

Edsel .......... 52

Elite .......... 14

Escort

Prior to 1981: code as 

Make 67, Model 08

Escort (U.S., 1981+) 

(World Car) ...... 76

EXP ........... 37

Explorer (see F Series)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-18
19 FORD (Continued)

F Series (pickups, trucks) 

(includes Custom, Ex 

plorer, Styleside, Flareside, SuperCab in F-150, 

F-250) (Camper Special 

in F-250, F-350) n.e.c. .......... (07)

F-100 Pickup (1/2 ton) . 30

F-150 Pickup (1/2 ton) 

(includes SuperCab). . . 31

F-250 Pickup (3/4 ton)

(includes SuperCab, Camper Special). .... 33

F-350 Pickup (3/4-1 ton) (includes Camper Special) ........ 35

F-500, F-60Q, F-700,

F-800 (1 1/2-4 ton). . . 60

Fairlane ......... 15

Fairmont (includes Futura). ......... 17

Falcon .......... 18

Fiesta .......... 20

Flareside (see F Series)

Ford 300 . ........ 45

Futura (see Fairmont)

Gal axle 500 (Country Sedan) . .,-. .... 23

Ghia (see Mustang)

Granada. ......... 24

Grande .......... 69

Gran Torino (see Torino)

Heritage (see Thunderbird)

King of Clubs (see E 

Series)

L800, LN-600, LN700,

LN-800. ......... 61

Lariat (see Ranger Pickup)

LTD (includes Crown Vic 

tory, Country Squire Wagon). ......... 25

Mach I (see Mustang) 

Maverick. ........ 27

Mustang ......... 55

Passenger Van (see E 

Series)

Pickup (see Courier, F Series, Ranchero, and 

Ranger)

1/2 ton n.e.c ..... (16) 

3/4 ton n.e.c ..... (19) 

1 ton n.e.c ...... (22)

Pinto (includes Pony) . . 48

Pony (see Pinto)

Ranchero Pickup (1/2

ton). .......... 50

Ranch (Station) Wagon . . 70 

Ranger Pickup ...... 74

She!by Cobra (see Make 36 SHELBY AMERICAN)

Sprint. ......... 51

Standard. ........ 36

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-19
19 FORD (Continued)

Styleside (see F Series)

SuperCab (see F-150, 

F-250 Series)

Supervan (see E150, 

£250, E350)

Superwagon (see E150, 

E250, E350)

Taurus 

Tempo.

Thunderbird (includes Heritage, Town Landau) . .

Torino (includes Gran Torino). .........

Torino (Police Special). .

03

77

38

39

40

Town Landau (see 

Thunderbird)

U100 (See Bronco) 

U150 (See Bronco) 

World Car (see Escort)

XL.

Single Unit Truck . . 

Tractor for Truck . . 

School Bus. .....

4;;:

61

62

63

TMTM

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-20
22 GMC

CabalYero Pickup (in 

cludes Diablo) (1/2 ton) . 14

C Series (two-wheel drive 

pickups, trucks) (in 

cludes Sierra, Sierra 

Class-lev Sierra Grande) 

n.e.c. . ......... (34)

C-150Q (1/2 ton pickup). 29

C-1500 Suburban (see 

5iiburban)

C-1500 Jimmy (see 

Jimmy)

C-25QO (3/4 ton

pickup). ........ 30

C-2500 Suburban (see 

Suburban)

C-3500 (1 ton pickup). . 31

C-5000, C-6000, C-6500

(2 1/2 - 4 1/2 tons) . . 61

Diablo (see Caballero)

G Series (passenger and 

cargo vans) (includes 

Vandura, Rally, Rally SIX; 

Gaucho in G-2500; and 

Vandura Special, Nagna 

Van, and Rally Camper 

Special in G-3500) 

n•c«v * * • •» * * • • B • ^ A * y

6-1500 (1/2 ton) .... 03

G-2500 (3/4 ton)

(includes Gaucho). ... 04

6-3500 (1 ton) (includes

Magna Van, Vandura Special) ........ 05

6-3500 Rally Camper Special. ........ 19

Gaucho (see G-2500 Series)

Jimmy (1/2 ton utility-type 

vehicle) (C-1500, K-1500, 

S-15, T-15 Series) n.e.c. (01)

C-1500 Jimmy (two-wheel 

drive). ........ 06

K-1500 Jimmy (four-wheel 

drive). ........ 06

S-15 Jimmy (two-wheel 

drive). ........ 07

T-15 Jimmy (four-wheel 

drive). ........ 15

K Series (four-wheel 

drive pickups) (includes 

Sierra, Sierra Classic, 

Sierra Grande) n.e.c. . . (35)

K-1500 (1/2 ton

pickup) ........ 36

K-1500 Suburban (see 

Suburban)

K-1500 Jimmy (see 

Jimmy)

K-2500 (3/4 ton

pickup) ........ 37

K-2500 Suburban (see 

Suburban)

K-3500 (1 ton pickup) . 38

Magna Van (see G-3500 

Series)

P Series (walk-in vans) 

(Value Vans) n.e.c. . . . (13)

P-1500 (1/2 ton). ... 08 

P-2500 (3/4 ton). ... 09 

P-3500 (1 ton). .... 10 

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-21
22 CMC (Continued)

Pickup (see C Series, K 

Series, Caballero, Sprint)

1/2 ton n.e.c. ..... (39)

3/4 ton n.e.c. ..... (40)

1 ton n.e.c. ...... (41)

Rally (see G-1500, 

G-2500, G-3500 Series)

Rally Camper Special (see G-3500 Rally Camper 

Special)

Rally STX (see G-1500, G-2500, G-3500 Series)

S-15 Jimmy (see Jimmy)

S-15 Pickup (two-wheel drive) .......... 42

Safari .......... 16

Sierra (see C-1500, C-2500, C-3500 Series)

Sierra Classic (see C-1500, C-2500, C-3500 Series)

Sierra Grande (see C-1500, 

C-2500, C-3500 Series)

Sprint Pickup (1/2 ton) . 02

Suburban (also known as Suburban Carryall) (C- 1500, C-2500 Series; K- 1500, K-2500 Series). . . 12

T-15 Jimmy (see Jimmy)

T-15 Pickup (fourwheel drive). . . . . . . 17

Value Van (see P-1500, P-2500, P-3500 Series)

Vandura (see G-1500, G-2500, G-3500 Series)

Vandura Special (see G-3500 Series)

Single Unit Truck . . , 

Tractor for Truck . . . 

School Bus. ......

Other Bus .......

'illP^

61

62

63

64

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-22

IIP
24 IMPERIAL

Crown. .. ........ 02

Crown Limousine. ..... 03

Custom .......... 04

Le Baron ......... 05

Chrysler Imperial 

Prior to 1976. ..... 05

19814* code as Make 12, 

Model 10

25 INTERNATIONAL

150 Pickup. .......

200 Pickup. .......

300 Pickup. .......

500 Series Pickup . . . .

510 Truck ........

900 Series Pickup ....

1010 Series Pickup

(1/2 ton) ........

1110 Series Pickup (1/2 ton) .....

1210 Series Pickup (3/4 ton) .....

1310 Series Pickup (1 ton) ......

MS 1210 Truck (walk- in truck) .....

MS 1510 (walk-in truck) .

Scout and Scout II Traveler Wagon. . . . . .

Scout and Scout II Traveltop Utility Ve hicle ........

Scout II Terra Pickup . .

Scout II XLC (four-wheel drive). .........

Scout SS II

08

09

06

34

61

12

01

02

03

04

30

13

33

22

20

18

19

Terra Pickup (see Scout 

II Terra fickup)

Travel all Wagon (100, 

110, 120 Series). . . . 17

1985 RfECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-23
25 INTERNATIONAL (Continued)

Traveler Wagon (see Scout and Scout II Traveler 

Wagon)

Travelette Cab (1200 and 1300 Series) . .

Traveltop (see Scout 

Scout II Traveltop Utility Vehicle)

24

and

Single Unit Truck 

Tractor for Truck 

School Bus. . . .

(51

62

63

TM"

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-24
26 JEEP

Camper {see J Series) 

Cherokee Chief Wagon ... 08

CJ Series (includes Gold en Eagle, Laredo, and 

Renegade packages) n.e.c. .......... (15)

CJ3 (Open Body)..... 02 

CJ4 (Open Body). .... 03

CJ5 (four-wheel drive, 1/4 ton) .......

CJ6 (four-wheel drive, 1/2 ton) .......

04

05

CJ7 (four-wheel drive, 1/2 ton) ........ 06

CJ8 (see Scrambler) 

Comanche Pickup. . .

Commando (four-wheel 

drive, 1/4 ton). . .

16

01

Custom (see J Series)

DJ5 (two-wheel drive) (1/4 ton) Jeep (Post Office type vehicle) ... 28

Gladiator Series pickups 

n.e.c. • « - • - • • • • • (17)

Gladiator, Willys four- wheel drive (1/2 ton) 25, 26. 35, 36, 45, 46 

Series, Townside pick up, Thriftside pickup. . 12

Gladiator, Willys fourwheel drive (3/4 ton)

27. 37, 47 Series, Townside pickup, Thriftside pickup. ... 13

Gladiator, Willys fourwheel drive (1 ton) 28, 38, 48 Series, 

Townside pickup, Thriftside pickup ... 14

Golden Eagle (see CJ Series, J Series)

Golden Hawk (see J Series) 

Honcho (see J Series)

J Series (four-wheel drive pickups) (in 

cludes Camper, Honcho, Snow Boss, Custom, Laredo, Pioneer, Rene 

gade, Golden Eagle, 

Golden Hawk, SL Sport, SR Sport. Townside 

Sportside) n.e.c; .... (18)

J-10 Pickup ...... 29

J-20 Pickup ...... 30

J100 Series 

Panel Delivery. .... 11

Wagoneer. ....... 07

Laredo (see CJ Series, J 

Series)

Panel Delivery (see J100 

Series)

Pickup (see Gladiator 

Series, J Series)

1/2 ton n.e.c ..... (19)

3/4 ton n.e.c ..... (20)

1 ton n.e.c. ..... (21)

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-25
26 JEEP (Continued)

Pioneer (see J Series)

Renegade (see CJ Series, 

J Series)

Scrambler (four-wheel 

drive utility-type 

vehicle) (also known 

as CJ8) (includes SL 

Sport, SR Sport) .... 22

SL Sport (see J Series, 

Scrambler)

Snow Boss (see J Series)

Sportside pickup (see J 

Series)

TM1W'

SR Sport (see 0 Series, 

Scrambler)

Thriftside pickup (see Gladiator Series)

Townside pickup (see Gladiator Series and J Series)

Wagoneer (see J100 

Series)

Willys Pickup (see Gladiator Series)

Willys Traveler .... 

Willys Station Wagon. .

09

10

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-26
28 LINCOLN

Continental.......

Continental Limousine. . 

Continental Mark II. .. 

Continental Mark III . . 

Continental Mark IV. ..

Continental Mark IV Limousine. .......

Continental Mark V . 

Continental Mark VI . 

Continental Mark VII. 

Premiere. . .....

Town Car (includes Town Coupe, Town Sedan). . .

Versailles

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

13

09

11

10

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-27
29 MERCURY

Black Magic (see Capri) 

Bobcat .......... 01

Caliente ......... 04

Capri (also known as Black 

Magic) (includes U.S. or Import Capri 1600, 2000, 2300, 2600, and 2800). . . 32

Capri 1600 (Import) (see

Capri)

Capri 2000 (Import) (see 

Capri)

Capri 2300 (Import) (see

Capri)

Capri 2600 (Import) (see 

Capri)

Capri 2800 (Import) (see

Capri )

Colony Park Wagon (see Grand Marquis)

Comet (Cyclone). ..... 07

Commuter Wagon ...... 09

Couaar. ......... 10

Cyclone (see Comet) 

Grand Marquis (includes

Colony Park Wagon). . . , 33

LN-7 (see Lynx) 

Lynx (includes LN-7). . . 35 

Marauder. ......... U!

Marqui s ....... ] "\

Meteor. .......... 30

Monarch .......... 3.5

Montclair .......... 16

Montego ......... 17

Monterey. ......... IS!

Park Lane ......... 21

Sable ........... 03

Topaz .......... 3i5

XR-7. .......... 3*

Z-7 ........... 02

Zeohyr. ......... 23

"HP

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-28
35 HERKUR

XR4Ti. .......... 01

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-29
31 OLDSMOBILE

88 (see Super 88)

98 (includes Regency). . . 19

442. ........... 12

Calais .......... 05

C1era. .......... 09

Custom Cruiser Wagon ... 01

Cutlass (includes Cutlass 

Cruiser Wagon, Salon). . . 02

Cutlass Cruiser Wagon 

(see Cutlass)

Delmont 88 ........ 04

Delta 88 (includes 

Royale). .....

Dynamic 88 .... 

ES 2500 (see Omega) 

F-85 (Jetfire) , . 

Firenza. .....

06

08

10

03

Hurst/Olds. ......

Jetfire (see F-85) 

Jetstar 88. ......

Ninety Eight (see 98)

Omega (includes ES 2500, 

Sport Onega). .....

TMf W^

Regency (see 98) 

Royale (see Delta 88) 

Salon (see Cutlass) 

Sport Omega (see Omega) 

Starfire. .......

Super 88 (also 88). . . 

Toronado (includes XSC) 

Vista Cruiser Wagon . . 

XSC (see Toronado)

23

15

IS

17

18

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-30

TMTM
33 PLYMOUTH

2.2 (see Turismo)

Arrow (automobile) .... 24

Arrow pickup (Includes Arrow Custom pickup, Arrow Sport pickup) ... 04

Barracuda (includes Cuda) ....... 02

Belvedere, ........ 03

Caravelle ........ 01

Champ .. ........ 31

Colt (do not include

Colt Vista) ....... 34

Colt Vista ........ 07

Conquest ......... 37

Cricket ......... 05

Cuda (see Barracuda) 

Duster (see Valiant) 

Euro Sedan (see Horizon)

Fury (includes I, II, III, Fury PolIce Speci al, 

Gran Coupe, Sport Fury, Suburban Wagon, VIP) ... 06

Fury Pert lee Special (see Fury)

Gran Coupe (see Fury)

Gran Fury (includes Gran Fury Sport) ..... 09

GTX (see Road Runner)

Horizon (includes Euro

Sedan, Miser) ...... 35

K-Car (see Reliant)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation

Maxiwagon (see Voyager Wagons

Miser (see Horizon)

PB Series (see Voyager Wagons)

PD100 Trail duster 

(see Trailduster)

PD150 Trailduster (see Trailduster)

PW100 Trailduster (see Trailduster)

PW150 Trailduster (see Trailduster)

Regent (see Satellite) 

Reliant (K-Car) .'.... 19

Road Runner (includes GTX) ........ 11

Sapporo (includes

Technica) ........ 12

Satellite (includes Regent, Sebring) .

Savoy

Scamp (automobile only) (see Valiant)

Scamp (pickup only) . . . 

Sebring (see Satellite) 

Signet (see Valiant) 

Sport Fury (see Fury) 

Suburban Wagon (see Fury) 

TC3 (see Turismo) 

Technica (see Sapporo)

Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-31

13

14

28
33 PLYMOUTH (Continued)

Trailduster (special 

purpose vehicle) 

(includes PD100, twowheel drive; PD150, twowheel drive; PW100, fourwheel drive; PW150, fourwheel drive) ......

Turismo (includes 2.2, 

TC3) .........

Valiant (Duster, Scamp -• 

automobile only, Signet)

Van (see Voyager Wagons) 

VIP (see Fury) 

Vista (see Colt Vista) 

Volare .........

16

27

36

18

Voyager Wagons (Passenger 

vans) (includes Maxiwagon 

in PB200, P8250, PB300, 

and PB350 Series) n.e.c. . (29)

Voyager PB100 Wagon 

(1/2 Ton) .....

Voyager P6150 Wagon 

(1/2 Ton) .....

Voyager PB200 Wagon 

(3/4 Ton) (includes 

Maxiwagon) ....

Voyager PB250 Wagon 

(3/4 Ton) (includes 

Maxiwagon) ....

Voyager PB300 Wagon 

(1 Ton) (includes 

Maxiwagon) ....

Voyager PB350 Wagon 

(1 Ton) (includes 

Maxiwagon) ....

•'IP

20

08

21

22

26

Wagons (Passenger vans) 

(see Voyager Wagons)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-32
34 PONTIAC

1000 (Includes I-1000) . 

2000 (Includes 0-2000) . 

6000 ..........

Americana (see Grand 

Prix)

Astre

02

26

04

01

Bonneville (includes Model G) . ........ 03

Cataltfta ......... 05

Espirit (see Firebird) 

Executive ........ 07

Fiero .......... 06

Firebird (includes Espirit, Formula, Trails Am) .... 09

Formula (see Firebird)

Grand Am ......... 10

Grand LeMans (see LeMans)

Grand Prix (includes Americana) ........ 11

Grand VlUe . ...... 13

Grand Safari Wagon .... 12

GTO ...... . . . . . 14

J-2000 (see 2000)

LeMans (includes Grand LeMans) .... ..... 15

Model G (see Bonnevil1e) 

Paristenne ........ 08

Phoenix .... ..... 17

Star Chief ......

Sunbird ........

T-1000 (see 1000) 

Tempest ........

Trans Am (see Firebird) 

Ventura ........

18

19

20

22

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-33
36 SHELBY AMERICAN

" TMMP^

Cobra (AC Cobra) ..... 01

GT 350 .......... 02

GT 500 .......... 03

GT ............ 04

'HlP^

1985 STECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-34
39 STUDEBAKER

Avanti* ......... 01

Challenger ........ 02

Champion ......... 03

Commander ........ 04

Cruiser ......... 06

Daytona ......... 07

Golden Hawk (see Hawk) 

Grand Turino Hawk (see Hawk)

Hawk (includes Grand Turino Hawk, Golden Hawk, 

Silver Hawk) ...... 09

Land Cruiser ....... 05

Lark ........... 10

President ........ 12

Regal .......... 13

Scotsman ......... 08

Silver Hawk (see Hawk)

Wagonaire (Station

Wagon) .......... 19

Workstar/Powerstar pickup, n.e.c. ...... (18)

Workstar/Powerstar pickup (1/2 ton) ........ 15

Workstar/Powerstar pickup (3/4 ton) ........ 16

Workstar/Powerstar pickup (1 ton) ......... 17

aAvanti II, see Make 04 AVANT1 MOTORS.

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-35
51 ALFA ROMEO

Alfetta (GT, Sport Sedan) ......

Giulia (includes T.I.) . . 

Graduate .........

GTV-6 ..........

Guilietta ........

Roadster Dueto 1600 . . . 

Sport Sedan {see Alfetta) 

Sprint Veloce ......

T.I. (see Giulia)

1750 Series (includes 

Berlina, GT Veloce, and Spider Veloce) ......

02

03

01

10

12

08

09

2000 Series (Berlina, 

GT Veloce, and Spider 

Veloce) .......

2600 Series

04*

05* 

06

53 ASTON MARTIN

AM-8 .......... 07

DB-4 .......... 01

DB-5 (Volante) ..... 02

DB-6 .......... 03

DBS ........... 04

Lagonda ......... 08

V8 Coupe ........ 09

Vantage ......... 06

Volante (see DB-5)

^llF

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-36
54 AUDI

Coupe GT .........

Fox {80 Series) . . . . .

Super 90 (see 90 Series) 

Quattro .........

4E (see 4000 Series) 

5+5 (see 4000 Series) 

80 Series (see Fox)

90 Series (includes Super 

90) ...........

02

01

05

100 Series ..... 

4000 Series (4E, 5+5)

5000 Series (includes 

Diesel and Turbo) . ,

04

06

10

08

55 AUSTIN

A-35 

A-40 

A-55

16

06

07

A60 (Cambridge) ..... 08

Allegro (110, 1300, 1500, 1750, Deluxe, Super,

HL) ........... 01*

America ......... 02

Austin-Cooper ...... 03

Austin-Healey 3000 ... 13

Austin-Healey Sprite . . 14

Austin Mini-Moke Tourer . 04

Cambridge (see A60)

Export (see 850)

Marina ......... 12

Maxi Series (1500, 1750,

HL) ........... 05*

Metro (1981+) ...... 15

Morris (see 850)

40 (see A-40)

55 (see A-55)

60 (see A60)

100 ........... 17

850 (Export, Morris) . . 09 

1800 .......... 10

2200 .......... 11

1985 RtBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-37
56 BENTLEY

52 Saloon ........ 01*

53 Saloon ........ 02*

T Series (Saloon,

Cornlche) ........ 03*

Mulsanne (1981+) ..... 04*

57 BMW

Bavaria (see 3.0 Series) 

Cabriolet (see 2000 Series) 

Tii {see 2000 Series) 

Touring (see 2000 Series)

3.0 Series (Bavaria, 3.0, 

3.3, etc.) ....... 11

300 Series (320i, 325e, 

etc.) .......... 01

500 Series (5281, 530,

etc.) .......... 02

600 Series (630, 633i,

etc.) .......... 03

700 Series {733i, etc.) .. 04 

1500 Series ....... 05

1600 Series (1600, 

1602, etc.) . . . 06

1800 Series (1800, 1802, etc.) ....... 07

2000 Series (Touring, Cabriolet, Tii, Turbo,

etc.; includes 2002) . . 08

2002 (see 2000 Series)

2500 Series ....... 09

2800 Series ....... 10

IP'

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-38
59 CITROEN

AMI {6, 9, Berline Break) ... .' . .

AMI Super '.(Berllne Break) . ... . .

BX . ..... ......

2CV (4, 6, Hehari 2+2) . . 

CX (ZOOOv 2200} . . . . .

D Series (Special, Super,

Pallas, 5V 9, 19, 20, 21) -. . ... ......

Dyane (6)

6 Special {Berline, X, 

Birotor, Break, 1220, Pallas) . . .....

SM

01*

03* 

02 

05* 

06

07* 

09*

10* 

12

63 DAIMLER

SP - 250 ........ 01

Series Two Sovereign . . 02

Series Two Sovereign Limousine (Londoulette) . 03

Series Two Double Six (Vanden PI as) ...... 04

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-39
64 DATSUN (See Nissan Also)

B210 (see 210)

Bluebird ......... 28

Cedric .......... 29

F10 (10) ......... 31

HLB210 (see 210) 

Honeybee (see 210)

King Cab (see 620, 720 

Series)

(.60 (see Patrol) 

LB110 (see 1200)

Li'1 Hustler (see 620, 

720 Series)

Maxima (includes 810) . . 24

. 30

Patrol (also known as 

L60) .........

Pickup (see 520, 521, 620 

Series, 720 Series)

1/2 ton n.e.c. ..... (02)

PL411 (see 411) 

PL510 (see 510) 

PL521 (see 521 Pickup) 

PL610 (see 610) 

PL710 (see 710) 

RL411 (see 411) 

SPL310 (see 310)

Stretch (see 620, 720 

Series

110 (LB110) (see 1200)

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-40

200SX .......... OS

210 (8210, HLB210, 

Honeybee) ....

240Z 

260Z

05

07

08

280Z, 280Z 2+2, 280ZX,

280ZX 2+2 (includes

Turbo) ......... OS

310 (SPL310) .. .

311 ........

410 .......

411 (PL411, RL411)

1(1

I'l

12 

1*

510 (PL510) ....... 15

520 Pickup ....... 16

521 Pickup (PL521) . . . 17

610 (PL610) ....... IB

620 Pickup (prior to

1980) n.e.c. ...... (21)

Short (Li'1 Hustler, 

Deluxe, Standard). . . 33

Long W.B. (Stretch, 

Deluxe) ....... 34

King Cab . . . 

Chassis & Cab 

710 (PL710) . . .

,!!)

36 

II
64 DpSUN (Continued)

720 Pickup {1980+) n.e.c.•'"•'. -'-v • • ...... (13)

Short (tin Hustler, 

Deluxe; Standard) ... 19

long W*B. (Stretch, Deluxe:) ... ..... 23

King Gab .. ..... 25

Chassis & Cab ..... 39

810 (see Maxima)

1200 (includes 110, L8110) . ......... 26

1600 ...... ..... 27

1800 .. . . . . ..... 37

2000 Roadsler ...... 38

67 ENGLISH FORD

Anglia ......... 01

Capri II (1300, 1600,

2000, 3000, Ghia) . . . . 02*

Consul ......... 03

Consul (2000, 2500, 

3000) .......

Cortina (1300, 1600, 

2000, GT, Lotus) .

Escort (100, 1300, 

RS1600, RS2000) . . ,

Granada (3000, Ghia)

04* 

06*

08* 

10*

Mark III Zodiac ....." 12 

Zephyr ......... 13

1585 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-41
65 FERRARI

America ......... 08

88 Berliner Boxer .... 06

Daytona ......... 10

GTO ........... 11

Mondial 8 ........ 12

Super America ...... 09

246 Dino ......... 07*

250 ........... 01

275 ........... 02

308 (Dino, GT4, GTB,

GTC, GTS) ........ 03*

330

365

04

05

66 FIAT

JlP

Brava ........... 2:9

Mirafiori (see 131 Series) 

Racer (see 850) 

Roadster (see 1200)

Special Rally (see 128 

Series)

Spider 2000 (see 124 

Series)

Sport Abarth Rally (see 124 Series)

Strada 

X 1/9 .

30

24

124 Series (includes 

Spider 2000, 1800, Sport Abarth Rally) ...... 01

128 Series (includes

Special Rally) ..... 0!?

131 (includes Mirafiori). 15

500 ........... 19

600 ........... 20

850 (Coupe, Racer, Spider, Wagon) ..... 22

1200 (includes Roadster). 26 

1500 .......... 25

1800 (see 124 Series)

2100 .......... 27

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-42

'HIP'
68 HONDA

Accord (LX, CVCC) 06

Civic (includes Civic 1200,

Civic 1300, Civic 1500, and CVCC) ........ 11

Civic 1200 {see Civic) 

Civic 1300 (see Civic) 

Civic 1500 (see Civic) 

CRX ............ 13

CVCC (see Accord, Civic) 

LX (see Accord) 

Motorcycles (do not code) 

600 (Mini Car) ...... 05

Prelude . ......... 07

73 ISUZU3

1-Mark (Coupe, Sedan) . . 01 

Impulse ......... 03

Pickup (includes Long Bed,

Diesel, and 4x4) 

P'up (see Pickup)

02

Trooper (utility-type vehicle). ........ 04

aNew make as of March 1981.

1985 RfECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-43
69 JAGUAR

E-Type (V12) Series 3. . . 03

Mark II (3.8 Litre). ... 04

Mark IX. ......... 05

Mark X .......... 06

Vanden Plus (see XJ6)

XJ (5, 6, 6C, 6L, 012, 

12C, S, 12L). ....

XK. 

XKE

340

420

10

01

02

09

07

08

70 JENSEN •'HP

HeaTey. .... 

Interceptor . . 

Interceptor II. 

Interceptor III 

Jensen-Healey .

01

02

03

04

05

w

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-44
.74 LANCIA BETA

Appia, ....... ........ 01

Beta (1301, 1400, 1600,

1800), 

Flavia

02

05

Fulvia (Safari, Coupe, Monte Carlo) ......... 06

HPE, Lancia Beta ..... 10

Scorpion ......... 07

Zagato ........... 09

72 LOTUS

Eclat .......... 07

Elan. .......... 01

Elite .......... 09

Esprit. ......... 03

Europa Special. ..... 04

Plus 2. ......... 08

Sprint. ......... 05

Super Seven ....... 06

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-45
74 MASERATI

Biturbo. ......... 11

Bora 4700. ........ 01

Frua 4200. ........ 02

Ghibli .......... 04

GT 3500. ......... 03

Indy 4900. ........ 05

Khamsin. ......... 06

Merak SS ......... 07

Mistral. ......... 09

Quattroporte ....... 08

Sebring 2+2. ....... 10

75 MAZDA

B Series pickups (Mini Pickup) n.e.c. . . . . .

B1600 Pickup. ......

B1800 Pickup (Standard and Long Bed) ......

B2000 Pickup (Sundowner, Sundowner LB, Long Bed) .

B2200 Pickup. ......

Cosmo ..........

GLC ...........

(35

14

15

3,!:! 

37

I P.

28

Mini Pickup (see B 

Series)

Mizer .........

R-100 Sport Coupe ... 

Rotary Pickup, RE ... 

RX-2. .........

RX-3, RX-3 SP .....

RX-4. .........

RX-7. .........

Sundowner (see B Series)

23

33

07

01

02

04

30

616 ..........

618 ..........

626 ..........

808 ..........

1200. .........

1800 (Sedan, Station 

Waaon). ........

. 08

. 09

. 3*

. 10

, 1 2

., 36

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual /October 1986/E-46
76 MERCEDES-BENZ

6.9. ..........

180 Series .......

180 D Series ......

190 Series .......

190 0 Series ......

200 Series .......

200 D Series ......

220 Series ... . . . .

220 D Series . .....

230 Series. • .....

240 D Series ....:.

250 Series . ......

280 Series . . . . • • .

300 CD (see 300 D Series) 

300 Series . ......

300 D Series (includes 

300 C0; 3fO SD, and 300 

TD Wagon). .......

25

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

12

13

15

17

18

300 SD (see 300 D Series) 

300 TD (see 300 D Series) 

350. ..... .....

380 Series . ......

420 .... ......

450 Serifs .......

500 Series .......

19

28

10

21

29

560 Series. . . . 

600 Series. . . . 

Single Unit Truck 

Tractor for Truck 

School Bus. . . . 

Other Bus ....

11

23

61

62

63

64

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-47
77 HG

A Series (1500). ..... 01

B Series (Mark II) .... 02*

C Series (GT and Roadster). ........ 06

MGB. .......

Magnette (Mark II)

08 

03*

Midget (Mark II, Mark

III, 1500) ........ 04*

Princess (1100). ..... 05

Sport Sedan. ....... 07

58 MITSUBISHI (1983+)

Cordia. ......... 01

Galant. ......... 09

Mighty Max Pickup .... 02:

Mirage. ......... 10

Montero (utility-type vehicle). ........ 08

"S" Pickup. . 

"SP" Pickup . 

"SPX" Pickup. 

Starion . . . 

Tredia. . . .

03

04

05

06

07

1985 STECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-48

w
64 NISSAN* (1982+) 

(See Datsun Also)

300 ZX .......... 04

NX (see Pulsar)

Pulsar (includes NX) ... 01

Sentra .......... 20*

Stanza .......... 03

* NISSAN make code changed to 

64 in final stage of 1985 RTECS 

processing; SENTRA model code 

changed to 20. These codes are 

52 and 02, respectively in 

RECS-4 data file.

78 NSU

110 ........... 07

Prinz .......... 10

Prinz 4 ......... 01

Prinz 30. ........ 02

Prinz 1000. ....... 03

Prinz 1200. ....... 04

RO-80 (Rotary Engine) . . 06

Spider (Rotary Engine). . 08

Sport Prinz ....... 09

TT Series ........ 05

19*5 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-49
79 OPEL

Ascona ..........

Commodore (GS) ......

Corsa. ..........

Kadett (L) ........

Manta (L, SR, GT, 1900). .

Opel Isuzu (see Hake 08

Buick)

Rekord (L, 2100) .....

Sportswagon. .......

51 ............

53 ............

54 ............

57 ............

57L. ...........

57R. ...........

77 ............

T77. ...........

W77. ...........

Y69. ...........

Y77. ...........

01

03

02

04*

06*

08*

09

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

80 PANTERA

Pantera ......... 01

w

TMlf^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-50
81 PEUGEOT

104. ... ........ 01

204..."; .';:• ........ 02

204 Diesel . ........ 03

304. .... ....... 06

403. .... ....... 18

403 Diesel . ....... 19

404. .. . . ....... 08

404 bifesel . . ...... 09

504. . ,''.'." ."•'.' ...... 12

504 Cortimercial ...... 16

504 Diesel ........ 13

505. ... ........ 20

604. ... ........ 17

82 PORSCHE

Carrera ......... 13

Targa {see 911)

Turbo (not to be confused with Turbo Carrera or 924 Turbo). ......... 14

Turbo Carrera (also 

known as 930) . . .

356 .........

911 (includes Targa).

912 .........

08

01

02

03

914 (includes 914/6-

Six Cylinder) ...... 04

924

924 Turbo (also known as 

931). ..........

928 ..........

930 (see Turbo Carrera)

931 (see 924 Turbo) 

944 ..........

06

11

09

15

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-51
83 RENAULT

Alliance .........

Cabriolet (see R17) 

Caravel!e. ........

Dauphine .........

Encore ..........

Fuego. ..........

Gordini (see R17)

Le Car (see R5)

R4 ............

R5 (includes Le Car) . . . 

R6 ............

R8 ............

RIO. ...........

R12. ...........

R15. ...........

R16. .,.,....,..

R17 (includes Cabriolet, 

Gordini) .........

02

11

12

14

07

Sportwagon . ,

01

03

04

05

13

06

08

09

10

18

19

84 ROLLS-ROYCE

Camargue. ........

Corniche. ........

Mulsanne. ........

Phantom Limousine . . . .

Silver Cloud. ......

Silver Cloud II . . . . .

Silver Cloud III. . . . .

Silver Shadow II. . . . .

Silver Spirit (1981+) . . 

Silver Spur (1981+) . . ., 

Silver Wraith II. . . . .

0:1

02 

11*

03

07

04

05

06

09 .

10

08

TMB^

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-52 "iflF
85 ROVER

100.

2000

2200

3500

01

02

03

04

Land-Rover ........ 10

Land-Rover "88" Wagon. .

Land-Rover "88" Diesel Wagon. ... . . . . . .

Land-Rover 109 Wagon . .

Land-Rover 109 Diesel Wagon . . . . .' . . . .

Mark II (3 Litre)

05

06

07

08

09

86 SAAB

Monte Carlo GT 850. . . . 05 

Sonett III (see 97 Series) 

93. ........... 01

95 Series Station Wagon . 02

96 Series (V4 Coupe, Sedan). ......... 03

97 (includes Sonett 

III). ....... 08

99 Series (includes

Turbo).......... 04

900 Series (includes

Turbo).......... - 07

9000 Series ....... 06

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-53
87 SIMCA

Aronde .......... 06

Bertone. ......... 07

Etoile .......... 08

Vedette. ......... 09

5. ............ 01

1000 ........... 02

1118 ........... 03

1204 ........... 04

88 SUBARU

Brat.

DL (includes front-wheel 

drive and four-wheel drive). ........

GF.

GL (includes front-wheel drive and four-wheel drive). ........

GIF .......

Leone ......

Pickup (see Brat) 

Rex .......

Standard Hatchback (in cludes front-wheel drive and four-wheel drive) . .

Star. 

360 . . 

1300 G.

16

09

04

06,

08

10

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-54
89 SUNBEAM

Alpine {1, II, IV, V). . . 01*

Alpine - Ford. ...... 02*

Arrow........... 03

IMP (Sport, Mark II) ... 05

Rapier (III H120). .... 06

Tiger. ......... 07

1725 .......... 08

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-55
90 TOYOTA

ARunner (utility-type vehicle) ........ 03

1200 Corolla (see Corolla) 

1600 Corolla (see Corolla) 

1800 Corolla (see Corolla) 

1900 Sedan ........ 27

2000 Celica (see Celica) 

2200 Celica (see Celica) 

Camry. .......... 35

Carina .......... 01

Celica (includes 2000, 

2200). ........ 24

Chinook. ......... 07

Corolla (includes 1200, 

1600, 1800). ..... 25

Corona .......... 12

Cressida ......... 28

Crown. .......... 14

FJ 60 (see Land Cruiser) 

L Type (see Supra) 

Land Cruiser (FJ 60) ... 16 

Mark II. ......... 18

MR2. ........... 02

Pickup, n.e.c. ....

Longbed (includes De luxe Longbed, four- wheel drive Deluxe Longbed, SR 5 Sport Longbed, four-wheel drive, SR5 Sport Longbed) ......

(20)

SR5 Sport (includes four-wheel drive SR5 Sport) .......

Standard (Deluxe, four-wheel drive 

Deluxe). ....

3/4 ton. 

1 ton. .

Cab/Chassis (Camper, Commercial). ....

Starlet .........

Supra (includes L Type) . 

Tercel..........

Tiara ..........

Van ...........

33

30

09

11

10

15

32

31

23

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-56
91 TRIUMPH

GT-6 ...........

Herald ..........

Spider (see TR-7) 

Spitfire (includes 1500) . 

Sports 6 .........

Stag . ..........

TR-3 . '."•'. ........

TR-4 ...........

TR-4A. ..........

TR-6 . • - ........

TR-7 (includes TR-7 Spider). .........

TR-8 . .... . .

TR-250 ... . • •

1200 . . . ... .

1500 (see Spitfire) 

2000 ........

08

09

10

20

11

13

14

15

16

17

19

18

01

03

92 DELOREANa

DeLorean. ........ 01

*New make as of 1981

1985 RTBCS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-57
93 VOLKSWAGEN

Beetle, Super (Type 1) (see 

Bug)

Bug (1200, 1300, 1500, Super Beetle). ...... 01

Bus (Van) Type 2 (includes 

Kombl) .......... 03

Dasher (Includes Diesel) . 04

Fastback (see Type 3)

Golf ........... 05

GTI. ........... 02

Jetta. .......... 28

Karmann Ghla ....... 06

Kombl (see Bus) 

LX Truck (see Pickup) 

Notchback (see Type 3) 

P22 (see Vanagon) 

P27 (see Vanagon)

Pickup (includes Rabbit

Pickup, Standard Sport

Truck, LX Truck) ..... 26

Quantum. . . ....... 20

Rabbit (automobile only) (includes Convertible, Diesel). .....,.,. 09

Rabbit Pickup (see 

Pickup)

Scirocco ......... 11

Sport Truck (see Pickup)

Squareback (see Type 3) 

Standard (see Pickup)

Station Wagon (to be used when no specific model has been given) (Dasher and Squareback excluded) .......

TM"

Super Beetle (see Bug) 

The Thing (Type 181). . „

Type 3 (includes 311 Fast back, 361 Squareback, and 1600 Variant Fastback or Notchback). .......

Type 4 (see 411, 412)

Vanagon (includes Vana 

gon Camper, Models P22, 

P27) ..........

181 (see The Thing)

311 (Fastback) (see 

Type 3)

361 (Squareback) (see 

Type 3)

411 (part of Type 4)...

412 (part of Type 4). . . 

1200 (see Bug) 

1300 (see Bug) 

1500 (see Bug)

1600 (variant) (Squareback, Fastback, or Notch - 

back) (see Type 3)

17

25

16

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-58
94 VOLVO

Bertone. ......... 02

Diesel Volvo (includes Sedan, Wagon). ...... 04

DL ............

GL ............

6LE. ...........

GLT (includes 6LT Turbo) . 

122. ...........

140 Series (includes 142, 144, and 145 Wagon). . . .

142 (see 140 Series)

144 (see 140 Series)

145 Wagon (see 140 Series)

160 Series (includes 162, 164, and 165 Wagon). . . .

162 (see 160 Series)

164 (see 160 Series)

165 Wagon (see 160 Series)

240 Series (includes 242, 

244, and 245 Wagon). . . .

242 (see 240 Series)

244 (see 240 Series)

245 Wagon (see 240 Series)

260 Series (includes 262, 

264, and 265 Wagon). . . .

262 (see 260 Series)

264 (see 260 Series)

265 Wagon (see 260 Series)

17

09

18

13

01

03

07

19

12

544 ........

740 ........

760 .........

1800 S/E/ES (P-1800) 

Single Unit Truck . 

Tractor for Truck . 

School Bus. . . . . ,

Other Bus .....

. 15

. 06

. 05

. 16

. 61

. 62

. 63

. 64

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/K-59
62 YUGO

GV ............ 01

1985 RTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-60
03 AUTOCAR

05 BROCKWAY

14 CRANE CARRIER

16 DIAMOND RED

17 HACK

18 FABCO

20 FREIGHTLINER

21 FWD

SingTt Unit Truck. 

Tractor for Truck. 

School Bus . . . . 

Other Bus. . . . .

61

62

63

64

23 KARMON

27 KENWORTH

30 OSHKOSH

32 PETERBILT

41 WALTER

42 WHITE

43 WHITE FREIGHTLINER

44 WHITE WESTERN STAR

1985 HTECS Data Manipulation Procedures Manual/October 1986/E-61
*BP